Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
SERIES
WOMAN'S
THE
MODERN
LANGUAGliS.
AN
ELEMENTARY
GRAMMAR
OP
GERMAN
THE
LANGUAGE:
WITH
EXEKCISES,
By
JAMES
PROFBSSOB
AND
PARADIGMS,
KOK-BBSn)BKT
CONVERSATIONS,
KEADINGS,
OP
H.
MODERN
VOCABULARY.
WORMAN,
HISTORY
AOT)
A.M.,
LAITGUAQE
nnVBBSITT.
A.
S.
"
BARNES
NEW
YORK
AND
COMPANY,
CHICAGO
AT
LAVTSBKCB
IN MEMORfAM
WOR
MAN'S
"M^O iJfeiM
SERIES
OE
First German
Schools
Second
An
Book,
intended
Pestalozzian
69
German
Elementary
i2mo.
Grammar.
300
Complete German
of
Manual
practicein
words
easy
i2mo.
Reader,
Reader,
introduction
the
to
591 pages.
intended
for
Introduction
or
and
German
Conversation
beginners in German,
and
French
isr
Home
Book,
the
on
"
Echo."
Berliner
For
of
n.
or
plan as
same
Literature,
and Campbell,
Berlin,with Vocabulary
in
Book,
French
Schools
i^
to German
of Worman
525 pages.
the
"
Second
preceding work.
145 pages.
CollegiateGerman
First
the
pages.
Grammar.
Elementary German
An
with references
the German
Grammars
to
and an adequate Dictionary. i2mo.
for
pages.
follow
to
Method,
84 pages.
i2mo.
the Natural or
Instruction.
i2mo,
Home
language.
A
I?, li/CA^liT
Book, after
and
German
i2mo.
An
LANGUAGES.
"
Pestalozzian
Method,
the German.
for
(In prepara,
tion.)
An
French
Elementary
German
Complete French
Grammar.
German
An
Elementary
as
the German
Manual
of the
"
Grammar,
Grammar.
Grammar,
on
the
plan
same
as
the
mentary
Ele-
(In preparation.)
on
the
plan
same
as
the
Complete
(In preparation.)
and
CollegiateFrench Reader,
Readers.
(In preparation.)
of French
Conversation"
Berliner Echo."
212
pages.
Copyright i868,by
y
A.
the
S, Bartus
"
Echo
"* Co.
on
de
the
same
Paris."
plan
Plan
TO
Rev.
McCLINTOCK,
JOHN
THIS
IS
MOST
THE
LITTLE
AFFECTIONATELY
D.D.,
VOLUME
INSCRIBED
By
986720
LL.D.,
The
AuthoBc
TO
PREFACE
This
of
little
the
latter
intended
are
advances,
It is
the
little
book
practical
The
lay
articles
etc.,
different
of
for
tasks
with
etymology
which
ease,
knowledge
and
followed
all of
of
thoroughly
of
are
oral
German,
Lessons,
his
who
one
knowledge
adopted
all
through
of
the
each
in
cases
they
few
and
he
as
German,
this
masters
for
syntax
one
so
that
and
language
has
works,
both
in
been
numbers,
the
number,
the
learner
undergo,
thus
make
the
Thus
the
tives,
substanthe
through
at
see
may
learn
may
ments,
frag-
altogether
the
verbs
hours
save
time
same
the
given completely.
of
study
severally
the
at
is
of
minutes,
and
vexation,
the
tense
which
elementary
introduced,
all
of
etymology
in
form
through
given
them
the
presenting
changes
infinite
Reading
systematic
any
sufficient
new
persons
various
for
that
of
tors
instruc-
Grammar
Exercises
in
accomplish
to
German
Conversations
continual
otlier
purposes.
Each
are
pupil
of
form
tion
investiga-
constant
of
wants
present
class-room,
of
the
to
its
observation
series
series
foundation
generally
so
by
opinion
gain
method
discarded.
the
the
author's
will
work
enable
to
and
the
of
part
the
by
accompanied
translation,
written
by
in
which
principles
leading
illustrated
and
the
in
and
learner,
The
and
stated
concisely
revised,
daily experience
suggested.
have
special regard
additions
and
of the
wants
with
carefully
been
language,
of the
study
has
EDITION.
TENTH
prepared
was
corrections
many
the
of
all
It
beginners.
contains
in
volume
THE
the
once
and
of labor,
as
progress
prehend
com-
well
as
and
easy
natural.
The
difficulties
method
of
with
practical
is taken
side
also
pronunciation
into
the
lessons
each,
thus
from
the
very
hour
useful
for
reference,
exercises
by
introductory
greatly
are
under
side
the
diminished
rules
of
by
tion
pronuncia-
theory
causing
the
study
and
to
the
of the
and
tice
prac-
language
up.
To
make
thos3
who
there
weaving
proceed
to
of
is
inflection
the
book
can
also
tolerate
nothing
synopsis
of German
of words
is treated
short
Grammar
briefly,
of
yet
the
strictly systematic
added,
but
meet
as
with
Part
course,
III, in which
completeness.
of
wants
the
Vi
PREFACE.
It
hoped
is
reflexive
of
verbs,
the
and
man,
German
in
in
in
not
and
intransitive
with
English
and
of
the
of
of
the
verbs,
especially
latter,
of
and
separable
will
vocabulary,
yeihi
the
also
Qer'
in
jcin
and
prepositions,
the
oi*
inseparabli*
with
conjugated
the
English-German
of
the
verbs
have,
to
lists
English,
neuter
and
nouns
alphabetical
tiie
and
German-English
the
classification
and
verbs,
irregular
the
the
that
extensive
be
aid
an
to
learner.
To
those
who
the
author
which
desire
prepared
Vocabulary.
To
the
the
Reader
the
referring
of
his
to
such
to
this
to
persons
desire
as
and
Grammar
I.
after
of
course,
the
plan
also
selections
Jungfrau
and
and
dictionary
those
to
shorter
Schiller's
adequate
an
carefully
Otto),
by
contains
II.
Part
and
grammars
own
Part
advanced
more
mar,
gramReadel
and
(adopted
with
complete),
German
which
classics,
German
Grammar,
Conversation-Grammar
(of
this
accompany
Elementary
own
complete
German
Iphigenie,
Reader
References
progressive
modern
Goethe's
and
prepared
strictly
from
his
English
Gaspey's
of
recommends
wants
has
author
Elementary
Notes
contains
supply
an
Woodbury,
notes
Otto,
and
Campbell.
The
Dr.
Rev,
his
the
Baur,
*'
H.
obligation
of
Evening
suggestions
in
Ann
the
to
and
Post,"
during
McCord,
(Mich.)
Arbor
the
to
Union
of
the
late
He
Washington
School,
University,
May,
1873.
desires
Charlton
Sjoberg,
also
T.
for
their
to
to
press
ex-
Prof.
Lewis,
frequent
book.
H.
much
for
Seminary,
to
Jambs
Lawrence
scholar.
eminent
College,
work.
Hermann
Prof.
revision
the
of
the
to
Dickinson
of
of
preparation
Prof,
due
are
President
Johnson,
M.
advice
valuable
E.
acknowledgments
author's
Wobman.
of
00]S"TEKTS,
Pape
Letters
of
Writing
Alphabet
the
11
Alphabet
12
PART
I.
ELEMENTARY
LesRon
EXERCISES.
Pronunciation
I.
"
of
the
simple
Present
IL
**
"
the
of
**
"
of
singular
double
after
IIL
vowels.
subject
the
and
!^a b
vowels.
modified
the
of
neuter
13
e tt
Adjectives
of
Object
vowels.
Plural
of
and
before
verb
the
Accusative
nouns.
article.
definite
The
the
15
feminine
of
of
present
^abcn
IV.
*"
"
of
16
and
Determinative
V.
**
"
of
article.
possessive adjectives
participle
Past
Accusative
tenses.
VI."
2.
indefinite
The
diphthongs.
the
of
no
in
compound
of
Present
ims.
17
"
fe in
19
ofSand^
20
VII."
"
ofSandB
21
VIII."
"
of
"
",
^ and
tive
adjectives.
neuter
IX.
of
2" and
"*
of
er,
XII.
"
"
"
of
the
of
d,
en,
Singular
el"
cr
Plural
SB.
and
XL"
in
nouns
**
"
X."
Determinative
3.
of
and
neuter
d)en and
and
and
of
intetTogaand
masculine
22
en
possessive adjectives.
fR,
nouns
Declension
not
ending
of
culine
mas-
in
c,
Icin
cl,
26
e^
ng,
21
28
IT and
p.
Singular
of
feminine
nouns
29
CONTENTS.
Vlll
Page
lesson
XIII.
PronuDciation
"
XIV."
"
XVI.
On
"
XVII.^
of
ed), fp and
"
36
41
words
42
Comparativedegreeof adjectives
"
XXII.
33
34
Compound
**
"
XXL
)1
Monosyllables
Prefixes, 37
Accessory syllables.
Suffixes.. 39
and suffixes
40
Examples with prefixes
"
XX.
Derivatives.
"
"
"
XIX.
31
names..
Simple words.
the accent.
XVIIL"
of proper
of3:t)and^
"
XV."
of
Male
"
XXIII.
"
XXIV.
"
XXV.
"
XXVI."
XXVII.
"
"
XXIX.
"
XXX.
"
XXXI.
"
XXXIV.
XXXV.
XXXVI.
"
49
51
adjectives,
precededby
of
superlative adjectives:Attributive form. The
three degrees
Declension of adjectives,
precededby the indefinite article
7b i)o. Regular verbs, presenttense
: he English
auxiliary,
verbs: 5Wii [fen, fonnen
The auxiliary
and mbgen
Declension
of
"
"
in the
Declension
"
Plural
of
Swollen,
genitiveaud
of masculine
XXXVIII.
of
"
"
XXXIX.
of
"
masculine
"
XLL"
nouns
Plural
cn,
XLIV.
"
XLV.
"
XLVL
fc
an
e, cr,
ct and
11.
"
68
e n
TO
11
article.
an
Future
of
73
t n
irregular
plural
75
"
"
"
77
"
"
"
"
"
79
and
Adjectivesand
neuter
ia el, cr,
ending
nouns
kin
80
Irregularpluralof masculine
XLVIIL"
"
XLIX.
of the
endingin
nouns
used
participles
an
L.
"
tenses
"
Declension
"
of
61
"
d)en and
Compound
59
en.
as
er,
el,ar and
or
substantives
and adjectives.
interrogative
pronouns
of the auxiliary
verb 1^a b c n
"
"
"
"
fcin
85
87
89
adjectives
preceding substantives
without
article
Fiist conditional
82
84
XLV
57
"
of masculine
Declension
"
and
55
66
nouns
with
Mascuhne
"
e n
nouns
Neuter
XLIL"
XLIII.
Feminine
54
63
in c
endiii;^
not
ending ia
monosyllabicneuter nouns
adjectives,
preceded by
:^a
XL.
52
64
nouns
Imperfectof f)a
"
biirfen....
follen and
dative
sense
partitive
of feminine
"
XXXVIL"
47
The
Nouns
"
46
.
of fetn
with
Prepositions
"
form
possessive
pronouns
"
XXXII."
XXXIII.
The
female
Imperfect tense
XXVIII.
44
appellations
of adjectives
The superlative
: Predicative
Adjectivesaud the prefixu n
and
90
of the auxiliaries
I;
a
C n
and
in
92
ix
CONTENTa.
PART
ON"
EXERCISES
THE
VERB
11.
AND
OTHER
PARTS
OF
THE
ETYMOLOGY.
Lesson
Page
LI."
LII.
cardinal
"
The
ordinal numbers.
"
"
LVI
II.
"
The
"
LX.
"
"
LXII.
"
LXIV.
months
101
103
pronouns
105
The
modes
two
of
address
107
110
irregular
112
and
places
"
Fifth
conjugation(Imperfectwith
Lesson
fletnc
!Die
116
a)
118
!Karic
with
past participle
conjugation
(Imperfectand
conjugation(Radicalvowel
121
t
ie) 122
or
with
past participle
0).
[or ie],Imperfectwith
LXVI.
LXVII.
"
"
"
" rieci^cnlanb
Reading Lesson : Xprannci.
Separableverbs
Inseparableverbs
verbs
Separableand inseparable
Reading Lesson: SeifpicI "on Stlt^altfam f ett
Prepositionsgoverning both the dative and accusative.
contracted
Prepositions
Reading Lesson
LXIX.
"
Neuter
and
On
"
On
the
LXXIIT."
"
Verbs
Lesson:
Lesson
Reflexive
verbs
Reading
LXXIV
unbbicDuclle
DerSBanbcrer
X)er
Sanbmann
alte
Lesson
139
139
144
148
2) i e f(^0
flc
"
^r
i flin
gcfl0 ^lenc 9) f c
2)
"incroberber^nbere
152
162
rb
155
156
verbs
"Impersonal
Reading Lesson
137
148
passivevoice
Reading
135
142
conjunctions
in the
132
145
Reading Lesson
LXXIL
131
141
the adverbs
Reading
LXXI.
intransitive verbs
Reading Lesson
LXX."
with
STnbenSJIonb
12'^
128
....
LXVIII.
[orii].)
LXV."
114
115
(Radical vowel
conjugation
and
Tliird conjugation(Imperfect
"
diminutives
ancient verbs
or
Second
The
letn
of countries
Names
The
Fourth
11.
days and
Bit
Reading
LXI
of
indefinite pronouns
The
First
LXI.
95
99
Names
personal pronouns.
d)en
LTX.
active verbs
relative pronouns
and
"
modern
numbers
^The demonstrative
The
"
LVII.
regularor
The
LI V.
LV.
the
"
LIII.
LVI.
of
Conjugation
."
5lp^oridmen
159
160
163
CONTENTS.
PART
SYNOPSIS
OF
III.
GERMAN
GRAMMAR.
Page.
of
Parts
The
Cases
Speech.
Article
Definite
of the
Declension
in German
and
165
Indefinite
Common
16.5-166
Nouns.
Declensions
IV
166-171
Proper Nouns
of the
Declension
173
The
Adjective
The
Numerals
Cardinal, Ordinal
The
Pronouns
175
Correlative, Interrogativeand
Verbs
The
Auxiliary
The
Regular Verbs
Irregular Verbs
The
"
Indefinite
178-181
Relative
Indefinite
and
183-195
"
Auxiliary
and
198
204
211
of mode
219
The
Compound
Verbs
Separable
227
"
"
"
Inseparable
229
"
"
280
"
The
and
Neuter
Intransitive
Verbs
280
Verbs
283
The
Reflexive
The
Imporsonal Verts
234
The
Adverbs
23G
The
Conjunctions
238
Number
of
241
j^ouns, Gender
of.
243
Nouns,
"Jonstruction
List of
List of
List of verbs
List of
251
reflexive
in German
both
soparabJe
in German
but
in
not
and
and
inseparable
to have
in
259
.
English
260
263
English
263
Prepositions
PAPiT
IV.
VOCABULARY.
German
and
English Vocabulary
English
and
German
National
Addenda
264
283
Vocabulary
appellations,proper
to Vocabulary
nouns
and
adjectives
295
.
296
letters
(Die 33ucf)(laOen.
following twenty-six
of the
consists
Wherever
German
before
Alphabet
German
The
LETTERS.
GERMAN
THE
the
/and
consonants,
these
:|:
ij is used
two
name
/are
and
letters
at the end
is not
alike
in
/ before
from
given, it is
print
in
the
English.
fact
each
of w^ords
; but
as
that
the
is
student
only used
guish
to distin-
other.
whether
standing alone
or
compounded.
WRITING
GERMAN
b,
a,
n,
o,
d,
c,
p,
-^y
t,
^y
y^
c"!i,
sr5,
sch,
Gz,
r -^
E,
P,
M,
N,
O,
m:
^.
^:
T,
U,
This
aucoud
y,
x,
w,
m,
z.
^^ J^^jt'
^^^
ia
th,
only
used
i:,
G,
/ f
W,
T,
st,
tz.
LETTE.15.
v,
sp,
=4^^
L,
K,
D,
C,
B,
u,
j, \i, 1,
CONSONANTS.
CAPITAL
A,
i,
-^y-^y ^"^y
COMPOUND
eh,
h,
g,
r-,
r,
q,
"^yf. ^^
'T/
f,
c,
ALPHABET.
P,
/f /.
X,
at
Q,
tlio end
Y,
ol words.
I,
J,
^/.
R,
^
Z.
",
I.
I^A.FtT
I.
LESSON
of the
Pronunciation
%, a
{",,
t
%,
is
pronounced
is pronounced
followed
by r
like
like
by
is considered
When
the
at
1,
,^
Simple Vowels.
,^
'"
,^
"'
"
'"
"
in
in
father.
in they,or
cherry.
two
consonants
like
followed
wlien
^cHiotx
y^
ey
short,
end
of
so
word,
in
or
nant,
conso-
vowels.
all other
also
are
double
or
when
fate, but
in
unaccented
an
two
like
i in pm.
Obs.
I.
"
In
German
every
begins with
substantive
capital
letter.
Obs. II.
"
the
article which
German
both
accomj
by
distinguished
singular and plural.
in the
Declension
Singular.
in
denoted
the
There
anies it.
four cases,
would
their
noun
are
in
endings
The
bicfer,
pronouns
this, "cla)cr,which, jebeiv
jencr,that, take the
every,
endings
same
ending
C
The
bicfie).
of the
ending a0 changes
to
e,
thus
alouo
t^t
u,
of
the
itselided, and
is used,
^i"\t^"^
bicfe(not
bicfae).
14
l:er Tlam, tlie
AFvlIGLE.
DEFINITE
THE
man
pen
t
he
tie 33irne,
pear
'icr
the rose
Dlofe,
the mother
tie SJ^utter,
tie
the dog
^unt)*,
ter
the
^^ei^er,
tic
father
53ater',tlie
ler
Sn.:t3r/ttebrother
lai SBaffer',
the
water
tie
ta^
the
9Jleffer,
knife
unt, and
ta^
ta5
^xol\the
Slume,
the flower
[yah]yes
i(i\
'
nein,no
bread
t)vift
tu,
thou?
hast
?
tias ho (she,it)
l)ater (fi^'z
^^),
Exercise
Reading
Xer 'l^aterunt
I?
have
ipabeid),
3(^"l)ah,I have
tu ^jl. thou hast
er (fte,
it)has
ti)^at,ho (she,
I.
tie S!}Zutter.^ctt tai3
"ie
^at tie 33irui\
^at^e? Xie 5)Zutter l)attie Slume.
tu tao ^Baffer?3"^ ^^^^tie Siofe. ler
3c^ ^abetie Seter. S)CL\t
Sr l)at
Du ^aft
tie 53lume,
tai? 33rot. Tcr
ta^ ^X'Zejfer.
^rurer l)at
tie
^int
tai5
SGditen
53rot"
^unt
SBaffer.
Theme
I have
The
the
child has
the knife.
Has
the
man
the pen
the child ?
thou
the
she
is
(^has
"
Pronounce
"
b at the end of
et
no
The
flower.
has
flower
word
in
;
like t.
She
has
has
the
cat.
the knife.
Has
the
English. See
j like
y in yea.
rose.
No, he
and
This must
He
the knife.
ai in aisle.
correspondiugsound
i) like /; XO like v
rose
the bread
man
Which
the
has
She
pronouncedlike
Si,
the
'
hast
the brother
Has
rose
Thou
cat.
I.
not
be mistaken
Lesson
XI, p.
28.
Hasi
for i".
THE
15
VGWELG.
DOUBLIJ
2cmon
11.
LESSON
2*
an
(^M,
ec
00,
Obs.
00
longerthan
longer than
longer than
somewhat
somewhat
somewhat
are
Adjectives,
I.
"
remain
Ob3. II.
"
The
the
the
unchanged.
object of the
stantive,
they precede a subplaced aftersubstantives they
when
declined
when
but
the
is
verb
in
put
the
accusative
case.
"ecr,the
the
ta^ ?0^eer,
the
fca^ ?iHoo^,
i% is
gut,good
white
njei^,
Xa^
eel
^affce,the
tie @eelc,the
coffee
tcr
soal
eagle
the pilot
terSootfe,
Reading Exercise
tai
army
sea
(ocean)
moss
II.
ten
5lar.
I^er 5Batcr^at
ten
wcig.
ift
Xer
^affeeift
gut. 3ftter
Theme
The
and
has
man
the pear.
Except:
ihairiih and
the
II.
pilotis good.
The
Has
Sc^eere
lair.
coffee.
2lal gut?
and leer
scissors,
The
rose
empty, which
are
prouounced
16
VOWELS.
MODIFIED
the bread
and
the flower.
is
ocean
The
Is
stove ?
the knife.
brother
has
deep.
(tief)
thou
Hast
have
the
mother
cousin
the
The
the pen.
Is the cat white?
has
soul.
(eine)
2cttwn
in.
LESSON
the
Has
dog.
The
No, I have
the water?
3.
Modified Vowels.
I.
The
Obs. ii.
The
"
"
vowels
a, 0, tt, when
followed
by c, are said
to be modified.
Formerly the e was placed above
these letters,but it is now
generallyreplaced by
dots.
i
t
is
With
two
capitals
placedafterthe letter.
accusative
in the
feminine
and
neuter
is like
the nominative.
the cold
t"ie^dlte,
the bridge
33rucfc,
ta^ Uebel,the evil
small
flein,
ta3
tie
the girl(maiden)
'^J^dDc^en,
the collier
^i3l)ler,
the pit,cavern
tie ipb^Ie,
ber
JCnr^akn, we
have
tief,
deep
have we?
ipabentuir,
)ISie",y-^- ISriie,
have
pe ^a6en,they have
Reading Exercise
"^tv ^dfetp gut
you?
III.
"S^cr^bl)ler
ten ^affee, 3fttie 53rii(fe
t)at
tftftetn,
gut? Xtc ipo()Ie
toix^akn
^at pe tie Sc^eere?9lein,
tie "c^eere.^al't
i^rten
^dfe?
18
AND
DEMONSTRATIVE
POSSESSIVE
PRONOUNS.
Demonstrative Pronouns,
this
Diefed
(neut.),
(fern.),
tiefe
ticfer
(masc),
Reading Exercise
lY.
SO^eitt
5Sater:^at
nn
tu eine "eele?
Xeine
ipaft
ij^Jolt.
9)Zutter
!ran! {dcTc)."ein i^unt)
tu beine
iflalt {old), ipajl
ift
nteitte^a^e un^ feinen
iputtt*
i(%^^fcc
^a^e ? 3"i,
Theme
Thy
father
house.
The
has
houses
This
houses.
The
pen.
Is this man
ocean
old ?
have
This
Notice
This emperor
has a garden and a
windows.
Thy dog is true. This
tree.
Thy
trees
and
the
houses.
The
(breit).
that
No, but (aber)
is wide
positionof
(p.19, I.)
participle
*
the
dog.
IV.
the adverb
emperor
woman
of time
has
an
army.
is very old.
PRONUNCIATION
OF
", V, T AND
V.
LESSON
19
P.
2t^tivii
5"
in
which
are
(i.e. Hon
English.
like tS
^, ^,
Obs. I.
as
"
in
In
from
derived
compound
the
tsijone).
the
tenses
is placed
past participle
last.
Cbs. II.
"
All
nouns
form
their accusative
(forexceptionssee
p.
167, 8).
Xcr
the evening
5lbcnt,
the pear
53inte,
tad "rab, the grave
Icr Xiencr,the servant
tai? Torf, the village
death
tcr %\iX",
taS
tic
tie
2;onnc,the
tic
the
Scftion,
tic
portion,the portion
^rcu^c,the
seen
(jcfcfecn,
tcr
gro^,large,great
barrel
lesson
Prussian
IV ir
3ct)Mn, I am
thou arb
tu bifi,
it is
cr ijXhe or
she (it)
12
ftc(ii)ifl,
fint,we are
ibr fcit, )
"ic fIn^ f y^^^
fic[tnt,they are
'
Reading
Exercise
^^^
Y.
33aa t|l
tu cine ^nrnc ? 9?citt,
S3at(ijl
gro5,iiicin
(]ut. .^afl
lib tjabetcinc Slofc. Sijltu cin ^int? 9iein,
icb Mn cin ^axm.
^rt
1^'orf
i[tgro"nut tic 3:onnc ijlHcin.
5lbcnt ift
fcbrangcnebm
"rab gcfeben?'Ead
ticfcd
2^cr 3:ot. "icfcr^aifcr, T;cr
ipabcn"ie
ten
l)atcincn 33aum.
2.0
PKONDNCIATION
OF
Theme
Are yoTi
No, I
S.
AND
V.
child.
We
man
before
c before
^(J,,
^,
as
in
o, C, i
or
sounds
and
English,but
6.
like ts.
before
it is
never
sounds
consonants
before
mute
like f,
n.
^, t
are
^cfttPtt
tt,0, U, au
e.
ter
VI.
LESSON
^,
am
the comb
S^er ^amm,
candidate
ba^
^reu^,the
the
ter
^abe,
ta5
^nie, the
Caesar
(Eafar,
ter
tie
Reading
cross
boy
knee
the king
^onig,t
VI.
Exercise
Sitrone ift
fauer(sour)
3d) ^abe einen ^unt. 1;u Biftein ^nabe.
franf
(sick)
.
Tk
3}Zein35ater^atten
*
This
i has
2:ie
Sapelleiflgro""
^oniggefe^en,
is placed at
participle
f (?)after
Xad
the sound
the end
of c^. See
of the sentence.
Less. VIII.
See
Observ.
OF
PRONUNCIATION
boy
has
candidate
The
has
Theme
YI.
chapel,and
the
Thou
comb.
hast
?
emperor
father is old (alt),
thy cousin
Caesar
Was
We
have
an
king,
have
you
AND
king has
We
citron.
is
large,and
an
emperor.
The
cross.
sick
are
father has
My
21
Z.
(franf).
comrade.
my mother
The
cross
His
is
good.
of
the
ohapel.
Conversation.
SiMuetrt^nak?
^aftIn
ten
^amm?
ipiiufer.
^at He 'Mutttv einert^unt)?
3ftter
'Mann
ein ("ant)icat
?
LESSON
@, f
is
in
3,
tic ^a^e"
5^ein,meine 5J?utter"^at
ter Santitat tcr ("a):elle"
3a, er ifl
vn.
pronounced
I^eftion
softer than
in
Enghsh,
7.
almost
like
zone.
s
!Die 3at)Ithe
Der
ter
3"^^^,the
ter
the blessing
(Begen,
ta^
3^^t,the
ter
the
33efen,
ter
ter
"efang,the
^rinj,the prince
the Frenchman
^ranjofe,
Die
oter, or
broom
song
ter
tooth
tent
jmei,two
Reading Exercise
!Der^nalt
number,
je^n,ten
VII.
ter
^xan.
"Lex fxin W
22
PRONUNCIATION
OF
G, II ANi)
tu
je^n
l)aft
Jlaffee,3^) i)^^^P"^^53ei'en,
tiitronen{Plur.). Sir finC)
llcin. Sr l)atDen XpuuC
ru Inft
grojj,
unt He jla^e, Xer ^oni^ ifi
eiit^Preu^e.
ein t^ran^ofe.
Ttx ^rinjift
tu ein granjofe?^'Zcin,
23ift
i[t"ydt,
ic^bin ein ^reuj^e.Siefer33ci'cn
fA'Cx{here)ftn^jweii5ran30)'en
{Plur.).
3a, pe ^at"uppe
unD
YII.
Theme
Are
man.
Prussian
you
The
broom
of the birds.
small
is
have
thou
soup
Have
Frenchmen,
you
of the French.
emperor
Have
you
brooms
you
The
Prussian.
He
is here.
coffee.
servants.
two
This
We
is
song
are
Is the number
is easy
Where
lesson
The
brooms.
tooth ?
king has
are
Tlie emperor
No, I have
The
pear.
large. Two
and
Hast
citron
Frencliman
good
and
large?
are
or
man
We
We
(Ieid)t),
(mo) is the
is a i)rince.
Conversation.
^at
ter
ein ^aui^
^^rinj
S;".\t
"cai Slim
tn
SBijl
ein
einen
3"i^"?
%xan]oic^
^abt i^r"uppe ?
LESSON
Vin.
Xer
^rinjM
j\n?ei
^aufer*
einen 3^^)"*
3^; t*^^ ^int ^fit
^dn, i"ibin ein ^reu^c.
icb bin ein ^der
^^^cin,
{painter)
S"ir ^aben (5uppeunt ^ajfce.
2er Sefenift
febrgut.
^Zein,er \)ateinc 53irnc.
Xa5 3^^^^^^ B^^anjofen
iftflein.
t^ii^
gefel)en.
^aben einen So"}cI
3ii/
r
2cttwn
S.
like
trf)).
in hand.
The
Obs. I.
"
the
and
bicfcr(this),
jcncr(that),
iucli^CV
(which),are deinterrogative
pronoun
the definite article in Lesson
Uke
I.
and
MascuHne
"
23
ER.
AND
demonstrative
cUned
Obs. n.
EL, EN
IN
N0UN3
add S in the
neuter
nouns
Declension
OF
THE
SINGULAR
OF
MASCULINE
in
The
collar
The
cl,en
Gen.
ilragcuj
tern .^ragcn
ben ^ragcu
te5
^iener^
tern
Xiener
Xer
the
33crg,
SUBSTANTIVES
cr.
Xer
Xcr l:iener
Ace.
and
The
I:cr ^ragen
Dat
NEUTER
servant
Norn.
te5
AND
ten i:iener
bird
The
33ogel
te^ 3Sogel;i
tern 5SogeI
ten 33ogel
tai
water
SCajJer
tes 2Ba|Jer0
tern Staffer
ta^ SBaffer
!i:er^elr,the hero
mountain
tie
03abel,the fork
ter
iput,the hat
ter
the
tie .^b^e,
tcr
Rm\\^,the king
^ragcn,the collar
ter
3"te, the
Jew
tag
3a|r,the
year
tcr
hight
ter
the
(3ot)n,
son
lang,long
gebenSie, give
inir,mo
war,
Reading
was
Exercise
VIII.
^i3l)le
ifttier {deep). "eben @ie mir einen ^ragen. I^iefer
ipelDl)atjeneU^r. 3c^ ^iibfK^ten %rg gefeben.Xer "Bo%n Hi
%k
?
5Sater"3*Xer 3:ot te5 ^aifer^
? ^Belcber
3ute ^atten ^onig gefeben
? Xte
S3el(be SapeCle
(iapeUebat einen Xiener.
Ubr. SDelcbeUbr ^atter
GapeUe teiJ ^aiferg. "eben "ie mir tiefe
gut,
^eft? Sr bat tie Ubr te^ ^aiferg. Xer "ol)n tes '^Baterg{[I
ter (5o:^rt
teg ^bntgg.*
3ener ^elD ift
ter
See Lesson
X., Obs.
24
PRONUNCIATION
OF
W.
AND
VIII.
Theme
Have
Which
long ?
the king. Which
Which
king has
emperor
Which
son
king ?
This
the
seen
and
the
king.
The
cock
child has
emperor?
This
is the
Where
has
mother
son
Jew
Is this
The
year
death of
and
has
father.
seen
the
of this father ?
crowed.
Conversation.
^aflIn
ben
^oniggefe^en?#
gefe^en.
2Cir ^ben eine gute"akl.
"abel ?
^abt t^reine cjute
?
in tin ^m
33tft
?
JpelDein ^i^angofe
3ftbiefer
SMa^Sa^rlang?
?
ipatjenejJ^inb eine 3JJutter
ber granaofen.
In gefe^en? Den ^aifer
Seld^en ^aiferl^aft
ein grangofe.
er ift
3ftienerSJJann ein ^reu^e?
9letn,
2Co
LESSON
85,tl
Sr
iftIter,
tt)irpnb SnglSnbcr
S^^ein,
(Englishmen)
2cttwn
IX.
has the
23S,tiJtakes
'
sound
same
the
f8,ti=
placeof
9.
as/.
the Englishv.
!r)erSSetter,
the cousin
bie
bie
ber
the bird
3Sogel,
ber "eoatter,
the godfather
ber "SfIatte,
the slave
SBede,the wave
the water
bag SBaffer,
the weather
bag SBetter,
the will
ber S3iIIen,
the winter
ber SBinter,
the wine
ber SBein,
where
ttJO,
33ernunft,
reason
bag 25aterlanb,
the
"er,
who
fatherland
!ran!,sick
cold.
fait,
26
PRONUNCIATION
bu
4)a|l
OF
P, Z, M, N, X, Q
einen 3Satcr?
4)atter "toe
ben
2Bo ift
tein (Stoe
AND
R.
SSogclbelrte":
SJiein"flaije ift
|ier.
?D^utter"
^tnt %x"iiU
\\i
feine
3:ante,
3ene Srau ift
feine
Ser
jene?^rau?
ift
in Berlin,
er ift
3fitein35atergu^aufe
{athome)^ 91ein,
^aj^bu ben Dn!el beiner ^iJlutter3^, t^ kbe ben Dnfel meinei
?
SJJutterin Berlin gefe^en.
gefe^en
LESSON
X.
5f f; C, I ; HR,m
in
"efttpn
91,n
and
English.
C q is always followed by
3^,
j
u
and
are
10.
pronounced nearlyas
they are
pronounced
gether
to-
like kw.
M,
X is
shrilled ^nd
than
emphasizedmore
in
Enghsh.
the river
t^Iu",
ber l^reunb,
the friend
bie SieBe,
(the)love
ber %aUt,the falcon
bag ^leit,
the dress
the example
bag S):empel,
bie dvU, the ^arth
bie Dnal, the torment
bie
the black-board
3;afel,
ber
5^amen,the
ber
^naU,
bie
the
%j:t,
ber
3fln^m,the glory
bag
^a^, the
ber
ber
ipammer,the
Obs.
"
or
and
ax
wheel
the
source
(spring)
atiQcnt^m,
agreeable
neuter
^ettand Icin,form
c", and
DueKe,
boy
ntnb, round
hammer
All masculine
tX,
bie
the
name
the dative
ending in t, tl,ttl,
the genitivesingularby adding
by adding c**
nouns
not
Declension.
SINGULAR
MASCULINE
OP
AND
NEUTER
27
SUBSTANTIVES.
Declension
OP
OP
SINGULAR
THE
X.
Reading Exercise
Die
ijlmein jammer?
beg
f^Inlfeg.
3(^ ^ak
teg
3Setterg. 2Cir
^naBe
of the
love
father
has
river.
The
is small.
cousin
the
father.
Where
ax.
an
father
The
is
of the friend.
earth
("agen)? No,
is
^rennbeg.
feitteg
beg greunbeg. 2Bo ifl
Slab beg 2Cagengijl
X.
The
love
round?
we
have
Have
ax
we
and
the
black-board
This
The
earth
The
wheel
glory of
The
dream?
thy mother.
of
the
of
the hammer.
the
The
is
3j^bie 3:afelgroj?
2Go ift
mein jammer
mein
^leib*
5$aterg?
id)hah
9Iein,
Dein jammer
meineg
name
large.
wagon
torment
Conversation.
bu
ipajl
My
of the
source
sister.
has
great.
The
is dead.
the pen of my
thou had
Hast
mother.
of the
dress
is his uncle
thy friend
of
boy
The
great.
2Ber
ge^aM
The
Is
einen 2:raum
bie W
t)at
bit W
'^aBen
Theme
thy
ber
iter. 2Bo
gro^. Dag ^leib beiner iJ^utterijl
ijt
Der ^reunb beineg 3Saterg\\i
Die Srbe ifl
runb.
Die QneHe
(dead).
toU
Die Siek
^lelb beg ?5reuttbeg"
SUBSTANTIVES.
NEUTER
AND
MASCULINE
ift^ier.
Dein 33ruber \)at
pe (it)*
28
PRONUNCIATION
2So
CU.
OF
ba3 Syempel?
ifl
3j^ter
3jltie grtc runt)?
tie DweUe De5 glujje^
2So ifi
?
?
^afitu einen 2;raum ge^aBt
2Cer :^at
ben Balfenfeiner
^wiitx
muiitx.
XI.
LESSON
beginning of
at the
6^5,4
^tmon
is pronouncedlike f,
word,
or
11.
wlien
followed
,f
"
"
by g,
case.
genitive
and
the consonants
sembles
re-
is
"
^\^,guttural
the brook
I)er 33ad),
the brooks
tie 33dc^e,
the cake
ber ^ucfcen,
bag Sud),the book
bie Siidjer,
the books
the light
bag Sid^t,
the roof
bag I)ac^,
^^, K
the choir
ttx (E^or,
the christian
ter (E^rifl,
bag
the
2Bad)g,
wax
Od^g,the ox
the fox
ber ^ucfcg,
the chronicle
tie S-^ronif,
the box
bie 58iid)fe,
jtngt,
sings
gelb,
yellow
ber
rich
reid),
bie
Reading
the
.Winter,
Exercise
children
XI.
This
the aid of
Hs
sound
a
cannot
native
originalsound
be
teacher.
; e. g.,
clearlydefined.
In words
taken
It
from
S^arlotte Sharldttuh.
=
can
only be acquired by
the French
it retains
PRONUNCIATION
OF
CK
AND
29
NG.
grof,
Xcr
Theme
The
children
are
good.
good ? Yes,
brooks.
My uncle
the cake
cake
Is the
rich,but my
Have
is very
read
you
good.
tlie books.
The
Is the
brook
Christian,but
yellow?
wax
is
XI.
my brother
This fox is brown.
is
and
a
the
man.
French-
The
ox
is
Conversation.
3ii3^1^^n^fl ^^i^?
mein 33rutcr?
2Bo ifi
I^ein 53ruter
(church),
Ter ^u Aen ijl
fe^rgut.
3a, ta" 3Bad)g ift
gelb.
?
^at tein 33ruter tie 33iicher
?
tu tie S^ronifgelefen
ipaft
5^^in,^r
(poor),
arm
i|l
ift in
ter
^irc^c
tie ^Biid^er
S3o ftnt
teg
LESSON
rfhas the sound
ntj is
*
each
Xn.
2t{twn
of double
pronounced like
f.
ng in the word
In
12*
the g
long.*
belong to
different wordf
30
SINGULAR
OE
FEMININE
SOUNDS.
"
and
Feminine
the
of words
nouns
of
Declension
NOUNS
FEMININE
OF
IN
The
Woman
The
Gun
Norn.
'Bit %xau
Die
33u#
Gen.
ber
%vnn
ter
53ucfcfe
Bat.
ter
%vnvi
ter
Ace.
bie
j^vau
The
SINGULAR.
THE
The
Color
Ax
"Bit garbe
!Die ^vt
ber
?^arBe
ber Slyt
Sud))'e
ber
garbe
ber %t
tie 33uc^fc
bie
%axht
bie Slyt
the barrel
f5(i",
the ring
ber 3fling,
bie modt, the beH
the knife
bag 5Heffer,
ter ^acf,the pack
the return
bie 9tiicffe:^r,
the work
ta^ 2Berf,
bie 5Ragt,the servant (fern.)
the bench
bie 33an!,
ber ^ag, the hatred
ber "efang,the song
the grandfather grog,great
ber "ro"!oater,
the grandmother
bie (Sro^mutter,
lang,long
bte grau,the woman
lo^t,praises
!Dag
the coat
X)er 310(1,
Reading Exercise
XII.
mutter?
This
is
reallycompounded
of f and
bcine SO^utter.
(finals)
PRONUNCIATION
Cr
AND
PF
'61
FR.
XII.
Theme
.
of
father.
your
praisesthe
thy brother.
work
The
I have not
of my father ?
The
pack of that servant
is the hammer
"Where
The
master.
the hammer,
is
large.
is small.
bench
The
mother.
grandfatherpraisesthe grandof this woman.
The servant has a ring. The hatred
This knife is good, that knife is not good. The song of the
barrel is large,but this ring is
That
is beautiful.
servant
of
return
small.
the father
Has
The
coat ?
Yes, he has
coat.
Conversation.
^at einen ^ad.
3a,
2Co
in tern "artcn.
2:ie ^iJiagt
ift
tie 3HagD?
ift
2Ber ^at meirt Wt\\ix
?
3jttie 33anf lang?
I;ie "rojmutter
^attein
?
ipattiefe
^rau einen Oting
SBoiflter^ro^yater?
ein f^af
?
Jpattie SJJagt
^^, p^ has
xm.
the sound
Greek
^f; ^f
with
of
f.
as
to
Geography
"eograp^te,
Sltolp^,
Adolphus
tie
ter
ter
ta^
the post
'^iai)l,
the arrow
^feil,
the apple
5lpfel,
^fert,the
*
The
occurs
giveone
compressed lips.
so
^ie ^^ilofop^ie,
Philosophy
ter
It
mostly in
words
of
origin.
united
are
^JOJeffer.
fel)r
(very)lang.
3a, tie 33an! ift
^dn, er tobtten "Sxopattv.
^at einen Soling.
3a, fte(sAe)
in tern (Garten.
!Der "rojj^ater
ift
ein gag unt einen 0ling,
3a, pel)at
LESSON
cr
horse
i is pronounced here
sound, which
is uttered
Louisa
fiuife,
ipeinri(^,
Henry
iflaxk,
Mary
gmilie,*Emily
Lewis
Sutnjtg,
Frederic
grietric^,
Carohne
Caroline,
like y in Yankee,
(Aymeelyiih).
32
PROPER
Da^
wit
Miss
grdutein,
t, how is called, what
^eif
ge^brt,
belongs
is the
Declension of
Obs.
Names
"
of persons
NAMES.
of
name
ProperNames,
preceded by
the
article
Exercise
XIII.
Without
main
re-
in e which
add
n8.
Reading
^^ilofop^ie
waj in "ned?cnlan5 {Greece)ju^aufe(athome),
tcr Bfan^ofen
tit ^eogrartie
flein,
{Plur.). Winn ^fuSr^tblp^
ifi
akr meinc 3;ante (aunt)2uife ift
gro^, Tcr ^fa^l geprt meinem
ni*t gro". I^iefer
ttv ^fcU ifl
33ruter ^eittrid).
meincr
Slpfel
get)brt
(Emma.
iftJ^idstgro". Sene^ ^fert)iftmeig. ^arl ift
S^n^^-^ffr^
Tit
^arie
Hetn.
^u6
flein
(or gmilien^ 33ud))ijt^ut" Xer Jpunt Bnetrid)^ift
^aricn^ ^a^e ift
grog. 2Bo ift^atoUne ?
Smilien^
aber
Theme
Mary's hat
is beautiful
XIII.
Henrj^'sapple.
(fcbbn).
The
hat of
His
name
is small.
is Lewis, her
name
is Caroline.
34
PRONUNCIATION
TU.
OF
ten
Iti
be^ ^nakn"
^er
Sletftift
^at eine "pi^e, 3)^cin53i*ut)er^at i)iele
Berlin
ijl
gro"unt f^on*
XIY.
Theme
cane
of the emperor,
it is beautiful.
Conversation.
ein (3d"iff.
3^, ^^ ^)^t
nid)tfct)5n.
3ftber (Btod beines 33ruber5 fdjon?^m, er ift
ein "(^log^
1^at
^ot ber ^aiferein @d"Io"?
3^^,ber ^aifer
Sr iflin 33erHn,
SCotftber^d^magerbeine^DnfeU?
S3erlinifi
3i^bie (Btalt 33erUn grop?
grogunb fdjon*
?
^at ber Sootfeetn "c^tff
33urfte
3ftbiefe
gwt?
bu ein "Sd)af?
ipaft
^atbag ^aug ein ^enfler
?
ben "d?u^ ?
2CeId?e5^inb :^at
^
3ftbein
SBaterin ber
LESSON
?
(Sc^ule
sound
in the middle
\b
lengthened.
in
cr ift
9lein,
or
like the
at the
end
simple i, it
of
'
ber "tabt*
2cttivn
XV.
^5" tj is pronounced
When
!I^iefe
ift
fetjr
gut,
^iirfte
id)kBe ein (Bd"ijf.
5Rein,
i:;aiJ
^au^ ^at ijier%m^tx.
Xiefe^^inb ^at ben "d^u^*
word, the
13*
has
never
the
preceding vowel
PKONUNCIATION
^ is compounded
*
(Englisht8).
of
t and
the deed
2)ie Vij^i,
Cer
3, and
T)ie
35
TZ.
OF
is
equivalent to 33,
the
2:a^e,
paw
cat
the need
9lot^,
the courage
Der 9)Zut^,
tie 2lrmut^,
poverty
the breath
rer 2lt^em,
Elizabeth
Slifabet^,
tie @onne, the sun
the hghtning
53Ii^,
tie 3)^u^e,
the cap
ba0 ^er^,the heart
fcerSenj,(the)spring
tag "olD, the gold
alg,than
much
jjiel,
Die
ber
ter
the
ilJ^ont,
moon
XV.
Reading Exercise
'I^ein53ruterl^at
eine
tj^etn
Tie ^a^e ^atcine 3:a^e" ";er ?0^onr) unt tie (Sonne,
3ener ^nabc
Z^at
teg $ol)neg
iftein 3:^or.5^tefe
n?ert^
ift
{worthyofreward). Ter
Sen^ ift
gefommen {hascome). 2Bo ifltetne tScfcwefter
(Slifatetl)
mtm
?
3d)
(Sd)irefter
eiifabett)
iftin ter (SMe,
^afttu Tuiti)
^ater tie ^a^e ?
"aBeein "eraunt 5!}Zut(),
XV.
Theme
Has
your
mother
("il6er).The
ji
you
thou
your
a
a
Tl^e t and
doubled, which
*
words.
has
I have
cap ?
heart
father
and
sun
pencil* Mary
horse
are
must
the
a
has
My
moon.
cat.
much
That
man
gold
and
sister Elizabeth
is
fool.
silver
has
Have
This
She
gold ?
He
has
Compounded
be
done
gold.
whenever
after
every
the
Bonnd
of the j is to be
36
accent:
simple
words.
Conversation.
3a, er ^at^ut^,
^aft
Du eine ^a^e ?
9iein,ic^^abeetnen ^unb,
Ik 8onne ?
Der ^lonl fc^eint,
@d)eittt
5^ein,
(shines)
3Co ijl
in ter @d)ule.
? "ie tft
"Sci"n?efter
Slifabet^
feine
SKein 3Sater^at "icl"o(t".
^at 3|r 5Sater"oId ?
!ein (7io)
SruDer eln 2;^or?
er ijl
3:^or.
3fifeitt
5^ein,
mx
t)aben^S^ut^.
ein ^etaKDa^ "olD ift
^f^ein,
?
Sr ^at cinen iputun^ eine '^ii^e.
^at er eine "Sflixi^t
LESSON
XYI.
2emon
16.
On the Accent.
lu German
I.
Obs.
"
and
compound
Simple words
"
is made
words.
The
between
former
one
Obis. II.
distinction
either
are
two
simple
have
or
rally)
(gene-
more.
monosyllabicroots,or
ative
deriv-
words.
Obs. in.
Foreign words,
"
have
I^a^
the
T)a"i,
their accent
la^
i;a5
^a",the
\:a^
^eer,the army
war,
was
generallyon
the last
is German,
syllable.
woman
ter
Xieb,the
thief
ter
3Iu",the
river
here
l)ier,
officer
Reading Exercise
XVI.
3d) lick
ttener,
ending
Si,the egg
I hke
3d5 lieBe,
new
their
ta^
barrel
ca^
ucu,
when
the
1:ie %xcLVi,
roof
S)an^,the house
^int,the child
:as
even
tag
37
PKEFIXES.
1.CCENT:
alt (old).
He ipiiufer
ijl
ftnt"
neu, bic Wixi^t
Heitt,
grop. Ztx ^ut ifl
ijl
ierXieb "ateine %t gefto^Ien
Cu ein St ?
3*^ ^i^^JJ
(s^oZe^),Jpaft
^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^aifer^
fcie Sier (egr^^')*
ift:^ier.Da^ "ra6 be^
mein ^inl)? DiefeiJ
^aui ^otein Dac^,
^i3nig^"3Bo ift
XVI.
Theme
hat of the father is
The
My
new.
brother
This
barrel.
a
(geftot)len)
has
an
child
The
ax.
has
an
egg,
hast the
Thou
Has this house
a roof ?
cap.
is the thief.
Here
The king has an army.
dog of that man.
This house
brother has a hat.
That woman
has a child,my
that child has
is
Is your
new.
hat
new
I have
an
ax.
Conversation.
tm cine W
ipaft
3ft3^r ^ut neu
^at
ta^ ^inb
alt,akr
91ein,mein ^ut ift
iftneu,
^O^itt^e
Obs.
II.
derivative consists
"
connection
upon
"
with
which,
in
the
Foreign words
have
root
roots
derivative
placed.*
The prefixes(i.
e.
root),are:
of
17.
principalsyllable,
and of one
or
more
accessory syllables.
are
fixes.
partlyprefixes,
partly sufAccessory syllables
They are unaccented and are used only in
"
Obs. m.
"efttPtt
XVII.
LESSON
meine
cin Si?
I.
SBagen*
3^)^^^
$Bo
Obs.
unb einen
^in^ 5l):t
such
as
or
or
principal syllables,
words, the
are
is
accent
placed before
the
bc,cm^, txii,
tv, gc, dcr, jcr.
the accent
generallyon
the last
syllable.
38
accent:
prefixes.
the
")er 33eruf,
the use
S)er (SJekaud),
calling
the reception, bie 35ernunft,
the reason
ter (Empfang,
receipt
the decision
bcr Srtrag,
the result
ber Sntfd)Iug,
bought
angefommen,arrived
gefauft,
lost
read
ijerloren,
gelefen,
found
received
er^Iten,
gefunten,
Reading Exercise
be^
X)ie 35emunft
XVII.
meine^
^anne^, "tiv Snt)'cblu"
33ruber"i[l
gut.
be^ ,^aiferg.
2)er IBeruf
jened
Srtragt^ "erIoren. !Der Smpfattg
"eine Gutter ifl
^O^anneg. 3(^ ^ii^^
ba^ 33u(^
gelefen.
angefommen.
? 2Cir ^abcneine
^aftbu ba^ Si er^alten
3(^^Be ein Suc^ gefquft.
? Da^ ^eer
gefauft.^abt i"rbag "raB be^ ^onigggefuaben
SiHii^e
er^atten.
ift
angefommen.
3^^^ "(^mefter
^ateinen General (general)
^er
XVII.
Theme
Hast
thou
lost
book
The
reason
of the
woman.
The
result of the
Conversation.
"erloren?
ipaben"Sic 3^^ 33u(^
3(^l)aUt(i^ 33uc^meineg
SBruberi
ijerloren.
in ber "tabt.
2)er General ift
ber General ?
t|t
Xer ilaifer
nic^t
ift
angefommen*
3flber ^atferangefommen?
Wltin
5Sater
ben Srtrag
^at
er^alten.
^aftbu ben Srtrager^attcn?
ben ^unb gefunben.
ben ^unb ge? 3a, pe l^at
ipatbeine "^tijefter
funben?
?
3(^ ^ak eine 3l):t
tiahn "Bk gefauft
gefauft.
(e/Vtea^?
?
i?erloren.
ic^^ak ben 33rief
9leln,
'4)akn@ie ben SBrief
gclefen
2Bo
accent:
Scftton
XVin.
LESSON
Obs.
39
suffixes.
18*
suffixes
(i.e. such as are placedafter the root)are:
in,i)(",
U^, rt)en,
et,ig,idjt,
e, c(,en, cub, cr, cm, cS, eft,
The
"
ung and
igen.
the means
SJZittel,
bag 2ekn, the Hfe
bic 2:ugent,
virtue
the room
tag 3in^ttter,
tie Sltern,
the parents
of the village
teg Xorfeg,
ter ^onig,the king
thou speakest
tu rete|l,
Henry
^einrl(^,
childish
fintifi^,
the little tree
tag S3dum(^en,
tie SBo^nung,the dwelling
the dweUings
tie 2Bol)nungen,
to endeavor
fid)
befleifngen,
wood-like,wooden
^ol^^icfct,
er Uitt,he prays
tag
Reading Exercise
XVIII.
ipaufeg.'5^er^ann
eitern,
,
Theme
Thou
a
Hdness.
The
XYIII.
That
parents
woman
of this
has
the
The
man.
for
door
of the house.
dwelHngs of
the
The
neighbor.
The
means.
virtue
The
The
king has
of Henry.
Your
king?
garden. The
of the
room
of the
result and
He
woman.
is childish.
boy
little tree
room
of the
is the
The
the decision.
40
PREFIXES
AND
SUFFIXES.
Conversation.
$at 3^^^Mann
^at ba^ ipaug
"inb
cinen I^iener ?
eine
SJ^einiDlann
X^ixxt?
biefcSo^nungen
gu
i:a5 ^aug
ijer;;
miet^en(forrent)?
?
fint^ifd)
3ftbag 9)?atd)en
Sie ^ci"t
3^r 33ruber?
^aft^u eirt3t"tmer?
2Bag ^t bie 2ott"m gefreffen
?
LESSOIS^
^ateine J^iire.
3ci,biefe
SBo^nungenfmb gu oer;
miet^en.
3a, ba"? ^abc^en iftfel)r
toifc^"
5!}?eitt
33rurer ki"t ^emrtc^.
XIX.
Exampleswith
^ataweiX;tctter*
^cftivn
gefrejjert*
19.
Reading Exercise
XIX.
SJiein^Setter
ber dx^f
tflgemiit^Iid^.
XiefeSrfa^rungen
eitifprec^en
ber "tabt.
9li(^arb
^at
fa^rungmcineg 55aterg. !I^ieS^ff^'^^wng
?
Betet er nid)t
Tag
Sifcn
fein"elb (money) yerloren. ^arum
SBarum finb(Sic nid^tgemiit^Iic^
? 3"^
unb bag "ilber fmb nii^Iic^.
"iI6erg.
beg
tit
l^aBemeinen "8ater ^erlorcn. !Eer Smpfdttger
(5d?ule
angefommen. ^eiue Srfa^rung
iftgro^.^rauleinSopMe ift
unb bie Srfa^rungen. Tag
i|ltraurig
(sad), 'tit ^ern?iinfd"ungen
(not)in ber (at)"cbule ?
Sifcnijlein 2)^etaII. 3ft3Ricfcaruni^t
42
accent:
the
Siitgang,
tmmer, always
ber
TerHg,
ready
cbenfoaU, as
"
"
compoukd
words.
riclies
9leic^t|um,
loves
ojfen,
liebt,
open
triige,
lazy
diligent
P^i^ig^
ber
entrance
as
Reading Exercise
^er
XX.
"Lex 3flegcnBogett
(difficult).
ifl^^errlic^
2lnfangijtfd)mer
^i^^t
^er Sancmann
^i^ ?5rei^eit.
^at einen 9lcgen^
SuJigiing
te^ ^O^^anneS. 2)er ^nak
^at eirt %mx:^
fd)irm. 'S^er3fleid)t^um
3d) bin tmmer
mej[er*2)er Sanbmann bringt(brmgs) tie 5^ad)ri(^t,
fertig*"Dai %m\kx be^ ipaufe^iftoffen.S^ner ^nabe iftimmer
trdge, Der 3^ei(^t^ummtint^ ^ater^S iftebenfogrog aU ber 3flei(^^
bu
t^um be^ Sanbmanneij, ^mti ^an^ ^ateinen Singang* 33ijl
ebenfo
g.ogaU bein 33ruber?
Der
Theme
The
youth brings
the
news
XX.
of the
village.
It is
noon.
Conversation.
ein
bie ^Za^ric^t?3a, er
bie ^a^^xidft
bringt
?
@r ift
in ber (Sc^ule
beg !Dorfeg
(DaL).
?
^e^ermejfer
^tin,ber 3ungling^at fein ge^
ber Sanbmann
33ringt
ber 3ungUng
2Bo ift
bermejfer.
?
offen
3|iber (Singang
?
bu fe^r
trdge
58ift
?
fc^cn
3ftber Stegenbogen
2)er Stngangijl
tmmer
offen^
^m, i^ bin fleigig.
!2Der3flegenbogen
^rrltd).
ift
Obs.
vowels
mt,
a, 0, n,
their
mi6", rich
mi^, white
beautiful,pretty
fd)5n,
gelb,
yellow
old
gro",great
fertile
frud)tbar,
ftar!,
strong
difficult
[corner,
arm,
weak
fd^maii,
lei^t,
easy
useful
itii^lid),
amiable
liiFen^n^urtig,
poor
jung, young
flei"ig,
diligent
ber D^eim, the uncle
Mt,
the aunt
2;ante,
the pupil
t"er"(filler,
^
do
(Bit,
you
know
cold
high
\)0"j,
i^n,him
tie
Itnnm
21.
comparativeas in English,i. e.
of cr, and generallymodify the radical
of monosyllablesinto a, 0, ii.*
Adjectivesform
by the addition
"
2cttwn
XXI.
LESSON
43
DEGEEE.
COMPARATIVE
meln
Sir
iperr,
Reading Exercise
XXI.
falter.
Theme
Are
you younger
Uncle is richer than
*
see
The
or
my
older than
cousin.
XXL
Mary
His
father
am
older.
Thy
than
is siaronger
and of ^06),
comparative of gut is beiTer,
^ol^er.For exceptions,
p. 177.
44
MALE
yottr brother.
Do you know
AND
FEMALE
APPELLATIONS.
Louisa
Conversation.
ta^
aU "ie
3ft3^^^SAmefterjiinger
bag ^ferbijl
5Zein,
grower*
9leitt,
ic^Mn M alter*
aU rer ^naBe ? Der 3Jlann ift
algber ^nabe
3fttierSJJann ftdrfer
ftdrter
a(^ ^mt
?
alg Smilie.
^axu
3ftSmilie fd^rod^er
iftftdrfer
aU bag Sifen
"ielfoftbarer"
? Dag "oIb ift
3ftbag ^olc lo\thaxtx
aU mein ^ater ?
@ein Dnfel ift
2Ber ift
reic^er*
reidjer
Obs.
I.
"
Many
female
to
2ettwn
xxn.
LESSON
22*
individuals
of male
form their
appellations
in (similar
by adding the syllable
appellations
in English),and, if monosyllables,
ess
modify
the vowel.
Obs. n.
"
If the
masculine
form
ends
in
e, this
letter
is
omitted.
Feminine.
Mascidine.
Der
ber
ber
^bnig,the king
greunb,the friend
the count
(S^raf,
^f^a^kr,the neighbor
the pupil,scholar
ber "chiller,
the EngUshman
ber Sngldnber,
ber ^aler, the painter
ber
ber
the artist
^iinftler^
"rdftn,the
^ie
^urftin,
countess
the neighbor
9lac^barin,
the pupil
bie "(^iiterin,
the Englishlady
bie Sngldnberin,
bie
bie
the painter
50^alerin,
bie
the artist
^iinftlerin,
MALE
APPELLATIONS.
FEMALE
AND
tic
the cook
^ijc^in,
the Russian
fcer afluffe,
tie
the
ffin\[m,
cer
^ansofe,the Frenchman
I see
3c^ fe^e,
tie
m6^, also
nod),still
cook
^oc^,the
ter
Russian
the French
^ransbfin,
ahv, but
Reading Exercise
lady
lady
XXII.
They
The
have
XXII.
(masc.);
we
cook
has
Russian
Theme
friend
have
(fern.).The
also
artist
cook
(fern.).
is an
(fern.)
English lady.
sister is
and
scholar.
the count
largerthan
see
the
The
is poorer
the
garden
neighbor(fern.).
Conversation.
bu ben ^aifer
?
bie ^aiferin
3^^ ^cibe
ipajl
gefe^en
gefekn.
al^berO^raf*
3ftber ^bnig reiser aU ber "raf? Die ^oniginifi
reiser
3J^utter
ipatbeine 9Hutter einen ^oc^?
^ateine ^o(^in,
5^ein,meine
ein (Engldnber? ^^^ein,
dn ^ranjofe*
ber ^iinftter
3iiber ^iinftler
ifl
46
suPEr^LATiVE
degeee:
predicative
form.
LESSON
Ods.
I.
"
"
SSir
Vkn
XXin.
eine ^)}ialerin"
bie
^u\\m gefe^en*
Seftiott
The
superlative
degree has
the
noun
takes
Obs. II.
t(^bin
9^ein,
it is called
the
the termination
Adjectives ending
f^) ^^^^^^
fe'
ih ^r ff'
two
When
predicativeform,
and
[ten,
in
forms.
23.
b, t, or
before
afte.:'
which
is
preceded by am/'
in a hissingsound
ftcn:
am
fr^lcc^tcftc
[theworst).
5)a5
the sheep
(Sc^af,
bcquem,comfortable
obedient
ge^^orfam,
clever
gefc^icft,
PetBig/
diligent
hard
l^art,
writes
fc^reibt,
rut)tg,
quiet
gere^t,
just
loftkr,
precious
what
ttja^,
cow
Reading Exercise
XXIII.
ba^ 33teiift
ba^ "il"er ifl
am
(Sifen
nii^Ii^,
nii^Iic^er,
n%
ifl
grogal^ bie jlu^? 2^ie ^u^ iftfleiner,
lic^jlen,
31^ba^ ^^ferbeBenfo
ber Jpunbift
benn er ift
am
Heinften.3cner ^anit iftam reicfcften,
meine
2^er '^ann ift
am
gufriebenften.
gut,meine @(^n?efter
ift
Beffer,
"oIb.
tJJlutter
am
"on
er if^
Beften*3^^^^ Siting
ift
iftam foftbarften,
ber 58erg
am
jeite^^aug ift
(Sd)Io"ift:^oc^,
:^b^er,
^o^fteiu
ift
I^iefeg
2Ber if!
^enfd^
am
am
rei^ften?X;er jufriebene
ift
reid^ften.
T)a^
Theme
That
is the
*
sheep is useful
most
useful.
Except gut,which
; this
XXIII.
horse
(The) iron
is
am
is
is
more
useful ;
precious ;
our
silver is
p. 177.
cow
more
47
Um
PREFIX
THE
the
best.
Which
metal
is the
book
hardest?
is the
best.
is
pen
Art thou
Conversation.
detail ijl
am
am
prteftm? ttx Sta^lijl
^rtejlcn.
SBelc^ea
aU 5^ein,
ta" ^fert)
am
nii^Iic^
nu^Hc^jlen.
3fi fcer ipunb efeenfo
tjl
la^^ferD?
He (Bonne
"xU tie Srte ? ^ein,fcte
Srbe i(lgrower,
grijper
iftam grb^ten;
9JJann ijl
?
5}?ann ift
am reidjften*
am
SSelc^er
retc^jlen
I^ergufrierene
aU bein ^ein
S^cunD iftnidjtfogliicfUc^
Sifttu m6"jtfo gliicflic^
3ftter
^ont)
?
greunt)
aU id).
meine
"(^wefterijlbeffer,
bein Sruber?
Gutter iftdm Beflen,
^arl iftam ftarfften.
2Ceriftftar!er,?^riebri(^ober^arI?
unt bcr "unt)
3ft fete ^u^ eBenfo
ffe iftlleiner,
gropal^ t"a3 ?Rein,
^fert)?
am
Hetnften.
{ft
ber S3ergift
^au^ eBenfo
3fttiefe^
^^6^aU ber Der Saum
ift^b^er,
33aum?
am
pd^j^en*
3ftbeine "^meftcreBenfo
gut al^
LESSON
Obs.
"
^OZeine
XXIV.
take
Many adjectives
meaning, which
Seftion
the
is
2^.
diSjin, etc.
gliidli^,
happy
skillful
gefcpcft,
fruitful (fertile)
fruc^tkr,
Bequem,comfortable
wftg,quiet
ungtii(!(t($,
wnhappy
unskillful
ungef^icft,
unfruitful (infertile)
unfru(^tbar,
unbequem,uncomfortable
unru^ig,unquiet
48
THE
discontented
unjufrietctt,
contented
jufrieten,
obedient
gc^orfam,
c?i"obedient
unge^orfam,
i?iattentive
unaufmerffant,
ungerecbt,
w/ijust
un^bflid),
^77^polite
unartig,
naughty
aufmerffam,attentive
gered)t,
just
^bflicb,
polite
courteous.
artig,
CA'
PilEFIX
Reading Exercise
XXIV.
er ifl
fe^runge^orfam. SQir ftnt)
ftefint
gliicflic^,
ifl
gc^orfam,
al^ ^iJtarie? '^arie ift
fleigiger
3ft ^einric^
ungliicflid).
trageunr)
5Satcr befltd)'^
CEr i|l
unfcbflid)
unartigeraU ^einri^. 3P ^uifenS
aber 3flic^arcg
aufmcrffameraU i^rc
Sruter ift
un^bfli^er* "mtlie ift
"i^crtie %xa\iift
SJJann ift
fe^rgej4idt,
[el)r
@(^wefler.2)iefer
ungej?
ter ^o(^ iftungel)orfam,
X:iefc5
fcbidt,X)ie ^od)in iftge^orfam,
D^eintiJ
fe^rhqucm. ,^arl ift
ift
Jpau^ift
un"equem,ba^ ipau^ feinc^
aber feiit
immer unaufmerffam.
immer aufmerlfam,
33ntter3^oBertift
8ie
Theme
He
is
attentive,she is very
pupilRobert
Is
he
as
XXIV.
inattentive.
obedient
as
Do
Frederic
you
?
know
No,
my
he is
very
king
is
Conversation.
urio fletpig.
unge^orfam?
^nn, er iftgel^orfam
3fi fein53rut"er
?
!Der ^bnig i?on ^reu^cHi\tam
am
2Celd)er
^onig ift
gcrec^teften
gered^teften.
all
"ie iftebenfounaufmerffam
3ftSmilie unaufmer!fam?
iD^arie.
SCeldserf^ann
?
gefc^idt
ift
3ft3^r ipau^kquem
mann
2:;icfer
iftungef(^idt.
SJiein^aud ift
fe^rwnkq.uem.
60
PRONOUNS.
POSSESSIVE
XXV.
Reading Exercise
Sr
i(lebenfogro^
'i
al3 fcerS^rige, 3ftSuifen^
"rofmuttereknfo alt aU tie 3^ri|3c
al5 tie meinige. Wnn
^ut iftnic^tfogut al^ ter rci^
iilter
(Bit ijl
iftalt, (Sie fintnicbt
ift
neu; aber ter meinige
nigc;tenn ter fceinige
aber fiefmtijufrietener
aU
unt) gliidlic^er
aU unfer
fo reic^
^'Zad^bar;
^arl ^at fein
er.
Su(^ unti tad meinige"erIoren. SSir ^abentit
geber ted Sc^rerdunt tie feinige
gefunten.Jpat ter ^naU mm
I^iefea
Wlt^tvgenommen? 9lein,er ^at tad i^rigegenommen^
tad feinige?
nic^tmein,wo ift
^fertijt
Theme
is
largerthan
but
he
has
lost his
and
mine.
yours.
hers
so
is
hers.
Charles
mine.
Frederic
has
found
has broken
bought
His
pretty as thine.
the youngest. Have
He
It is very
large;it
penciland
Why has
is not
yours,
I have
Your
is older.
XXV.
Yes, it is mine.
yours ?
?
fcer meini^e
neither
horse
stick ?
his watch
This
is younger
penknife
than
No,
you
my parasol?
mine.
his penknifenor
Conversation.
papiergut?
3fltiefed
^dn, tad unfrige
ifi
beffen
?
in ter @^ule.
2Bo i)l
Sr ijl
3^r @o^n
aid ter meinige
?
(Er i(l
aid ter 3^trige,
3fier ebenfo
flei"ig
flei"iger
31^3^r Garten ebenfogrogaid ter (Er ift
grbperaid ter 3^nge,
meinige?
(Sie fi^at
^at tie "rafinmeinen S3ricfer^
3^^^" S3riefnic^tcx^
?
l)alten
^at
Samm
er
^alten.
einen
^t
0tingoter tint
ter X)ienermein
U^r?
Wlt\\tvSr |ated
no^ e"nen
nicbtgenommen,
genommen?
(Er :^at
^at ter ilnabe tad (Sladaerbrod^en?
ni(%ttad "Iad jetbro^en,
er
^atten "piegel
jerbrodjen.
LESSON
wast
war, he
was
|te(c^)
njar,she (it)was
the
i)er Spiegel,
ter
in
were
i^rwaret,
(Sie tuaren,
X,
'
cr
of fciit.
toix toaxtn, we
was
thou
t)u warft,
61
Seftiott 26*
XXVI.
Tense
Imperfect
3d) toav, 1
feilt,
OF
TENSE
IMPEKFECT
,^^"
^^^^
were
yon
the cloak
SO'iantel,
in or at Frankfort
Branffurt,
treu,faithful
sold
ijerfauft,
dear
t^euer,
a Httle
tuenig,
unwell
unttjo^t,
cin
well
tt)o^l,
i^m,him
Reading Exercise
X XVI.
t)u warjl
3(^ ttar treu,
unartig, (Sr war
gen,
@ie
waret
al^ wir.
nid)tfo ^bflic^
waren
in
war
waren
I)er
^Jiori?
biefen
fe^ruttwo"^!
ein wenig unartig" 3^^^
unb
"ro""ater
bie
^ranffurt,SJZeinSJJantel ifletenfot^eueraU
9lein,er
war
in Sonfcon,
'Mm
35aterwar
5^ran!furt?
in
i^m.
mit
(Dro"mutter
ler 3^^igc"
SCaren @ie
biefen?!JJorgen
ju ^aufe? ^dn, i6" war
ter
^ir^e,
ni(^t
gu ^anfejic^war
ger"roc^en*
!Der (Spiegel
war
Theme
I
was
sick.
very
Her
It
Thou
were
not
We
faithful.
Sir,he
They
lazy.
was
were
sister
was
They
wast
so
XXVI.
little naughty. He
attentive
were
very
as
they.
dear.
You
not
was
with
this
her.
little naughty.
That
The
child
merchant
was
had
always
here ?
Frankfort
with
very
was
were
Is Charles
here
in
her
No,
now.
?
(i^r)
very polite.
(war)arrived.
not
52
DECLENSION
OP
ADJECTIVES.
Conversation.
2Bar ber mantd
t^euer?
^a6en "ie i:^n
ijerfauft?
2Bo war
Sr war in i^^'cinffurt*
D^^eim?
fcu unmo^l?
SBarft
SBaren @ic tmmer
?
gufrteben
bein
3a, ic^war
ein
menigunmoM.
2Bii?maren
nic^timmer jufrie^en,
Saren ftenic^t
in ber @d^ule?
ftemaren gu Jpaufe.
9lein,
?
mir |a6en leinen 53rief
^aben @ie einen 33rief
er^
er^alten
9lein,
fallen,
2Ber
?
ben (Spiegel
Tier "3pieget
f^at
mar jerbrot^en*
gerbroc^en
^aben "ie einen 9tegenf^trm
ober
3^ ^aBe meber einen Sflegenfc^ir
einen "tod genommen ?
noc^einen "tod genommen*
LESSON
^efttPtt
XXVII.
Declension of
PRECEDED
Obs.
"
The
or
as
BY
THE
27*
Adjectives,
DEFINITE
ARTICLE.
when
preceded by the definite article,
adjective,
is subjectto the same
rule
by biefer,
jener or melc^er,
See Lesson
servatio
Obthe possessivepronoun.
XXV,
I.
Masc.
Sing.
Fern.
Nom.
"er altcS3rief
Gen.
beg altctt
33riefeg ber
Dat.
Ace.
Plural
'Lit Quit^ampt
gutcn ^antpe
gutcn ^ampt
bie gutc Sampe
ber
Neuter
Sing.
Dag
beg
bem
bag
Sing, with
Sing.
papier
fc^onc
^apierg
fc^oncn
f^oncnpapier
papier
fc^onc
m e
I (^e g.
Nom.
I^ietreucn Wiener
Gen.
Dat.
S3el(^eg
neuc ^ani
mefc^eg
neucn
ipaufeg
njel^emneucn ^aufc
Ace.
neuc ^aug
ttjet^eg
"
DECLENSION
OF
the bottle
I)ie ^afc^c,
53
ADJECTIVES.
the village
!Dorf,
the physician
^er Slrjt,
the table
ter 2if(^,
I see
3c^fe|c,
^a"
the portfolio
fcie53rieftafc^e,
the bread
fca^ 33roC,
lang,long
Reading Exercise
XXYII.
Theme
XXVII.
this diligent
praises(to6t)
girl(ace). Where
is the good father ? The good father is in Berlin.
We
have
bought the faithful dog (ace)of the friend. Have you found
the gold(en)(ace.)
ring? No, Sir,but I have bought it (i^n).
? Yes, Sir,I have received
Hast thou received the key (ace.)
hat of thy cousin is very large. I see the
it (i^n).This new
read my
little village.Have
has
long letter? Who
you
bought the gold(en)ring?
Our
teacher
Conversation.
2Co
bad guteweigc
35rob?
tfl
^a^ t}neinen golbenen
dixncj
ge-
^dbm feirtguted33rob"*
ic^^aBeeinen gefauft,
9letn,
SBir
funben?
"artert S^lein,
ipaben"ie aut^ben gro^en
16)l^aU i^n nid)tgefauft,
gefauft?
^cnnen (3ie bicfe
alte%xavL^
fonbern
(but)"er!auft"
aBer ic^!enne
5^ !enne fieniit,
jenenaltcttWlann.
2Co
For
the inflection of
Less.
see
adjectivesprecededby fcitt
29.
54
DEGREE
SUPERLATIVE
ATTRIBUTIVE
FORM.
|atbeiit
5^em,t)ie gute"c^mejler
?
nommen
^^ejfer
genommen.
Diener
^attie^ag^ bieSampeserBroc^en?
5^ein,ter unaufmerlfame
tie meijeSkf^^ gerbroc^en*
l^at
iorfifi
flein*
S^leitt,
biefc^
fe^r
tier ^mk
^at
^Jlejfer
ge?
mein
ScftiPtt
XXVin.
LESSON
Second Form
Obs.
"
of the
of
28
Superlative.
the
degree
superlative
is the attributive form which
takes jleonly,and is
declined like other adjectives,
precededby the definite
The
second
article.
form
It is used
understood.
only when
ADJECTIVES
Positive.
in
adjectives
IN
Comparative.
THEIR
THREE
follows
noun
and
XXV
XXVII.
DEGREES.
or
am
fldr!crter, tie,ba" ftdrlfte,
\6"mtxter,tie,ta^ fcl^bnftc,
or
am
ta^ diteftc
am
alter
or
alt,
ter,tie,
Bcffcr ter,tie,ta^ beftc,or am
gut,(irreg.)
,
jldrrjlen
strong
beautiful
fc^ijnflen
old
dltefteit
bejlen good
the exercise
X;ie 5tufgaBe,
the niece
2)ic 5'^i(^te,
the work
tie 5lrBcit,
the nephew
9Jeffe,
ber ^elt,the hero
ta^ !t)orf,
the village
the bread
tag 53rot,
torn
gcrriffen,
ter
the physician
Slrjt,
ter
the
"tiefel,
boot
golden (gold)
gotten,
Reading
is
Superlative.
jtarf,
[i^on,
ter
or
ter
Exercise
XXVIII.
^etatt. ^eiit^?
tag fc^merfte
tag 33leiifl
tag ^drtefle,
"ta'^I
ijl
?
"tc
unt befle
(S^iiter.31^ 2uife.aufmerlfam
ter fleigigfle
rid)ifl
mein Dn!el ijl
^dt^en. !Der ^elt ijlj^arf,
ijltag aufmerlfamfte
Der
55
ADJECTIVES.
OF
DEGBEES
Wlann.
Seine ^x"ik ijt
ta3
^er flarffle
aBcr fcin^a6^hav
i|l
fliirfer,
UxUiL
^Jlaijciett
in granffurt.Die Slufgabe
ijttie fdwerfte
fc^onfte
i^ut"erloren*
^akn @ie ehua^ "erloren? 3"^ ^^^^ meinen beften
i)ein
(Btod genommen*
ben langften
tcit
^i^xt9li(^te
^t ten
5^effe
"arten*
^utgefauft*@ie ^aUn ben grb^tenurio fc^onften
neueften
^leit.
3^re2;ante ^atta^ t^euerfte
Theme
XXVIII.
gent
Mary is the most dilithe most attentive boy. They have bought
Charles,
girl,
the largest
garden. I have taken the longeststick. "Who is
that girl
She is the youngest daughter of his uncle. This
?
The
best bread.
female
servant
best man?
metal.
The
whitest
has broken
Yes, I know
Nelson
was
rose.
the finest
him.
the most
glass.Do
(The)
lead
the
you know
is the heaviest
Englishhero.
celebrated
Conversation.
^dbm @ic
ben
l^bc^j^en
33erg
ge?
5!JJeine
5Dlutter
^atben
?
fe|en
l)bd)jlen
Serg
gefe^en.
(Seine 3:anteifl
bie f(^bnfle
'^xau?
%xa\x.
2BeI(^e5*iftbiefd)onfie
ber fleigigfte
^naU
2CeId)eg
ifl
^nabe.
ber flei^igfte
Unfer53ruberift
SO^ann ifl
?
3}iein5^ad)6ar
'^ann.
ber ftdrffte
am
2BeId)er
ftdrfften
x\t
?
^"i ^abeba6 Befte
^ajlt)u ein S3uc^
getefen
i8u^gelefen,
"Lex Xiener ^ati^ngerbroc^en.
2Cer^atbenBe(ten"tod3er6ro(^en?
^akn "ie etmas yerlorcn?
mcine befte
gebcrijcrloren.
3^ i)"t^c
?
bie bejie
5^i^te"
Sc^l)af"c
^ajtbu cine 5^id^te
LESSON
XXIX.
^cftivn
Adjectives
precededby
Obs.
"
29.
the IndefiniteArticle.
An
when
adjective,
preceded by the indefinite article,
or by a conjunctive
possessive
fein,i^r,
(ntcin,bein,
pronoun
gular,
or by fein(no),
takes,in the nominative sin3^i^/
unfer^
i^v*),
the terminations
and c" {vmtt.),
),e (fem.),
cr (maf^c.
*
For
tliisuse
of
rod^^tSsee
p.
194, 103.
56
PEECEDED
ADJECTIVES
In
all other
cases
of the feminine
BY
THE
INDEFINITE
it takes
and
en,
ARTICLE.
except the
neuter, which
ends
hke
accusative
the nominative.
EXAMPLES.
Feminine.
Masculine.
Nom.
cin Quttv'^am
Gen.
eine^
Dat.
eincm
Ace.
einen
Win has
is
ter
cine gute%vau
gutcn^anne^
guten %van
guten SJianne einer guten %xau
eine gutei^rau
guten ^^ann
etner
Observation
Ter
Neuter.
jective
adthe
of this Lesson.
the
"(^u^macber,
shoemaker
the Rhine
3fl^ein,
glu",the river
nac^Idfjig,
negligent
written
gcf^rieben,
geftern,
yesterday
tcr
foftbar,
precious
fc^arf,
sharp
broad
treit,
dear
lith,
made
gemad)t,
(Etwa^,anything,something
englifc^,
English
German
teutfd),
celebrated
itxix^mt,
angcne^m,agreeable
Reading Exercise
XXIX.
weter
Theme
XXIX.
is
broad
have
taken
58
REGULAR
VERB
PRESENT
TENSE.
Thus:
I know
ic^lenne,
id)fu^e,I seek, look
I find
i6:i
finte,
i"jermarte,I expect
Dcr
ber
I buy
x6^faufe,
I want
id)Braud^e,
I write
ic^fd^reiBe,
ertuarten "Bk, do you expect?
for
Zi]^,the table
the joiner
2:ifd[)Ier,
!Der "ommer,
ber
(the)summer
Sinter,(the)winter
Reading Exercise
XXX.
XXX.
Theme
I know
want
Hke
new
your
she
is
her.
Do
thy new
parasol. You
inkstand.
dost buy an
They
and a pencil. Do
a good book
seeking it,
beautiful
do you
want
?
seeks
I want
steel pen.
No, I do not want
cap ?
buy a
copy-book?
you
Thou
He
Who
you
knows
know
our
our
cap.
(she seeks
Where
it). I
is
Mary's
like
that
merchant
Conversation.
?
Siett jener alte'^Sflann
treuen
3fneralte'Mann lieBtfeinen
ipunb.
ein BrciterSlug.
Xer 3fl^cin
ift
auxiliaries:
^ennjlbu
ben
^ahm @te
ben
{onnen
SJliiffen,
and
59
mbgen.
meine^
33rief
fd)bnen
SSetter^gelefen
?
Sarum
fauft ber SSakr neue
Der
alte
SBaterg
m
(Stiefet
ift
"tiefel?
jerrtiJen
(torn).
"^reibt3fli^arb
auc^feine
beutfc^c5^ein er fc^reibt
feincenglifdjc
,
Slufgabe?
5Bag fuc^t
uttfer
Zi\"ikx^
2Bie pnbejl
bu biefe
gebcr?
LESSON
XXXI.
Verbs:
Auxiliary
^ufgabe.
Sr
ben 3:iffi*
fuc^t
3c^ ftnbe
ftenii^t
fe^r
gut*
'
Seftioii
SWuffcn,fonncn
unb
31*
mogcn.
2J^uffen"
3c^ muj,
bu
cr
mu^t, thou
mu",
2Cir
I must
mujfen,we
must
)
or mit^t,
i^rmiiffet
"^
)
"ic mujfen,
fiemujfen,they must
must
he must
must
jie(e^)mu"; she (it)
^^^^
^bnnen,
SBir
Fbnncn,we
i^rfount, )
faun,he can
can
fte(eg)
!ann,she (it)
(Sie fonnen,
er
I may
bu magft,thou
er
mag,
(like)
mayest
he may
can
you
(te!bnnen,they can
9Jlb g
3c^ mag,
can
e n*
SBtr
mbgen, we
i'^r
mbget, ]
(Bit mbgen^
may
you
may
fie
mbgen,they may
to write
f(^rei6en,
to
fui^en,
to read
lefen,
to speak
[pred)en,
to buy
!aufen,
Ikikn, to stay (remain)
to
ge|en,
to go
auggejcn,
without
qfcng,
go
French
^anjbftfc^,
seek
out
60
^Riiffen,!bnnen
auxiliaries:
mogen,
and
XXXI.
Reading Exercise
May
stay ? No,
we
you
must
XXXI.
go
out.
May
I read
French
No, thou
has
He
may
cap
est seek
; but
the
he may
also have
hat.
Conversation.
unt f^relBen^
unt" fc^reiBen?
^a, i(^fann lefen
^annflbu lefen
tien 2:ifd)
bcr 2;if^ler
fuc^en? 3^1,^r mag i^n fud^en.
jJlag
toix ten
i^onnen
"^ier.
neuen
nic^t
2;ifc^Der nmt Z\\d)ift
fe^en(see)?
Hn^t tu
SGinter.
33udji^ahcn^.^a, ic^trancheed tiefen
aber
?
lefen,
3a, id)tann frangbfifd)
franabftfc^
lefen
fprcdjen.
nid)tfran^bfifd)
ein nened
Connen @ie
ifaufcn?
J3o
t)crX)icncr?
i[l
; tie
nod) (still)
gut.
meinigeij^
out);
er
mu"
ten
"djlujyd
3^reg 3immcrvJ^olen.
2B
auxiliaries:
e n
fo
Verbs
Auxiliary
fciir
fe n.
61
"efttott 32*
XXXn.
LESSON
and
en
unt biirfcn.
tSSottcn,
fottcn
wish
2Bir tt?olIen,
we
I wish or will
3(^Witt,
thou wishest
ru wiOft,
he wishes
er tvill,
(Bit mollen,
fie(c^)mill,she wishes
ttey msh
[len?o(Ien,
"ollen,
2Bir
I shall
3d) foil,
thou shalt
bu foUft,
he shall
er [oil,
she shall
fte(ti)foil,
shall
foden,we
@ie jollen,)
fiefoilcn,
they shall
X)urfen,
I may
3d) t^arf,
dare, (Iam
permitted)
thou mayest
tarfft,
tu
er
or
tarf,he
tai
tomm
may
2Bir
we
fciirfen,
may
t^rtiirfct,
you may
"ie turfen,
they may
Pe liirfen,
morgen, to-morrow
l^pn, when
translation
tie
the
UeBerfe^ung,
tie
the season
3ii^^s^3fit,
men, whom
fui^en
@ie, do
you
(seek)look
3emanb,somebody, anybody
Alternant,
nobody
?
fiir
men, for whom
3d) ^a6e^uft I have
for?
mo^nen,to
I would
live
{dwell)
er
mo^nt,he
Raading Exercise
mind
or
like to
hves
{dwells)
XXXII.
Wnm
3d) mill avL^ti)tn,
"^meftermitt ^u Jpaufefclei^en;
fiemill
ein ^ud) lefen.Swollen (3ie in ten "arten (^eben? ^6^^ahtUint
62
auxiliaries:
t iir
fe n"
in bag 2:^eater
tuill
Xaa ?0^db(^ett
gel)ett"
Sup,3U Hei6en. 3c^ tt^itt
@oU id)gu* tern
tie Ueberfe^ung
lai SBorterbuc^.
fc^rciben;
fiefuci^t
lommen. ^ann
ivirin
na^ tern 3:^eater
follen
Slrjt
ge^en?Du foUft
@ie foden
tie "c^ulege^en. ^^v fotit
t"en 33rief
tie 5lufgak
fcforei6en.
lernen, Darf ic^in ta^ 2;^eater
fommen.
Sr
ge^en? Xu tarfft
2Bir tiirfen
"er!aufen,
tarffeinSBortert^u^
3U ipaufe(at home)
Heiben*
XXXII.
Theme
What
and
book.
Henry
will write
French
ter,
let-
We
sell our
horse.
May you stayhere ? I may stay
may
will you go to*
here, but I will go tof the theatre. When
Berhn ? Thou
art permitted to go.
May I go out ? We
will go
permitted)to remain
to-morrow.
dictionary
at
home?
Mayest thou
They shall
(artthou
sell their
Conversation.
bu franjofijc^
?
2BitIfl
lefen
?
SCoUt t^rin ta^ 2:^eater
ge^en
"oflen (Sie na(3^33erUn
ge^en?
"er^
Darfftbu teln SSSbrterbud)
?
!aufen
3^
trill
morgen fommen.
eg su
Sr ^atfeine Sufi,
faufen*
?
faufen
terBu(^
tu tin neueg 53ucbfaufen?
SJiu^t
^aft tu Suftnac^ granffmt au
?
ge'^en
tein 3Sater?
SBen fud)t
*
the
After verbs
name
of
Translate
denoting
direction
5^cin,
t(^mid e" faufen,
3d)^abefeine 3ctt.
gr fud)t
ten (Scbiiler,
toward, ju is generallyused
of
before
placeor country
PREPOSITIONS
WITH
Governingthe
Prepositions
"
the
In German
They
may
or
33*
different cases.
prepositionsgovern
either the genitive,dative, accusative,
govern
both
the
1. Prepositions
63
DATIVE.
Seftiott
XXXin.
LESSON
Obs.
AND
GENITIVE
which
accusative.
and
dative
Govern
Dative
the
only
"eit,since
%ni, out of,from
bet,
near, at,by (atthe house of)"on, of,from, by
mit, with
3U, to, at
mij,after,to
2.
gegcnuber,
oppositeto
Prepositions
Governing
SBegcn,on
SBd^rent),
during
Der
^J^upne^rer,the
Genitive
the
music-
teacher
account
the watchmaker
U^rmadJcr,
I know, Mtte,pray
3c^ n?ci",
of
perhaps
tiietlcicfot,
au^gegangen, gone
ber
only
out
jvot)in
@ie,where
get^en
are
you
going?
Reading Exercise
XXXIII.
ani^
a6er er war nict)t
ju ^aufe,er war
Z\\6^Uv;
^rie^ricb
ge^tju tern "c^u^mad)er, Vix iO^ufine^rcr
gegangen.
3* rm^n\6"t Sr ijl
tro^nthi meinem D^eim. 3fi^r aw ""WK
"e^en "ie ju tern 3:ifd"Ier.
2Bo|irt
ttielleic^t
ge^t
au5gegangen.
3^r 53rutcr? @r ge^tju fcem "artiter. 3^re Jante ge^t^u i^rer
Xer .^aifer
ter
wo^nt M
9lac()barin.
3c^ fomme ani ter "Me.
mit ter "rdftn nad)53erHn gegangcn (gone).
^aiferin.Der "raf ift
wdkent) fce3 .^rieged
te3 0legen3
(EiJwar
(war). 2Bir fint"
we^
tu einen Srtef i"on meinem
nic6tau^gegangen. Jpaft
Ce^rer? @eit
tern ^riege.
3c^ war
fceitern
64
NOUNS
IN
THE
PARTITIVE
Theme
He
go to my
lives with his
must
friend
SENSE.
XXXIIl.
friend.
whom
He is at the tailor's. From
see.
go and
sister. He
received this letter ? It is from
my
have
I wiU
you
school. Where
from
an
umbrella
the rain.
are
account
on
the
During
comes
summer.
was
have
After
at the music-teacher's.
Conversation.
tdbmittnac^^ranffurt
SBerlinge^en?
2Bta|ltuna(^
9?ein,
ge^en,
Du ju tern @6nei?er gel)en?5^ein,
i^ fott
(SoOft
ge^en.
jum Jifd^ter
tu ein 53ud)
"on teinem 2e!^rer3ci,
ipaft
cr ^ate^ mir gegeben*
?
er^olten
2Bo "o^nt fein
gr ttjo'^nt
Bet feiner
greunb^oUxt ?
"ro"mutter.
9)?itmm
tt)o6ntter "raf?
Sr wo^nt mit feinem
Sruber.
Sr ge^t"iettetd?t
gu tern Se^rcr.
2Bot)irt
3c^ ge|e3U bem ^O^ufifte^rer.
ge^en@ie ?
bu morgen au^gel)en?
!E)art7t
3c^ tarfni^tan^Qt^tn,
'XXXIV.
LESSON
Nouns
Obs.
"
In
German
%ki\"!,
3Bein,some
some
or
or
or
when
omitted
is taken
noun
both
in the
in
partitivesense
singularand pluraL
bread
some
3urfer,
or
any
any
meat
^affee,
some
or
any
any
wine
some
SBajJer,
any
the milk
"Lk ?0^itcb,
the butter
33utter,
bic Dinte,the ink
ber ^afe,the cheese
bie
34*
the article U
33roD,some
2emvn
"La^
or
sugar
coffee
any
salt
(Bali,
(tlie)
ba^ 33ier,
(the)beer
ein ^funj, a pound
belongs
ge^ort^
water
66
OF
DECLENSION
SBittter
NODNtJ
MASCULINE
!Da3
\io!itx(i
gro^e^naBe 3u(ier
IN
E.
3w(ier
^aben*
er ^atSCajfer
^ot unferI^iener 33iergctrunlen?9lettt,
getrunJeit,
al^ bag
?
T)a^ (Salj
ebenfo
nii^Iid)
ift
3ftba^ eal5nii^lic^
"
XXXY.
LESSON
"efttott
Masculine
"
all other
adding
Der
the
9lujfe,
ending
nouns
both
cases
n, but
do
not
ber
D^fe, the
ber
ber
ber
the nephew
?^effe,
page
Der
singular and
modifj^their vowel.
plural by
I know
3(^ tt)ei",
gro",bi(f big
,
two
jttjei,
^err, Mister
167, Second
of the
in c, form
unartig,
naughty
in the nominative
c.
ber
ox
^h^m, ugly
endingin
Kussian
ber
33"
this inflection.
(See
Reading
Exercise
67
E.
IN
NOUNS
MASCULINE
XXXV.
3:^ter
X:iefe^
i[lein
te^ granaofen^at einen Somen,
9leffc
?
^^^ 3:^ier
oDer ein !Deutfct)er
3l't
iperrein ^^ranjofe
5lffe.3ftliefer
ein 3:^ier,%ix Some ^at einen gropen
?
ter ^afeift
ein ipafe
5^ein,
aber jener
"^yxu iftein reic^er
un5
^ftujfe,
^apUcben^opf. I^icfer
Heine ^xi^t ? S^iefer
ein ^ranjofe.$Qie ^eift
^nabe ift
tiefer
arme
$.Xi^\it^ei^tGilbert, X;ie Somen ftn^fc^rparL %tx
unge^orfame
He U|r 3^re5 ^f^effen;
tes ^errn ^Jlartin, ipierifl
fteift
jer^
Slffe
er mill ein teut^
3^^ SKbrterbucfc,
broken* Sei^en@ie tern ^^i^an^ofen
SBort fud}en.
fc^eiS
Der
Theme
XXXV.
Conversation.
?
^^tv. "ic ben 2lffen
gefe^en
^at ber 3w^e einen ^afen?
biefer ^nabe
l;aben?
2Ci(l
5Ca5 ^atber
\^ ^abeben
^^^ein,
gefe^en*
fein33u(^ ^Zein,cr
?
ipafe
gefrejfen
Somen
mill
fein Borterbuc^
"^abcn.
(Sr ^at "rag
c^efrcjiTen.
einen gro^en
^"xiber D(^^ einen bicfen ^opf ?
^opf*
9lan,er :^at
e^ nic^t;
^aben ^xt ^naben biefen
(Stu^l 3c^ ii^eig
i^ ^abee^ nic^t
?
aerbroc^en
(]efel)en.
SBoUen "ie bent Sranjofcn
aber
^x
3d)f^"neben^ran3ofertmdbt;
?
SBorterbu^
lei^en
{{^mitt i^m mein 5Sbrterbuc^
Ici^en.
^r
biefer
ijt
junge9)?ann ?
f^o^tn8ie einen 5fiejfen?
unfere^^aufmanne^.
SriftDer^leffe
3"^^abegmei^fleffen.
68
PLUEAL
MASCULINE
OF
SUBSTANTIVES.
XXXVI.
LESSON
!^ettwn
36.
Obs.
"
Masculine
C
Obs. II.
"
in the
if
plural,and
substantives
All
they do
ending in c, el,C11
modify their vowel.
not
nouns
take
or
that
tv
take
(Seep.169).
in the dative
en
already have
not
and
plural,
ending.
Examples.
the tree.
T)tx 3:if^,
Xer (BM,
the table.
the
Nom.
I)ie 33aume
Xte
Gen.
ter 53aume
ter
Dat
ten 33aumcn
Ace.
Me Sdume
chair.
'Lit (StiiWc
3:ifc^e
3:ifd)e
ben 3:ifcben
bie 2:ifc^e
8tu^Ie
fcen (Stii^Ien
ter
tie
"tii^lc
the branches
")ie 5lefte,
ter
njte
liow
Vll^^i
meinen
"ie,
fe^r,
very
do
(Btodt,the sticks
the fishes
tie ^ifd^e,
tie p"e, the feet
them
fie,
(plur.)
trei,three
tie
four
ijier,
many
you
trees
to
Itegen,
mean
much
Impebfect
lie
talD,soon
Tense
I had
3(^^atte,
thou hadst
tu ^atteft,
he had
cr^atte^
she (it)
had
fte(e^)^atte,
of
To
l^aBen,
Have.
had
ffiirl)atten,
we
i^r|attet,|
^^^
3
"ie fatten,
fie"fatten,
they had
^a
OF
TENSE
IMTEllFECT
G9
C tt.
XXXYI.
Reading Exercise
5Jtein
imi Sriefe er^Iten, 'Lk 33aume kttcn Slefle*
3d) :^atte
^Setter^attetrei "tbcfe gefauft.SSie "iele^reunte^tte 3^r 3Sater?
?
^arl
ipute genommen
"ier ?^reunte. ^at 3c"tanr)unfere
gr ^attc
?
S$ir traiu
faufen
2Ber mill tiefe
^legcnfd^irtne
^attefte
genommen*
cinen
tu
^tten feine p"e. ipatteft
"tocfe. Tie %i\6^t
d)ett siuei
?
Tic (So^neteg 3uten fmt angefommen. 2Cir :^atten
9iegenfAirm
"^
4)attet
i^ripafen
Tie 2ott)en ^aben ijierp^e.
^afeituni) Bifd)e.
toix fatten
Ddsfen.
S^lein,
XXXVI.
Theme
Do
you
cousins.
I
have
broken
the
the
know
Have
received
?
fish Hve
two
feet,but
broken
the
Mr.
Jew
had
I had
very clever.
had lost two parasols.
are
sons
With
and
four feet.
bought
and
two
one
The
my
has
three
whom
are
my
friends ?
What
Jews.
chairs
They
?
from
letters
any
the
four
has four
oxen
Kobinson
the rivers ?
in
(leben)
? The
(fpredjen)
of
received
you
letters from
has
He
sons
Henry
sticks.
do you
Do
speak
daughter. I have
German
physicians
umbrellas
and
my
aunt
Conversation.
SBic
@ie biefe
"tii^Ie?
ftnben
2Bie ttiele
^reunte^attt
3^r 35ater?
3d) ftnbe
ftefe'^r
f(^on"
Sr ^atk "ier %nun'^i.
Ter SDIufiHe^rer
1^atftegenome;
men.
fen?
njir Brand)
en trei (Btodc.
unt) (Stiiblegema(^t
?
ler nid)t.
tie Saume )^atkn
ater
5^ein,
2lejle,
feine Slattir.
^att:t
i"rgifc^e
gefauft?
nicbt"e(b
^txn,njir fatten
(enough).
genug
70
OF
PLURAL
LESSON
SUBSTANTIVES,
FEMININE
XXXVn.
2enwn
Plural of Feminine
Obs.
"
The
pluralof
the
37.
Substantives.
and poUysyllabic
feminine
dissyllabic
ends in n or
.nouns
end likewise in en.
en*
See
Some
p.
feminine
171, Fourth
monosyllables
Declension.
Examples.
Reading Exercis3
^itl^bu
bie S3Iumen ?
XXXVII.
XXXVII.
Theme
How
many
sleptfive
sleptsix
hours.
hours.
give them
to my
How
To
How
whom
you
friends.
(female)
Who
do
are
those
We
I love my
you
London.
It has four
of the uncle /
six doors.
and
rooms
doors
71
MONOSYLLABLES.
NEUTER
or
PLURAL
are
two
broader
ladies ?
duties; but
iulfilour
very
the streets of
than
They
are
my
bors
neigh-
{fern.).
Conversation.
@int tcine
ftntin
"S^meflern
ju "aufe? 9lein,f^e
2Bo
3^r 53ruter^arl ?
i|l
(Sint tie "tra^en53erUn^ keit?
tern 3;^eater,
ijli
au^gegangen.
(Sr
keit unt
"3te ftnt
fd^on*
"tocfe.
Sr ^attc
^n?ei
2Bie lange|at ter 3ute gefc^Ia^
(Sr ^at gwei oter trei "tunten
einen (^todf
?
ipatte
SQil^elm
fen?
"int
tie
ter 9lofensax^
?5arBen
gefd^Iafen.
(Sie ftntfe^r
"erf^ieten.
fdjieten?
9J?ann unt er^^
Sr ijlein giitiger
SjlterXeutfc^eeingiittger^J^ann?
immer feine
5^flid)ten.
fiillt
72
PLURAL
OF
NEUTER
MONOSYLLABLES.
Reading Exercise
XXXVIII.
abcr |ie^a6enftejerbroi^en,
Die
Die Winter fattenjmci "Idfer,
^leiDer
ter
.Winter finD^erriffen.
3ft^te ipenne unferer5flad)6arin
33anrer, Die
Die griinen
mx^ oDer rotb ? Da3 J^al iftoiriiit.
SBoIf,
Da^ tcutfd^e
ter ipenne?
t)a5 9?eft
^u^ner legenSier. 5Co ift
fmt alt;
Die "o^ne meine^ 9^acbbar5 finDimaitiij""^fldm S3itd)er
unt "ie(e33aume.
i"icle
Der .^ijnii}
tie teinigen
l)at
^djlojjer
fintneu.
Sante^ fintfc^rfcton. Die ^nakn
^akn trei
Die 2:pier unferer
53latter.
pbcn tie fd}bnften
9lefter
gefunten.Die fi}iJnfien'S3aume
Theme
How
three
glasseshas the
glasses. Your ribbons
many
XXXVIII.
servant
broken
He
very nice.
of my niece are
not
are
has broken
Do
j^ou like
green, white
nitions are very happy ; they have
and red.
Those
a
good
and a good empress.
Have
the valleysof
you seen
emperor
These
three boys have lost their
?
Switzerland
(ter(Bri^ivei^)
the
red
books.
ribbons ?
The
eggs
The
ribbons
of the hens
lio
in
(liiQtn)
the nests
(dot.).
Conversation.
(Sier?
SiJentie Sngldntcr
Bit t\^m"ielcSier,
S3tdtter"
3^/ fie\)ahmgriine
33ldtter?
74
ruTURE
TENSE
OP
Future
I shall
3c^ Werbc fein,
bu
^ttbcH
Tense
op
AND
fcim
feiit.
S3ir ttjerbenfcin,
we
be
shall bo
thou will be
mercet fein,)
wirjt
i:^r
fein,
| ^^^ ^
he (she,
es)"lrt fein,
(jle,
it) @ie werten fein,
will be
ftettjcrten fein,
they will
.,,
cr
"
be
XXXIX.
Theme
He
will have
want?
hundred
I want
three
four
yards of linen.
I shall have
one
dozen
What
do
have
also
you
(a)'
shirts. These
These
little books
will be as
longestnecks.
The good fathers will love their
useful as those big books.
'^^Tiere have you
children.
bought those beautiful ribbons?
bread and butter.
The large
Give
to the poor people some
storks
houses
have
the
will be dearer
than
Conversation.
i^ werbe gu ^awfeHeiben.
tu na(^Berlin reifcn?
5flein,
SBirfl
unt
SSerten "ie
e^rlic^3c^ ""crt"ce^ fein.
flei^ig
(honest)fein?
*
The
words
^aar
9)funb"
and
preceded by
number,
t Of, after
names
of
measure
and
NOUNS
FEMININE
: PLURAL
IN
mtr
^lein,
^at ter
arme
75
C.
merten
2le)jfel
(apples)
laben,
Sr ^t einen fe^r
langenipaU"
3(^ merte ta6 Befle
a:u^ ^aUn.
t)it Stte Xuc^ !o(let
J^lc^
fiinf
"r ^atfiinf
oter fec^g
4"cmtctt^
^nabc ?
4)attcr 3utc
tic
aHe gelefen,
Sr ^atjtc
langen23ricfe
?
gelefen
SBerfcen tie
gropen3intmerBcjfcrXie grogen3immer
unt angene^mer
fein.
beflfer
LESSON
2eftwn
XL.
Feminine Nouns
Obs. L
"
Some
tuertentjiel
feminine
addinge
nouns
and
form
in the Plural,*
their
pluralby modifying
adding e only.
Examples.
See page
171, Fourth
40*
Declension.
76
FEMININE
Obs. n.
The
"
nouns:
Gutter
words
vowel
irbegular
in the
do not add
their
modify
c.
Vu
fat
fett,
catch
of in-b em)
(contraction
im
Reading
2: o (^t e r
the mothers
^ixtttx,
the daughters
bie 2;5c^ter,
ber 9^u"baum,the walnut-tree
different
"erfd?ieben,
to fly
Piegen,
tit
jongen,to
and
plural,but
the mother
Sautter,
fcie2;oc^ter,
the daughter
tie ^elier,
the feather
ter ^mol^ntx,the inhabitant
plural.
"
Exercise
XL.
abtx unfere(55dnfe
tuerben fetter
fein. Die guten
Diefe^ii^e
ftnbfett,
monkeys
(ba)?
I have
will be
ripe soon.
The
geese.
are
very
have
four
the
cherries
have
there
you
feathers.
I like the fat
have
geese
of the trees will be ripe. The
walnuts
fruit(s)
good.
The
The
have
gardener will
cows
five
are
cows.
will have
fruit (s) of
What
hands.
Are
mice.
two
XL.
and
cows
many
the walnut-tree.
not
The
big as
so
the
inhabitants
geese.
These
The
The
oxen.
of these
walnuts
are
daughters love
lages
vilthe
their
mothers.
Conversation.
Sangenbie SWdufebie ^a^cn ?
So (liegen
bie 35bg;I?
NEUTER
NOUNS
PLUEAL
IN
77
C.
(Std^tc?
2iekn "ie tie gro^ett
i(^lieBcfcicflcinenX;brfcr,
9letn,
@tai)t?
2Bie fmt Die "tra^ert
tiefer
SJBerteti^r"dnfc ^abcn?
^ii^el^ahm^
@ie ^abenlangc^ebern*
SBa^ l^aUntie "dnfe?
?
"ie Vben "ier ^dnbe*
2Cie oiele ipdnte^aicnbie 2lffcn
feine ^inber*
fie)^a)"in
5^ein,
XLl.
LESSON
Neuter Nouns
Obs.
"
Some
neuter
nouns
werben
2eftwn
addinge
form
41*
in the Plural.*
their
pluralby adding
only,t
Examples.
Dad
the float
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Dad
ber
gIo"e
bcrt %\o^m
bie t^Io^e
^ferb,the horse
^ferb,
Dag'"ctct^
the horse
the prayer
Die 5)ferbc
Die "e6cte
ber
^ferbe
ber (S^ebcte
bctt ^ferbett
ben "ekten
bie
bie "efccte
^ferbe
bie (Sd)afe,
the sheep {pi}
@c^af,the sheep
bad "piet,the play,
bad 3tt^^f
the year
game
the animal
bad c^eft,
the copy-book
bad J|ier^
the ship
bad 2:l)or,
the gate
la^ "(^iif,
the pig
bad "(^n?ein,
bie ^aare,
plur. the hair
the sailor
ber ^atxo\t,
rein,clean
n?ic alt,
how
bie SCoCe,the wool
old ?
the number
bie ^aiji,
numerous
Sa^Irei^^
bie S'Za^rung,
food
healthy
gefunb,
ten,
tit^n,
SttJ^J^S^Q;
twenty
breijig,
thirty
bad
t8
PLURAL!
IRREGULAR
MONOSYLLABLES.
NEUTER
Exercise
Reading
XLI.
^er i)eutf(^e
:^atbret^tg
"c^afe unt" aC^n^ii^c*
^fcrfce,
sttjanjig
? i)ic
flnboffen* (Sinl) alle J^ierenii^lic^
ber 3;^iere
Dcr "raf l^at
aOe feine
^ferbe
^la'^rung
ijl"erfd)iebctt.
? ("r ^attcge^ ^ferbc* Sin ^uU
t)er!auft,^atte er "ielc ^ferfcc
Die S^icrcfaufen
l^otte
flcgefauft.
SBaffer.Die ?0^atrofen
pnt)auf
"c^iffen*Die ^aare ber Winter pntifc^warg*
(on) ben englifc^en
fiieben Me Winter Me "piele? Du bi(l
ge^n 3a^re alt,id)tucrbe
"tdbte
'")te3:^oreUx
pigs?
The
horses
the games.
not
are
very
Where
are
sheep,of
sheep
is better
shipsof
the
the
the
larger than
sheep.
The
you
any
like
boys
the
oxen,
than
Have
(gef(^loj[en).
shut
are
The
clean.
of the
The
are
XLI.
and
of the
(M^) of
that
Englishare
pigs.
the
The
meat
pigs;it
of the
is healthier.
numerous.
very
Conversation.
?
iaUn "ie ^ferbe
"inb
aU
bie ^ii^ettu^H^er
?
"d)tt)cine
akr
9leitt,
bie
h)irtverbeti
je'^n
"(i^afe
^ben.
Die ^ii^e finb bie
nii^lic^jl
S^iere.
Die
"c^afenii^lic^?
SflbieSCotleber
SoUe
ber
"(^afe i(lfe^r
nii^lic^,
?
"ie jinbttjei".
"ittb bie"aarebed ^inbeg fc^warj
SlEe ^^ierefaufen
?
a:rinftber iputrt)
SBajfer.
SSaffer
@r ^at neue i^emDen ge!auft"
SBaiJ|atber 3ube gefauft?
ber Sngldn^ 2^ ^U "iele"d^iffe
gefe^en.
^aUn "ie bie "(^iffe
ber
?
gcfe^en
3^
Mn
swanaig^a^xtalt.
Masculine Nouns
Some
Obs.
"
Scfttott
XLn.
LESSON
Some
masculine
an
radical vowel
and
form
ter
Sfleic^t^um,
(the)wealth
the heathen
ter ^eite,
Sjlelleic^t,
perhaps
ter
their
plural
adding er.
the
T)ieSJ^dnner,
man
42*
Plural.*
Irregular
nouns
monosyllabic
by modifyingthe
with
79
MONOSYLLABLES.
MASCULHra
PLURAL!
IRKEGULAB
men
the worms
SOBiirmer,
tie SdlDer,the forests
tie
"otter,the gods
tie 9leid)tl)umer,
(the)wealth
tie
aUmdd)tig,
almighty.
mortal
(lerMlc^,
Reading Exercise
XLIl.
'^tin Dktm
T)ie (SJiJtter
ter ^eitenfintfe()r
sal^Ireic^.
einen
fcatte
See page
t The
word
166, Third
Declension
(Exception III.).
freffen
(toeat)is applied only to aminalt.
80
PLURAL
OP
MASCULINE
AND
Theme
The
live in the
worms
birds?
(frejjen)
?
of the
heathens.
The
know
Do
you
woods ?
These
these
belong to
horses
eat
count
the
the
(plur.).The
taken
my
eat
worms
Have
worms.
have
men
Enghsh
those
XLII.
count
NOUNS.
ground (earth).Do
wealth
NEUTER
gold
gods
gods
watch.
Had
uncle any
your
has large*woods. The beautiful
poor
men
God
men.
hears
the
("brt)
people.
Conversation.
Softnbttc^Sbgel?
2Ber ^at meine golcene
U^r Qt^
8te
LESSON
2ettwn
XLni.
m.
endingin
cr,
"
and
MascuHne
neuter
substantives
ending in
cr^ tt,
in the
termination
(fin,have the same
of the pluralas in the nominative
but
cases
singular,
modify their radical voweLf
generally
en,
^Cttand
Translate
t Words
grope (seeLess.
in ot
come
under
49).
this rule.
See page
82
PLURAL:
IBREGULAR
MASCULINE
NOUNS.
of the queen
beautiful.
These bakers are poor.
are
birds have wings. The tailors make
coats; the
(mac^en)
gardens
The
shoemakers
make
watches.
The
boots
has
servant
and
lost
spoons
make
and
silver knives.
two
Conversation.
?
2Ber [tnbtiefe
jmeiiUlatdjcn
"ie
be^ U^rmac^er^.
fmbMc 2;od)tcr
aBer er 1^(d
Sr ^at nur einen Sfet,
?
ipatter Partner ijiele
Sfcl
i)icr^ferbc.
2Cic toieicSacfer
3n
flnt in fciefen
ben
I^ijrfcmptibnur
akr
33acfer,
?
Xiorfern
in ben
ircnige
"tattcn jint)
toiele.
3"i/ff ^"ti'^^iSBriibcr.
met)rcrc
t^cnjicr
3"i, pe n^erbm
SCerbenbieipaufer
genflcr:^aBen?
l^aben.
2Bic ijieic
3c^ ^^ Jtuf fiwen @d)neiber*
"(|nciber
l^akn"ie?
itcnncn "ic bic Sriibcrbe" "rafcn?
LESSON
2eftwn
XUY.
of the Plural
Substantives.*
Formation
Irregular
Obs.
"
Some
their
masculine
ending
nouns
pluralby adding
; words
44"
of Masculine
in
Examples.
2:er "BtaM,
the
Norn.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
sting
god-father
See page
!rer S3a{er,
SJIu^fcI,
the muscle
the Bavarian
T)u^uMn
^^ieSaiem
ben Saiern
bie 'MuMn
bie 33aiem
(Exceptions).
PLURAL:
IKBEGULAR
the
!Der 33auer,
MASCULINE
83
NOUNS.
58auern,the peasants
the cousins
Me 53ettern,
the neighbors
tie ^ad^jhavn,
the slippers
tie i^antoffeln,
Die
peasant
the cousin
55etter,
the neighbor
bcr 5^ad)6ar,
the slipper
Ux ^antoffct,
tcr
XLIV.
Reading Exercise
Unfer9la^"arijleiit
23aier,
feine5^ad)6antfine 33aiem. Jpaben tie 9lofen(Stad"e(n?
5Bo fintunfere
^^ornen (thorns).
tie Stofen
^antoffeln?
:^aben
5flein,
!Die "(^u^ma^er ma^en (make) ^antoffeln,3enc ?!Kdnner )^abm
SJ^u^teln. Die S3aiern pn^ ^ic "^^i^^"
53auern. 2Cir ttjcrten
Par!c
tie "arten ter (SeDattem faufen^
"eoatterg
Die S5cttem imfered
33auern.
jtnt)
Theme
I
and
am
peasant
forests.
These
This house
XLIV.
peasants,theyhave
belongs to our neighbors.
men
are
lands
Your
is your
Here
shoemaker:
neighbors are my best friends.
aU my riches.
The rich
he bringsyour shppers. These
are
has many
count
houses, gardens,fields and forests. The
fishes like
have
my
Are
(the)worms.
cows
these
and
men
Frenchmen?
calves.
Do
you
We
want
Conversation.
^aBctt tie 53auern
einc
5flid)te
^m,
trei 3Settem.
fte^abeit
?
(niece)
"int tie
teinc^ (Seoat^
9la(^6artt
rei(^.
fieftntfe^r
9Zein,
terg arm?
?
@ie ftntBei tent "S^u^mac^er,
^antoffeln
gefuttten
?i)iu^!e(tt
^u^feln ftntfd^wac^.
?
S'Zein,
ipatjener ^ann ftarfe
fcine
kxibt
?
njerten trei 5Sctteni
^nn, aBer tt"ir
i^rcinen ^Setter
^a"en.
banner fint33aiem"
?
9}Zanner granaofen
"int tiefe
X)iefe
tu
ipafl
teine
84
ADJECTIVES
PARTICIPLES
AND
SUBSTANTIVELY.
USED
LESSON
2eftwn
XLV
and Participles
used
Adjectives
Obs.
Substantives.
as
and participles,
when
Adjectives
I.
43*
used
substantively
declined like adjectives,
are
varying accordingas,
they are preceded by the definite (seeObservation,
tion,
Lesson
XXVII) or indefinite article (seeObservaLesson
XXIX).
"
Examples.
Plural.
1)er 0let|'ence,
Die
9letfenben,
the traveler
the
travelers
Nom.
Xer
l^ie S^eifenten
G-en.
t)e^9leifent"en
ter
Dat.
tern
ten
A.CC.
ten
9leifen5en
5leifen5en
Obs. II.
"
JReifenbc
Tliere
being
no
and
adjectives
take
tie
Sin ?^remter,
a
9letfenben
9leifent)en
3fletfenten
stranger
"in ^^remrer
cine^ ?5remten
gremten
f^remten
cinem
einen
article the
tively,
substan-
Examples:
@itt"efangener,
a
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
prisoner
tcr
ta3
"efangene,
prisoners
of prisoners
(S^efangener,
to prisoners
"efangenen,
"efangcne,
prisoners
the traveler
X)cr Sflcifcnte,
ter
Sin
^remte,the stranger
the prisoner
(Sefanciene,
the prison
(53cfan3ni",
3fleifcnter,
traveler
travelers
Sleifente,
of travelers
9leifenter,
to travelers
3fleifenten,
travelers
Sleifente,
Sin SBetienter,
a servant
ein
ein
ter
ambassador
an
"efantter,
man
a learned
(SJele^rter,
the bookseller
^Bwcfc'^antler,
INTERKOGATIVE
THE
85
PRONOUNS.
Reading Exercise
XLV.
XLV.
Theme
Our
neighbor is
Bavarians.
man
learned
man.
whose
learned
These
man.
learned
To
an
ambassador?
The
house
(3cf^
ge^e)to my
prisoner? He
booksellers
(or to whom)
with
aunt's
is in the
learned
men
are
is a traveler.
Is
is
have
He
received
these
apples?
you going? I am
little sister. Where
going
are
my
prison.
We
have
seen
is the
stranger
at the merchant's*
Conversation.
ter 8ot)nunfere^
"ete^rten.
i[t
ein gremter.
^ennen (Sie jenen"^ann ?
^tin,er ift
aBer x^ |aBceinen 9leifen^
gefe^^en?5flcin,
^a|lbu einen "ele^rten
ten gefe^en*
"ie ftntin tern "efangni",
tie "efangenen?
S}o ftnb
@int tie Bremtennoc^(still)
^ier? 3^, fiemerten erj^(only) mor-gen akeifen.
?
(Ein fremter
in tirfcm .^paufe
"ele^rter"
2Cer wo'^nt
Gr
Ser i|t
^rembe?
tiefer
XLVI.
LESSON
Tlie
Obs. I.
"
The
what
^cttion
^6.
Pronouns.
Interrogative
are
interrogative
tucr, who
pronouns
which
(declinedlike the
; tn clever,
tottg,
definite
86
what
)tia0 filr
cilt,
; and
article)
(of which only the indefinite
Declension of
Obs. n."
SBcr and
nJtt" are
tin,with
filr
tocr
used
tt)CT
AND
sort
or
OF
DECLENSION
PRONOUNS:
INTEEEOGATIVE
and
with
W a 0"
kind
clined).
article tin is de-
tiia0.
and
verbs, ttJCltjcr
the thimble
!Dcr ginger^ut,
ta^
beaten
gefc^lagen,
called
gerufen,
(pi)the furniture
(the)cloth
Xn6!i,
tier"ulnen,the florin
the ell,yard
Stle,
mit
mir, with
mit
S^nen,with
me
you
ttial
substantives.
!Dic W6M,
tic
of?
(toyou)
costs
!o(let,
befhaft,
punished
no"i,still
now
je^t,
Reading Exercise
XLVI.
SBcr
2Ca^ faqen(say)"le?
2Ca3 fur ein S3uc^ njoHen @ie?
?
S3er ijl
? 2Ben l^aBen"ic gerufen
fommt tnit ^^mn tton 33erltn
t"e^Su(^^dnt(erg. Unfer3;ifdjter
? Sr iftter 9leffe
jenerSleifenfce
? Sent
iS^oBet gcmaci^t.
2Bett ^at fcer(Bd^neiDer
gerufen
l^attiefc
T;er junge3:ifc^Ier
Garten ? gr gcl)5rt
tern ^rofeffor.
tiefer
ge^brt
in tiefemipaufe
unb allc Wokl
^attiefe
gemad)t.Ser
"tittle
fci^bnen
?
^arlg "Rocf
? Seffcn3ftocf
^atSBil^elmgefdjtagcn
^aftbu aerriffen
2Bcm
3(^ ^abeteine "rammati! bem ^Robert gelte|en.
gerriffen,
ifl
"ie eingela;^
SBen l)aBen
gelie:^en?
^ati^rcSouftnei^reni^inger^ut
?
meine Bejien
ten (invited)
greunteeingelaten*
3(^ l^aBe
Theme
"Who
made
has made
all
our
XLVI.
furniture.
Who
has
The
beaten
old
the
joiner has
bookseller?
learned
The
a yard
foftet)
Whose
^alttll
VERB
AUXILIARY
has
man
lent
me
of this cloth ?
thimble
florins. Whom
is this ?
hast thou
book.
whom
To
A
yard
punished?
87
TENSES.
COMPOUND
How
much
ttiel
(ttJie
give this ring?
is
do you
of this cloth
costs two
The
prisoner.
son
of the
Conversation.
Sr ifl
ein "o^n bed (^tit^xttn*
grembc?
Jeiier
ijl
?
fRod ijl
!Eer 0lo(Jbed 2:ifc^Ierd.
2Bej[ett
gerriffen
Wohd gemad^t?5^ein,
bcr 2;tf^ler
^at ber 33ac!er
1:^at
(icgemac^t.
biefe
Sent gel^brt
Sr ge^ort
metnem
"tu^I?
"ro"ttater.
biefer
bu ?
belner
ben ^ingertjut
3"^ ^"ii"c
SCejfen
ginger^ut
:^a(l
2Cer
"ro"mutter.
Sarum
l|ater
auf^
aufge^;Sr ^atbie a:prenunb i^enjler
ttjeil
eg tuarm
mac^t (opened)?
ifl,
gema(^t,
ein33u^^aktt(Sie?
3(^ |ak "d^iaer'd(SeHt^te.
SBadfiir
bfe
Z^vm
LESSON
XLVn.
Compound Tenses*
2cftwn
of the
TO
47*
Verb "oktt^
Auxiliary
HAVE.
Fast: (Se^aH,
Participle
PERFECT
had.
TENSE.
I have had
SCir ^Un ge^aBt,
have had
we
3^ ^a^ege'^aBt;
thou hast had
bu ^ajl
i^r^aU ge^aM, ) you have
ge^abt,
I had
he (she,"ie :^aknge^a^t,
cr (jte,
eg)^at ge^abt,
fie^ben ge^aBt,
it)has had
they have had
PLUPERFECT
TENSE.
I had had
SBir fatten
3(^^tte ge^att,
ge^aH,we had had
bu ^attefl
ge^aM,thou hadst had t^r^attct
ge|aM, ) you had
he (she,"le ^attm ge^aBt,
er (fie,
)
eg)^attege^abt,
had
it)had
*
had
Compound
ficfattenge^aBt,
theyhad had
tenses
of this verb
are
formed
in German
as
in
Engliah.
88
AUXILIARY
l^aBett:COMPOUND
VERB
the
!Die Sigarre,
the needle
9ZaieI,
the pin
fcic"tccfnatel;
Die
ta^
TENSES.
cigar
to show
iB^tO^n,
the picture
(5)emalt)e,
aufgemac^t,
opened
Reading Exercise
XLVII.
?
ter ^remte Qti^aht
Sr l)atben iputfce^S3u(!^^dttbi
Sejyen^ut ):^at
einen ?^inger^
bu einen "tod ge()abt
ler^ ge^aBt.
?
ipattefl
3"^^iiBe
aBer ii^^ak i^n ijerloren, 2Ben "^aft
? SJTetne
r"u gerufen
^ut ge^abt,
eine 5'Za5eI
3;ante l)at
aber beine iD^utter^atte
^mi "tecfita^elnge^abt,
ein "ental^e
? SBir ()aben
ge^abt
ge^bt, ^attter nictt eine (Etgarre
SingerpteftnDtie0
ge^bt,aBer unfer3?ater^at e5 ^erfauft*SBejJen
@ie
S3orterbud)gekn? ipatten
(these)? 3Bem moKcn "ie tiefe^
?
ein S3u(^ge^aBt
Sir batten eine Sigarre
ge^^abt.
XLYIL
Theme
Have
have
you
pins?
Have
lost them.
cigarsWednesday
That
little boys had
the
tall
?
Whose
queen.
Robert's
grammar.
you
No, I have
you
had
had
Had
(^ittn?0(^).
you taken Robert's
is our
man
gardener. What have
I had not
the king,but I had
seen
grammar
I have
have
had
you
had?
picture.
grammar?
those
I have
To
whom
seen
had
will
?
give this dictionary
Conversation.
aber er i^at
I)at
53uc^er
ge^^aBt,
fteijerfauft.
U^r ge^abt,
U^r?
3c^ ^attceine filberne
^aflt)U eine goltene
aber id)i^ah fte
^erloren.
2Bir fatten
"emalce ge'^abt?
nur
jwei"emdlne.
^aben 8ie ijiele
2Cir fatten
^atkt i^rGigarren
ge^abt?
ge^abt*
guteSigarren
Sir fatten
t)n 3Cein ge^bt?
SBajfer
ge^bt.
ipaft
8ie?
3 A ^abtfeine "igarren.
f)ahtn
SBejfen
Sigarre
"emdice?
"ie tiefe^
5Bem jeigen
3(i)tuerbe e^ tern "elel)rten
jeigen.
3cb ^"ib^
fiealie ^crlorcm
2CnlIfttuniireine(StecfnateIgeben?
55uc^er?
^at fcer^Bwct'^anbler
Sr
90
ADJECTIVES
PRECEDING
SUBSTANTIVES
Theme
Hast
thou
concert.
been
Has
(itmaU)been
They
had
been
No,
here.
AN
ABTICLB.
XLVIII.
the theatre?
to
in Berlin
WITHOCT
at the ball ?
have
we
Had
She
only been
been
you
had
Have
been
to the
you ever
in Frankfort.
there?
in Berlin,
We
had
He
had
Conversation.
?
3c^ war im 3:^eater
getuefen*
gewefen
njirnjaren in 33erUtt
?
"eib i^rim Concert gewefen
9lein,
gemefen^
nie in Slmerifa gcnjefcn*
?
^tin,er ift
3fler in 2lmeri!a geroefen
meinen t^curenDnfct
SSarum Mfttu fotrauriggewefen?
2^ iaBe
bu
55t(l
im Garten
uertoren,
?
fQc^inttjerben"te gc^en
2Bie lange(how long)war
Slmerifa gemefen
?
LESSON
cr
in
(Srwar
trei
"
in Slmerifa ge^
ttjefen,
XLIX.
Sefttott 49.
PrecedingSubstantives
Adjectives
Obs.
^ge
without
an
Article.
adjectives
accompanying a substantive are not
precededby an article or by a demonstrative pronoun,
the gender of the substantive
be expressedby
must
the adjective,
which
takes the terminations
of the
(wanting)article. The genitivesingular,to avoid a
of g, takes n.
repetition
^When
Examples,
masculine.
Singvla/r.
Plural.
Nom.
guterSCein,good wine
gutcSBetne,good wines
Gen.
of good wine
gutenSBeine^,
to good wine
5Belne,
gittem
gutenSJein,good wine
guterSSeine,of good
Dai
Ace
wines
to good wines
gutcn3Bcinctt,
good wines
gutc SBeine,
PRECEDma
ADJECTIVES
WITHOUT
SUBSTAimVES
AN
AETICLE.
91
FEMININE.
Plural.
N.
G.
soup
of bad soup
"Suppe,
fc^Iec^ter
D.
A.
bad
(Bvc^^^tn,
f(^Ie(i^te
B.
Plural.
SingvZa/r.
old books
atte 33udjcr,
Nom.
fresb
33rob,
frifc^e^
Gen.
of fresh bread
frifc^en
33rotc^,
to fresh bread
S3rote,
frifc^em
fresh bread
33rot",
frif(^ed
Dai
Ace.
soups
bread
of old books
alter33u(%er,
to old books
alten Siic^ern,
old books
altc S3u(^er,
ham
!Der (Sc^^tnfen,
roast, roasted
gekatcn,
boiled
gefod^t,
ba^
excellent
tjortrepc^,
thick
bicf,
c^ gieH,there is,there
giett
e5, are there?
Jemal^,ever
Dbfl,the fruit
Me 9?ac^ricbt,
the news
fc^bne
33Iumen,fine flowers
jungeSeute,
people
young
neue
"c^u^e,new
shoes
wild
ttJilD,
Reading Exercise
are
XLIX.
unb njarmc
bu Mte
3(^"^aBe
"uppe o^t^alLSBittfl
guten"(^infen
33Iumen ^aben. Sr liebttt)et"ed
"uppe ^ben ? S"ir tuerben fd^bne
unb
3:intc.
"ebcn "ie bent Oleifenben
l^apier
warmed
fd^warje
bie "drtner reifed
ipafcen
SBaffer*2Bo ijlber
"ciju^mad^er?
(ripe)
Scute
"iebt
in
Dfefi? eiJ junge
"tabt ? SCirb ber 3:tfc^Ier
biefer
neue
2)^oBeI^aben? ^er "c^u'^mactjcr
t[lin granffurt
gemefenunb IcA
neue
(Sd)ul)e
gebrac^t.(E^ maren mitte 9^ac^ric^ten
gemefen. "eka^:
ftU gefo(^te5
tene^ glctft^
unb
ift
gefunDer
Slcif(^"
3c^ l^abefd)n?ar3e^
rotted2;u(^gefc^en.
92
1^ttBett.
VERB
AUXILIAKY
Theme
thou
Wilt
have
FIRST
XLIX.
good ham,
some
white
CONDITIONAL.
and
fresh
bread
and
good
red
We
have eaten
bought
paper.
The
excellent frmt.
gardener has drunk very strong beer.
Have you green
My father Hkes only good old red wine.
I want
Will
tea or black tea?
good coffee and sweet milk.
boiled meat?
roast meat
the boys have
Here
is good
or
fresh water, and also good white wine.
butter ?
I have
Conversation.
^nUn "
?
ie gutcn^afcge'^abt
SSir fatten
guten ^dfe unb
frifc^c
33utter"
SBaren "Bk
im
alten 2:^eater
Qt^
9^ein,luir ttjarcn
im Concert gc^:
n?efcn"
wefen?
^at unfer
U^renaU ber3Mge"
U^rmac^erguteU^ren? Sr ^atkjfere
leben (Hve)
in tiefer9lein,
"ibt e^ 9cf(^i(!te
Slerjte
geft^idte
Slcr^te
"tatt?
itur
(only)in ieutfiilanb,
("ic ma(^en nur neue ^bbel.
?
WoM
t)te2;ifAter
newe
9)^a(^ett
ZxinUn "ic rottenoJer tueifen3c^trinfeweter rotten
no(^met"cn
Sffieitt?
SCein,ic^trinfefrifc^e^
SBajfer.
3BotIen "ie
^6" raucfcemeter gutenoi^fc^Iec^te
etne
gutc (Eigarre
Sigarren.
rauc^en(smoke) ?
unb
gnten griinen
fe^r
2Ser!auftber ^aufmann guten Sr ijerfanft
S^ee.
fc^margen
LESSON
"efttott
L.
30*
or
or
we
should
i^x^tttt,you would
fiefatten,
they would
have
have
have
have
^a
VERBS
AUXILIARY
if I
l^emti^ :^atte,
" C tt
AND
fC t tt,
FIRST
had
Do
CONDITIONAL.
had
if thou hadst
trenn i^r^dttet,)
^atteft,
j^^^
^^
if he (she,mnn
@ie fatten,)
tuenn er (fte,
e3)^atte,
if they had
mnn
fiel)atten,
it)had
tu
"entt
wiirte fein
er
or
2Cir miirtien
or
fein
mare, he would
h)ir mdren, we
be
be
should
be
be
be
^mn
the
5)te ^flaunte,
plum
the battle
tie "cfcta^t,
the plaything
"|)ieljeug,
fro^,glad
Uttnht,sorry
ba^
just
Q^^^^^,
to blame
tat)eln,
l^ungrig,
hungry
fcu^fti^/
thirsty
drunk
getrunfen,
Reading Exercise
L.
^dtte.*t)U miirbejl
^6^ miirbe"elD ^ahn, menn ic^nic^tgetrunfen
nte^rgrennte ^abm, mjnn.tu gerec^ter
mdrejl*("rmiirbe ein ^ferD
er "elD genug
menn
^dtte. Wdnt @b^ne miircen au^ge^en,
l^aben,
miirte nid)t
menn
unmol)tmdren
ftenid)t
Unfer3:if^Ier
fetn,
\o arm
mdre, X;ie 3:ante miirte nic^t
menn
er flei^iger
fo^ungrigfein,menn
ba^
menn
fieStma^ gegejfen
^tte. SCiirten "ie aufua^ Sanb gel}en,
^Betterni^t fo fd^Iei^t
mdre ? Xit ^inber miirben "pielgeuge
:^aBen,
miirten. "I:ie^remben miirben nidjtfo burj^ig
menn
ftefpielen
fein,
"Sie
miirben ni(fct
tatetn,
menn
^tten,
fte5Bajfer
"
After
mm,
the verb
is
placed at
the end.
See
Lesson
71.
94
VERBS
AUXILIARY
tt
etl
wouldst
(gegefcn)
would
be
They
should
she
Would
have
happier,
be
if
sorrj'-,
(ijewonnen)
thou
If
just.
would
and
if
had
were
the
battle.
she
hungry,
sorry,
if he
apples,
diligent
if
they
he
be
She
also.
glad
Would
Would
they
would
They
not
ripe.
were
had
just
were
would
friends
more
more
he
if
Thou
playthings.
be
glad,
wert
plums
they
be
you
those
had*
He
thirsty.
be
eaten
if
glad,
be
should
CONDITIONAL.
FIRST
L.
Theme
I
(it.
fC
AND
have
be
won
Conversation.
bu
SCiirfecfl
SSater
ju
(15elt"f^ahn, mnn
ipaufe
bein
fte
"Sie
SBiirben
SBitrbe
|Ie ni(!^tIrani
SCiirbe
ter
ttjenn
@ie
(Solraten
@ie
menn
"
After
eg
(never
fein.
frif(^e0, lalted
nur
trinlen.
fro^ unt
jpurbe
gereti^t
fein.
the
ttJiirbcfe^rfro^
fetn.
3c^
ttJiirbe eg
(with
fatten ?
mm,
tvieber
@(^ia(^t
mir
"ie
gufrieben fein, Sr
Mxixht
wiirbe
SSajfer
nie
ware
^aifer
Ue
3c^
gered^ fein,n?enn
bie 3:ante
ttJiirben
again)
trinlen, wenn
SSein
burftig mxtn
"ie
"ic
fatten ?
"pielgewg
tag
'^aBen^
mare
SBurten
2^
verb
is
placed
at
the
3^tt"t
pleasure)
end.
See
wit
35ergnugen
lei^en.
Lesaon
71.
II.
P"A.I^T
"
III
"
2emvn
U.
LESSON
of Eegular(or Modern)
Conjugation
Obs. I.
Active Verbs.
the infinitive in n*
in
end
verbs
^All German
"
51.
In German
"
infinitive when
the
of mode
(seep. 219),also
to
blcibcit,
to help ; le^rettf
to teach
l^clfcn"
followed
are
I bid you
by the
Obs. n.
The
"
Present
to the root
e.
preceded
fit^Iett,
finbett^find ;
to
maditn, to make,
e^ t^tttt^
^^ ^ci^Ctiid^
9"
^-
ju ;
fieju fe^en,he
came
to see
her.
by adding tvh
g., Uhcnh ; the Past Participleby prefixing
t
affixing ; e. g., geloit.
The
prefixge is not
verbs of foreignoriginending
2. With
fc^irt
(not gemarfd^irt);
"
g.,
learn, and
formed
Participle is
and
gc
Note.
e.
;
to
without
infinitive
do
{to)
remain
Umen,
verb is
after another
ctl"
or
used
the
in
participle
past, 1.
With
all
in
to march;
mav
e. g., marfd^iren*
i(c)rettj
such as have the unaccented
prefixbtr %tt
g., kfuc^en,to visit ; kfuc^t (notgebefuci^t).
is formed
person,
fetch
seek
(thou); and
(ye),or etl
@ie:
pronoun
Obs. rV.
"
^The Present
the
PRESENT
in the
in the
when
the verb
loBetl @ie,
is followed
by
the
praise (you).
is formed
tense
Imperfect by
adding te :
TENSE.
by adding
e :
ic^Me
i(^lobte.
IMPERFECT
TENSE.
I learn or am
3(^lerne,
learning3c^ Ue6tc,I loved
thou leamest
tu lieBtcft,
thou lovedst
tu ternft,
he (she,
he loved
er (fte,
it)learns er lieBte,
a) lernt,
learn
ttJlr
ttjlr
we
lernett,
Uebtcn,we loved
J
il)r
Iern(e)t
eie
lernen,[^^^
i|Miettct,]
^^^^
they learn
fielernett,
*
The
to be ;
only verbs
which
to do, and
t|tttt"
^^^^^,
,
^^^
Mttn,
pe Hebtett,
they loved
ete
in the
those whose
root ends
t before
in el or cr.
are
fcin,
96
Obs. V.
OR
REGULAR
COMPOUND
TENSES.
and
xoxx
etc.
^ben geretet,
are
Obs. VL
VERBS:
For
"
MODERN
last radical is
^Verbs whose
"
insert
second
in the
person
I wish, fcu i"unf(^cft,
etc.
njiinf^e,
Reading
Exercise
(f,ff,fc^^")
singular; e. g., ic^
sibilant
LI.
LI.
Theme
I love my
his lesson.
Thou
pai^nts.
We
buy
new
livest in Berhn.
dictionary."WHiat
Charles learns
do
you
seek ?
did
What
gardener and the tailor live in Frankfort.
She loved her teacher.
I bought a white horse.
you buy ?
The
What
are
learningmy lesson.
making? I am
you
teacher praisedhis pupils,
they learned the lesson. Learn
Love
to obey. Obey (plur.)
(plur.)
your teachers.
(sing.)
your parents. My parentshave visited your uncle.
The
Obs. Vn
"
The
Compound
nearlyas
in
tenses
are
formed
in
German
English.
cipal
past of the prinparticiple
and in the
verb is preceded by the present,
Pluperfectby the imperfectof ^dUxi (sometimes
learned ; Ic^
(ein)
; e. g., 3(i)\""ihtgclemt,I have
I had loved.
l^attegelteBt,
the
2. In the First Future and First Conditional,
1. In the Perfect
the
98
REGULAR
MODERN
OR
COMPOUND
VERBS:
TEN8ES.
Reading Exercise.*
Additional
?
er 1:)at
^tein,
"c^u^e gemac^t
"Bc^u^mac^er
fie
^at uitfer
biefe
tu W
n\6"tgemad^t* i^aft
ipau^
Slffen
au^ gefe^en?3c^ ^^^cbiefe^
n?irt ftc
? 91ein,
tie Slufgakgelemt
er
gekut. ipatteter "c^iiler
n?enn
kute lernen. 2Cir miirten tad 2Bi3rtertu(^
^aben,
gefauft
n?ir
Be^;
^te Seftion morgen (to-morrow)
^attenf*
3^5 ii?ci^^c
ge^abt
?
S3ir
SBirptu ten 33rtef
entiigen*
^abm, e^eeg iunfel ij^
kenfcigt
"ie juurbentic
werben tie 3flec^nurtg
tega^It
^aBen,e"e"ie abreifen.
l^dtten.
S3u(i^cr
^aben,"enn fie3citgeWbt
0efu(%t
"elD
Additional
Who
has made
has
Charles
all his
these
not read
watches, we
tables ?
his
book.
will sell
Theme.
I have
The
learned
watchmaker
the children
Would
ours.
my lesson.
had
sold
have
heard
you
if he had
it.
also.
learned
lost his
If
The
I should
son.
have
had
loved
me,
Professor
would
have
you
his lesson
believed
it,if
I2 shouldi have
praisedCharles,
better.
Conversation.
iit^ari^ ?
SBo^nten@ie frii^er
?
ge^brt
?
tu Deutfd)
Sernfi
SBirt) ter ^bnig eiit neued
bauen?
in 33erlin,
ic^wo^ntefritter
^^^ein,
aberje^t
wo^nen njiritt^^ranlfurt
Sr tt"irtSCajJer
:^olen.
3d) ^aU eine fd)bne
SJ^ufi!
geprt,
i(^leme Snglif^.
9lein,
"c^Iog5^ein,aber er njiirteein
@(^Iopbauen,n?enn er
neueiS
(^elt
Uttt.
SSerten @ie tad blaue Zu6"
These
additional
t SBenn {if)here
? 5^eitt,
tad griine
nja^Ien
toa^Un.
i^ ttjerte
exercises
governs
be reserved for
may
tlie subjunctive
(which
at t?ieend.
requires the auxiliary
see
separate lesson,
on
page
206) and
2Bcr ttJtrtbie
2Bein
glaf^cnmit
futlen?
99
NUMBERS.
CABDINAL
afteri(%ttJiirtc
ttjcnn
9lcin,
ge^ett,
i"imeinc ^luf^aBe
^atte.
gelernt
Der I^iener wixxU ftefiillen,
wenn
mir SBein fatten*
3c^ toixxu lai "ei"egetud^U
^aben,
(Smilieges^
%ixv mn
^attebcr Odrtner biefc(Sr ^attefiefur unfere
S3Iumen gebrac^t?
fcrac^t.
^aben?
liH.
LESSOlSr
"eftiou
52*
Cardinal Numbers.
*
tin,e (ein5
sixteen
fec^^e^n,
peknge^n,seventeen
ac^tje^n,
eighteen
nineteen
neunje^tt,
twenty
anjanljig,
tin unti snjan3i9,
twenty-one
Ireifig,
thirty
forty
ijierjig,
fiinfaig,
fifty
fe^gig,
sixty
peknjig,seventy
ai^tsig,
eighty
ticutt^ig,
ninety
a hundred
l^unbcrt,
a thousand
taufenc,
one
jwet, two
trei,three
"ier,four
five
fitnf,
six
fec^g,
Pcben,seven
eight
ad^jt,
neutt,nine
jc^n,ten
eleven
elf,
twelve
gmblf,
thirteen
bretke^tt,
fourteen
tjicrjc^tt,
fifteen
fiintge^n,
Obs.
I.
"
The
answers
the
(" i n ^ is
the
particleg c ^ n,
which
the
answering
*
13 to 19 add
numbers
used
never
to
ly.
at the
beginning or
in tlie middle
of
compound
numbers.
f The
prevent
word
a
r e
liarshness
ending in
of sound.
of j i g, to
100
CABDINAL
Obs.
n.
^The
"
English expressionwhat
is translated
Obs. m.
"
NUMBERS.
n?
ie " i e I
o'clock
UJr ;
as,
or
what
What
timey
o'clock
Reading Exercise
LII.
brei ^aninc^en
altc Sager:"at
^arhter :^at
Uttfer
Dtefcr
gefc^offen.
neutt 3SbgeI
gefangen
(caught). 2Bie alt fmt)"ie? 3"^ H" fle"ett:^
?!J?onat^at
3e"^tt
Sa^rc alt "L^i 3a^r ^atgmblf?!Jionate. I:iefer
ein unt) brei^ig
@tatt fint)
^dufer. 2Ctc
taufenb
2:a0e.3tt biefer
"ie( U^r ifl
S" ijl
brei U^r ober ^16 "ier. !Der ^bnig ^atmt^x
ei3?
HiJ je^t
aU ^unbert
ber "c^iiler
f)ferbe*SBie ijieleSlufgaBen
:"at
(as
Sd
in
ftnbfec^a^l^
yet)gelemt.
ipu^nt^cn bent ipofe. ^JZelnSiZejfc
^at"ier unb swanatg "Stdbteunb fec^g
unb a^t^ig
!Dbrfer
gefe^en*
Theme
How
son
He
eighteenyears
rabbits.
has
uncle ?
He had six horses,
your
and
four
old is your eldest
How
oxen.
(ipnnbc)
is fourteen
old,and my eldest daughteris
years
many
dogs
two
horses
LII.
Our
old.
The
gardener
yard.
your
hunter
has
shot
to-day
nineteen
has
than twenty-seven
caught more
in
chickens
There
are
eighteen florins in my
A week has seven
days ; a month has four weeks; a
purse.
three hundred
weeks
months, fifty-two
or
year has twelve
and sixty-five
days.
Conversation.
2Cie ufete"d^iiler
^aiiperr2ange?
("r '^at
unb swan^ig(Sc^iilcr.
fiinf
X;ie altej^e
3al)realt.
ip fiinfje^n
ORDINAL
101
NUMBERS.
cirt2$iertcl
auf"ier obcr^alb
ifl
Sd
in
("r ^atfte
^at ter X;iener tie ^ii^nc^cn
3Bo
?
gefangen
"int ijiele
Sagerim
S3 pnb
SSalDe?
Cent
^ofegefangen,
"iele3agerim
fe:^r
Balbc
'"
LESSON
Lm.
Sefttott
'
33.
Ordinal Numbers.
the
erfle,
ttx
the twentieth
!Der gttjanjigjlc,
first
itx
the second
jttJeite,
ttv
the third
iritte,
the thirtieth
brei"igjle,
the fortieth
ter ttier^igfle,
ber
the fiitieth
fiinfjigfle,
the sixtieth
ter fe^aigjle,
the
ter jlebcn^igflc
(or Petjigfle,)
the fourth
"ierte,
the fifth
fcerfiinfte,
the sixth
ter fec^^te,
the seventh
ber (iefccnte,
the eighth
ter aci^te,
tcr
ter
seventieth
the eightieth
ac^tgigj^e,
the ninetieth
ber neunjigfle,
the hundredth
ber ^untertfte,
the two hunber gwei^unbertfte,
ter
the tenth
^ti^nk,
the last
le^te,
what
ttjiet)iclte,
day
month
Obs.
dreth
of the
ber
I.
^The ordinals
"
the thousandth
taufenbfle,
formed
are
the
from
cardinals,up
to
britteand act)te
(bererfle,
excepted),
by adding t,and from the 20th upwards, by adding
and are precededby the article. They terminate
ji,
in e in the
nominative, and
See Lesson
Obs.
rC.
"
^In
compound
the others
XXV,
numbers
remain
gwblf^unberta^t
are
declined
like
tives.
adjec-
cardinals
unt
as,
the
1238th, ber
breifigfte.
102
NUMBERS.
ORDINAL
Obs. m.
"
In German
the
of months
names
and
days require
Sftttuar,
January
ber ^ebruar,
February
ber Wdx^, March
bcr Slpril,
April
ber ?3Zai,
May.
ler ^ani,Jund'.
Der
..
."
,.
"
be? Sp'mit^a,Sunday
ber
Donnerflag,
Thursday
ber %vcxtaQ,
Friday
ber "amftag,{or(SonnaSenb)
Saturday
itc'^ontaQ,
Monday
Dienjiag,
Tuesday
SJlittrood^,
Wednesday
ber
'
Der
Obs. rV.
"
To
are
nals;
to the cardim
a I is added
repetition
e in ma
I, once; jmeimal, twice, etc. They
sometimes
written
e in
Tlal, 3 id e i 50^a I k"
denote
Reading
Exercise
LIII.
erfle
Za^ ber britten SBoc^e. !I^iele^tenXac^tber ioorif^ei
ober brittein feiner
ber gwcite
tmmer
SBotS^e.Unfer^einriAifl
^laj^e.
^mat
be3 3a:^re3,
ber Dienflag
ber britteZaQ
ber erfle
X)er 3anuar ifl
n?irbam "onntagober SJJontag
ber SBoAe.
^^nebric^
ju 3^nen tom^
ber fiebente
ber Srfte
men.
SSil^elm
ifl
^onig"on ^reu^en."ubn?ig
T)er
unb "uflato
mar
5lboIf
SSierje^nte
^bnigtoon gran!rei(^
^onigtoon
I^en mie ijtelten
"Aweben.
3c^ bin breimal in Sonbon getoefen.
? 2Bir ^aben^eutc
ben neunge^nten.
bed 9Konat" ^aben"ir ^tutt
ber
Theme
The
first week
in
king of England,
day of the week.
works.
Mary
had
At.
lost the
is the
third,Sarah
second
is the
much
What
um.
of Schiller's
and Elizabeth
fifth,
I shall pay
(news)paper
the month
day of
render
.o'clock,
volume
have?
do you
money
Friday. I read my
on
beautiful
six wives.
Thursday or
morning at eighto'clock.*
him
was
I have
How
the last.
May
LIII.
'XU^X*
is
every
to-day?
103
PRONOUNS.
DEMONSTEATIVE
Conversation.
in 33erlin(je^
?
irefert
(Sie
SBie lange1:)aUn
in
bort geleBt.
^2a0_e
?
lant)gcIeH
SCann
tu ju
n"irjt
ipaBen"ie
mir fommen?
fd)onbie 3^i^it"9
9^^
jteBcn
U^r.
lefen?
5lm ijierje^ntcn
SCann flarB
(Btpttmhv1701"
Sa^oB^er 3"cite?
?
bcr treije^nte
2Bar (Sonntag
^f^ein,
"onntag"ar fcerneunae^nte*
nic^t
:8cftiott 34*
LIV.
LESSON
Pronouns.
Demonstrative
this ;
that ;
X)iefcr,Hcfe, biefcS,
I.
Obs.
"
}cne, jcne^,
jener,
like the article. *
declined
are
Obs. IL-" I: crjenige,
ta^jenigc,
b^xlil^ biefcUe,
one;
also
tiejcnigc,
rnTmT
i d^e
the
,
affclbe, the
same,
combine
very same,
the article and the adjective.
fclbe, the
*^-
Ex.
Instead
2)tc^
This
Btress
of b
ftnb
t e
fc
mcinc
abridged form
than
Germans
SBorte,
of
the
often
use
these
are
demonstrative
and
the
b i e ^ and
my
that, the
same;
clben
ber?
of
declension
ha^,
and
also
words.
pronoun
receives
more
i.
104
DEMONSTKATIVE
PKONCUNS.
Neuter.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Plural.
"
Nom.
or
tiejenigen
or
terjenigen
or
tenjenigen
(yr
tiejenigen
Gen.
Dat.
Ace,
Obs. m.
^In German
"
if this
those
tie,
tercr,of those
tcnen,to those
tie,
tJiatis
or
those
separatedfrom
its
number
son,
Die
of the
noun.
following
fed ijl mein
"5o^n"
Reading Exercise
Ex,
This
is my
LIV.
bed 33rief6otett.
^ieri^
^ier iflmein ^ut wnt tcrjenige
{cyr
ber)
33ebientett.3*^^ U^r tfl
unb biejenige
i^eber
feine
(orbie)unfered
aid bad 3^^^^
aid bie meiner Sante. S^ned ^inb ijlgrb"er,
fleiner,
^nate :^at
2^er unartige
nur fein
33ud)i)erIoren,
^a(^feard.
nic^t
\^n^
aucb bad fcined
^em
Se^rerd. I^icd iuaren bie 2Corte unfered
Slr^ted.
bad 2Ber!. 2Cir fpredjen
Dad ifl
meber "on wnfcremBebienten nod^
x^on bem bed ^erfn
"on bemjenigen
fonbern
(orb e m) 3bred"enerald,
53aU iflbied?Der Se^rer
^atkibe ^iic^er
^b^Icr. SBeffen
genome
33anb tt^
I:iefer
men.
2Ber!ed ij^
audgegekn.
Theme
LIV.
taken
you
my
hat
your umbrella
Frederick's umbrella.
neither
"
But after
negatedclause
nor
or
is better
that of Louisa.
than
that of Charles.
also that of
that of Miss
Henry
has
uncle.
our
Miller.
spent his
is generally
rendered
We
shall sell
I have
taken
I have
taken
money
and
(seep.
fontkettt
that
106
PBONOUNS.
BELATIVE
Declension of mld^tx.
Plural,
Singular.
Nom.
Gen.
Dai
Ace
Neut.
Fern.
Masc.
For
all
genders,
Reading Exercise
LV.
ttjetcber
? "aBett
'^at
unfercnneuen Z\\"i
gemacbt
2;ifc^Ier,
? Die ^naben,
"te tad ipau" gefe^en,
me^ed ter ^iJ^e^ger
gekut ^at
tie ^irfd)en
ftnttie meinigen."int tie "c^iiler,
^aten,
njelc^e
ge!auft
? Die .Winter,
teren 5lufgak@ie ijerbejfert
teren 3?ater
^aben,flei^ig
hjir geflemgefe^en
^aten,ftntfe'^r
n?eld/em
fd}bn.Der U^rmac^er,
2Batter.
X)er ^uc^en,
l^abe,
ic^tiefen
35rief
tuelc^en
gefc^riekn
"ei"t
ter "d^neiter,
welAer
tt)ir
^ben, war ni(^t
fe^rgut. Dad ifl
gegejien
teinen 3flo(f
tie JungeB^^au,teren ^ann
!ran!
^at. SBer i(l
gemad)t
? Dad ifttie 2Cittn?eSCalter,
in teren ipaufe
mein D^eim n?o^nt,
ift
3fltad tie jungeDame, mit ter (Sie ind Sweater
ge^enwerten ? Sd
Bet meiner "c^wefter
tie geftem
war.
iftgrauteinSJ^iitler,
S3o ip ter
Theme
I have
the shoemaker
seen
fortune.
the reward.
Show
The
me
LV.
whose
whose
the widow
pen
which
have
brother
has
lost
all his
not
write.
Have
you
shall
has
have
postman
a
of
(oon)which
These
to-morrow.
sold
the butcher
widow.
to the
in
our
whose
house
to the kitchen
reward
is in
lost
are
The
we
very
know
spoken ? I
gardens which the
(which)you
The
old.
Will
whose
son
have
flies which
troublesome.
is ill.
postman
you
have
books
generallyvery
are
trunks
are
whom
the
are
The
bought
bread
of
son
the houses
seen
them
see
butcher
we
Is this the
107
PRONOUNS.
PEBSONAL
you
has
The
take the
received
Spain.
Conversation.
S3o
mein
ijlber ^naU, twelc^er
^at?
33ud}gerrijfen
^ahtn ""ictie Srcmtengefe^en,
\"on
toix gcfprodjen
n?el(^en
i^aUn?
mit ter
3fttai tic jungc2Bittn?e,
@ie im
J^eaterge^enn?erben ?
S3cr Ifl
jeneralte ^am, tn ten
^at?
S3rief
9cbrad)t
Bennett @ie ten
Dnfel tvo^nt.
ter greunt)
!cnne i^n,er ift
tcr "^eute3a, icfc
^IJie^ger,
Ui
2;ante war ?
ter mttm.
unferer
2Bie ^eipt
2oA^
ter maUx, )^t^en
Der 5J^aler,
teffen2:od^ter
tiefcn
tcr tiefcn
33rtef
l)at,
^cigtSBcif
S3rief
^at?
gefd)rteben
gef(^rie6cn
SBic "iclcStmntcr i^at
S^ ent^alt
ta^ ^m^,
(contains)ad^t3int^
tod6"t^tein 33atergcmieti)ct
unt cine .^iidje.
mer
^at?
gclefen.
SQBc^egtton tiefcn
33u(^ern
l^aUn 3c^ ^aBeBeite 33u(^er
"Bit gelefen
?
.
LESSON
LYI.
2cltwn
36*
Personal Pronouns.
Obs. L
"
^The
are
personal pronouns
(mas.)he; fie, (/em.)she ;
i (^
and
I; bu, thou;
eg
it.
(new^.)
er,
108
DECLENSION
PERSONAL
THE
OF
PRONOUNS.
For
aU
2nd Person.
For
genders.
Nom.
X^,
Gen.
Dai
meiner,of
mir, to me
Ace.
m\^,
all
genders,
tin,thou
of thee
teincr,
to thee
fcir,
I
me
txA, thee
me
8d
Person.
Masc.
Fern,
Neut.
Nom.
cr, he
she
fit,
c^,it
Gen.
of him
felner,
i^m,to him
i^n,him
of her
i^rcr,
i^r,to her
Pe,her
ofit
feiner,
to it
it)m,
Dat.
Ace.
e3,it
Plural.
For
Nom.
we
to\x,
of
unferer,
Gen.
us
i^r
or
euer
or
aU
genders.
(Bit,
you
of
^^xtv,
fle.they
of them
i^rer,
you
(unfer)
Dat.
uni, to
Ace.
un^,
Obs. IL
us
T) u
"
ciidjor 3|nen,to
tit"jor "Bit,
you
us
is
employed,
Deity,and
and
friends,
is used
in
German,
between
to servants
and
hke
Properlyspeaking," i c
from
but is distinguished
'
person
by
the initial
'
'
addressingthe
intimate
relations,
inferiors
generally.@
politemode
of
strangersand
address
i e,
;
superiors.
capital.
( himself,herself,itself
Irix.
^
A. )
near
in
Eeflexive Form:
O.
to them
itncrt,
them
fie,
you
fidj.
themselves
1yourself,
yourselves,
aad
all
f!:ender8.
OF
DECLENSION
Obs. HL
The
"
all
reflexive pronoun
genders both
used
onlyin
in the
the dative
109
PRONOUNS.
PEESONAL
THE
and
Reading Exercise
LVI.
lofcen
mi(^. "ie lenncn un^ unb tt)ir
fie*
liebjl
mir
? Xiefe^Jafc^entuc^
lei^^c
ifinic^ttroden,
^at er jlc^
genjafd^en
33ruber bir einen 33rtef
Cer ^aufmann, teiJen
ba" bcinigc.2Bie ^eigt
nac^ ^aufe nc^men. ^6) h)crbc
^at? 2Cir werbcit tud:^
Qef^riefcen
?
SBir werben cd
tci^en. "3eib i^r^ungrigober burflig
fiebir nid)t
t^un. SSottt l^r felbjl
ge^cn? 2Bir banlen S^neitfur3^re
felBjl
"lite. S" iflmir leib. 3"r werbet 6ei un" Heiben. j^onnen "ie
ntlt irno fpajieren
bem 33u(i^:J
? 9leitt,
ic^banfe 3^nen,ic^l^aBc
ge^en
binber ijerfproc^en,
jcDenZaQ mit i^m fpajieren
ju ge^cn.
tic^unb
3(^a(%tc
bu
LVI.
Theme
I
not
am
yet ready.
Do
esteem
you
I have washed
us
thou
Hast
handkerchief
?
it,but it is not
my
yet dry. Is it necessary to learn this conversation ? Yes, it
is very necessary, you
learn it. Have
read the
must
you
washed
paper
this
shall read
morning ?
it to-morrow
or
the
day
me
(jlicb)
(Dat)a piece [of]bread.
Why
very
had
not
time, but I
after to-morrow.
Give
We
things.
play-
will
buy
you
? Do
?
Will you do it yourselves
a trunk
you need
The
books which
lent me
is he sad ?
are
you have
interesting.Here
kindness
to lend
me
which
is the newspaper
; I thank
you
very
much
you
had
the
(fe^r)
.
Conversation.
^aben @ic
men
meinen
fcllf
eoI)n ^ati^it
3"r jiingfler
5^ein,
3a, id?Hit
S3i|lbue"?
"tocf genome
mein
^at bie ^rau be^ S3riefBotcn
gemafd^en?
3;afc^entuc^
c^
genommett.
^a, fie^t
ea
aber e^ iji
Qtm]"i)m,
nidbt trocfen.
110
INDEFINITE
PRONOUNS.
bu il)r
einen 58rief
?
SBirft
f(^reiBen
^dn, mein iperr,
i^^k feine 3eit.
2Bo ift
Dag |)ferD
tmu
^ad^bax^? Sr ^attee3 nid)tme:^rnbt^tg
unD
eg,
ijerfauftc
?
Sotit i^rmit itng ge^cn
2Cir banfen 3|nett,tvir ^aBen
^eutefeine3eit.
^onnen @ie mir 3|r SBortcrbu^("g t^utmir (eic,
id)fann eg S^neit
?
lei^en
ki bem S3ud)^
eg ift
nic^t
let^en,
binber.
^bnncn @ie
?
nic^t
augge^en
LESSON
mir muffen
bteibeti.
9lein,
gu 4)aufe
LVn.
Scttivn
57*
IndefinitePronouns.
The indefinite pronouns
are:
(French,on), they.
Sebermann,everyone,
everybody.
somebody.
Semanb, some
one,
SRiemanb,no one, nobody.
(Stmag,anything,something.
9li(^tg,
nothing, not-anything.
self.
"elbjt(?/fel"er),
another.
each other, one
(Sinanbcr,
^dntt,t, g, nobody, none, no one.
one
SJian,
Obs.
"
a tt
occTirs
Obs.
n.
"
INDETTNITE
HI
PEONODNS.
the
Obs.
Reading Exercise
LYII.
"Man
Theme
you
does
brother
My
Nobody
that ?
not
love
can
serve
LYII.
Has
anybody.
than
more
one
somebody told
master
(^ e r r).
say
made
the
mistake.
same
Conversation.
^at
man
?
i^ngefeC)en
^t\n,er
xoax
nic^t
jn S^an\t.
iate^
2;o(^ter
SJ^eine^ Dnfeig
mir
gefagt.
SoBte tie Gutter i^reJoc^terfelbjl?
unferDnfel lobte|Ie,
5^ein,
2iebtbein Sruber 3fntanren?
er Iie6t5fliemanten.
5flein,
ti
9lein,
2Car 3entant^ier?
toax
S^liemant)
^ier*
l^akni^n gemad)!.
gemad^t?
*
For
the
imperative of
to
he, see
p. 200.
112
GOVERNINO
PREPOSITIONS
?
3flfcieoSetcrmann^ ^fli*t
^naBen einancer
^u6:^tn
tiefe
THE
ACCUSATIVE.
Sebcrmann^ ^fl^t
nic^t
ifl
ni^t mit eliu
^tin,pc fprecfcen
S^
?
anter.
etnja^ "(^Oi?
bu je (ever)etma"$ "c^one^ 3"^ ^^^ "is (never)
4)ajl
?
nere^ gefe^cn,
re^ gcfe^en
9liemanl) (Reiner)
?
o^ne?5c^Isri[l
3jlReiner o^ne ?$e^Ier
Seftton
LVm.
LESSON
Governingthe
Prepositions
Obs.
I.
Accusative.
the accusative
followingprepositionsgovern
only. See Lesson XXXTTT, page 63.
The
"
case
T;ur^,through,by means
of,by
D^ne, without
around, about, at
*
for
fiir
urn,
towards
QtQtn, against,
toiur,against
The
Obs. II.
"
S8-
German
diminutives
The
to express
cases,
are
neuter, and
are
used
and
affection,
not
in
only
some
oddity.
Reading Exercise
LVIIL
meine "d)mejler.
2Bir iverten
fiir
Seilc^cn
(intmr ta^ 3;b(^terlein
^trfdjen
unfercd
gc^cn. I^icfe
ein
X)a5 ^yiatcben!aufte
turd)ten 2Calt
conjunctionin German,
the English conjunction /(?ris b c nn.
o
u T
is
netier
the word
correspondingto
114
NAMES
OF
"
^Names
"eftiott
39*
Names
I.
PLACES.
AND
LIX.
LESSON
Obs.
COXJNTBIES
of countries
and
placeshave
in
German,
as
\) o
preposition
Obs. U.
"
n,
^When
the
Austria
Dejheic^,
Europe
(Europa,
America
2lmeri!a,
Snglanb,England
France
f5ranfrel(^,
Germany
X)cutfd^lant,
SKien,Vienna
"panien, Spain
Stalien,
Italy
^reugen,Prussia
Eussia
Sluplanb,
9lom, Rome
Reading Exercise
LIX.
\tW in !DeutfcbIant
25cr ^rofeffor
35art^
3"^ ge^ena^ granfreic^.
unt) ge^cn nadjSnglanb.
Slu^ttjantercr"erlaf[en
i^rcipeimat^
X)iefe
? (Sie ^ci"t
2Bte kigt tie ^aiferin
"on
S^anfreic^
Sugcnicuni W
Slugujlc.Der 9lame beg ^aifersijott
^onigin "on ^rcugen:^eigt
Heiner aU "panien ? Deftreid)
5llej:anter.3fiPortugal
ifl
9luglanr
Sant in Suropa?
iftbag grogte
fogrogaU 3lmeri!a, SBeldje^
iftnid^t
ein ^aifert^um. ^ommen
"ie
Stalien ij^ein ^bnigrei^,
9lugIanD
"on
am
^ari3? SBeldjegijlT)eutf*Iant)'g
^auptftatt?
granlfurt
SJJain. ipaten"ie ben SSater ber beutfc^en
?
i^Iuffe
3ft ^^
gefe^en
ber^etn?
"
Except
Turkey
b i e "S (!^
"
c t
j,
Switzerland, and
b i e Z'a.xttx,
{%valii^)t
OR
IRBEQULAR
Theme
ANCIENT
115
VERBS,
LIX.
America.
Conversation.
LESSON
The
Obs.
I.
"
There
"eftiott 60*
LX.
or
Irregular
are
the modem
in German
or
imperfect and
ancient
verbs
the radical
Ancient Verbs.
163 verbs which
deviate from
not add
vowel, and
in the
participle
past most
affix ctl instead of i,and frequently
generally
change
the radical vovsrel,
in the imperfect.Some
of the
as
verbs
also modify or change the radical
irregular
116
IRREGULAR
OR
vowel
the
ANCIENT
VERBS:
in the second
and
present,
FIRST
singularof
imperativesingular.
in the
them
First
Obs. n.
This
"
changeswhich
regular
the ir-
undergo
shall divide
we
CONJUGATION.
again into
different classes.
(EadicalVowel a).
Conjugation
conjugationconsists
their radical
vowel.
vowel
In
is
of verbs
the
having
for
imperfect the
in the firstclass,
and
tinguish
dis-
it in
the second.
Class: Imperfect
First
: 53 a
Infinitive
Freaent
cfe
to bake.
{Indicative).
u.
with
Fast Fart.
b a cfc
Imperfect
baked.
Imperative.
cr
3(i^
bttcf,
tutucfjl,
hadt,bake (thou)
cr
Wa
Bricft
bucf
i^rbucfct
budfen,
badtt or batfen(Bit,
bake (you)
ftebacfen("tetu(fen),flebucfcn
("3iekc!en),
Thus
to drive ; graben,
to dig ;
conjugated: fa^ren,
*
to load ; fdjaffcn
to create ; f^Iagen,
to beat (strike)
lafcen,*
;
to carry (wear)
to grow; ttJafc^en,
tragen,
to wash; also
; mac^fen,
to stand.
ftc^ett,
geftancen,
ftaat,
are
Second
: 33 1 tt fe n
Infinitive
Present
Class: Imperfect
to blow.
{Indicative).
with
Font Fart.
tc.
b Ia
Imperfect.
fe n,
blown.
Imperative.
blow (thou)
tublafep, 3*Hie^,l)uMiefefl,
3(^blafe,
blafe,
er
Mdf^
er
Mied
Sir Hiefen,
2Bir Hafctt,
i^r blafet
i^rHiefet
or blafen
blafet
"ie,
blicfcn
(@icbUefen),rte
(@ieHafen),fteb(afen
*
The
Present.
radical vowels
of
f(^a ffe n
and
Ia b
e "
are
blow
not
(you)
modified in the
IRREGULAR
VERBS
117
CONJUGATION.
; FIRST
to fall ; fan:*
conjugated : hxatm, to roast ; fatten,
to hold ; ^angen,
to lot
to hang ; lajfen,
gen, to catch ; ^alten,
to sleep. To this class
(permit); ratten,to advise ; fc^Iafen,
Ucf,
also^beadded : \)amn, |ic6,ge^aucn,to hew; laufen,
may
to
to push ; rufcn,
geflo^en,
jtic",
ricf,
cjelaufen,run ; {to"en,
Qtxn^
of
fen,to call ; grten,ging {orgi en g),gegangen, to^go ; none
which modify their radical vowel in the present,except I a us:
Thus
fe
are
and
tt
jlo g e n.
Reading Exercise
Sir
LX.
Baden e^
Wt
bein
mm
felBj^.
fa^rt
meine ^reun^
? 2Cir n?erten nacfe^oln fa^ren,
Dnlel nad^i^anfreic^
tin fu^rgcflem
fea^ln.Xtx ZoWnQxahx gruB ein "ra6. SBarum
tu ben ^naben ?
3* fc^Iug
i^n geflern.^ilaht^ttjufc^
flc^
fc^tdgfl
tie ipdnte,
weil er nid"tte^ 33(ubergie"en^
f^wlttgfcinttjollte.3tt
in Xeutfc^lanb*
"iel ZaUd, fritter
5lmerifa wdc^fl
er nic^t
n?uc^^
^m
2lnfang
f^uf"ott ^immel unt) Srbe, SCarum |aj^bu tid^nic^t
ge^:
bad
Blieg
?
tte
SCinb
^b(^in "etf(%
Jpat
gej^emfldrfer.
njafdjen ^er
3)^it"Specf
? !Der 9)^ann fiel
"om
!E)ad^e"
fdngtman Wdu\c*
gebraten
"ie i^n? ^at^m fiemir ed pngen su laffen?Sflie^
%ixxwen ^ielten
SSarum
fen@ie mlc^? 3"^ ^"i^^
I^Jtc5flad^t
nici^t
gut gefc^lafen,
Po^epturnip?
Theme
baker
The
bakes
yesterday? We
digging a hole ?
drove
Why
bread.
in
create
the wind
did the
blow
man
took him
twice.
push
in
an
With
did it
the
beginning?
to-day? Are you
formerlygrow
How
thief.
I advised
him
than
slept more
drive
you
Go
? What
Is
the roof?
did
fall from
for
whom
you
did you beat the woman?
The Germans
washes
tobacco
the other.
Will much
hand
say: One
in Germany ?
Where
grow
God
you
good
LX.
are
mice
bed.
Does
When
caught? They
to go to Paris.
eight hours.
Why
(thou)to
did
I called
did you
118
IRREGULAR
VERBS:
SECOND
CONJUGATION.
Conversation.
ic^^aBegeflern
5^eirt,
gefcadfen.
9)^itunferem
S3it n?em fu^rft
?
fcu geflern
SRe^ger,
^^JJlor?
ein "rab
er ^at e^ biefen
^at ber 3;ottengra6er
3d) glaube,
?
gegraBen
gen gegrakn.
ipatber ^oc^ fca^Jgleifcb
geBraten?^dn, er pel in ben teller unb
ijerle^te
(hurt)ftc^,
?
ipakn @ie mi^ gerufen
id)rief^axL
9Zein,
2Gie fann man
?
Wit "pecf ober mit ^h]t fangt
SJZaufe
fangen
Serben
"ie 33rot)Bacfen?
fie"
im 2lnfang
"ott f^uffie
au^ 9li(i^t^
man
Ber
S3o
ipimmelunt) (Srbc?
fc^uf
ttJd#Der ZaUd ?
(Er
unb
mdc^flin X;eutfc^Ianb
2tmeri!a.
SBarum
"ie
fc^lagen
"ie
Sftat^en
mir
ben ^nakn
nac^ ^oln
SBeil
trdgeiflunb nic^tbie
SBaW^it fagte.
5^ein,
ic^rat^e^l)ntnna(^Scrlin
3U ge^cn.
gu
ge^en?
LXI.
LESSON
Second
for
the
changed to
the radical
0.
Scltion
The
radical
o-
divided
into three
and
classes,
The
vowel
second
has
past participle
c, in
and
has
(indicative)
class;*the
61.
with a),
Conjugation
(Imperfect
is
conjugation
-This
er
third is
the second
has
Imperfect,is
o, and
in
the third
third
regular.
and gefi^c^cn
have ie
g^tb"xtn,
empfc^lcn,
geben,lefen,fc^en,
93cfc^Ien,
jle^ten
and third person singularof the present, all t^e remaining
verbs of the second class have i only.
"*
in the second
VERSa:
IRREQULAR
Class:
First
Past
Past
Sir effen,
i1^v
cffet
(@ie
pe cffen
ejfett),
tu
,
ffe n
eaten.
,
Imperative.
Imperfect.
tu
iffejt,er 3d) tt f
Si^ejfe,
Thus
Part.
e.
with
(Indicative).
Present
Participle
to eat.
: ^ ffe n
Ivfinitive
119
CONJUGA'llON.
SECOND
f c jl
,
er
if,eat (thou)
or
ejjett
2C{ragen,i:^ra"et(@ie
"ie,
cffet
eat (you)
ftc
apen
apen),
Second
Class:
: 33 e fc ^ U
Infinitive
Past Part.
Present
3^
,*
fa I)I e
(Indicative).
Participle
Past
to command
0.
(order).
commanded.
,
Imperfect.
^u
3c^ b e f0 H
er befall
fic^Ifl,erbefic^Itfa^(|l,
kfe^Ie,tu
with
be?
be?
command
befic^I,
(thou)
Sir befe|Ien,
i^rbefe^?Sir
or
i^r be? befe()let
befe^Ien
befa^ten,
let(@ie befe^Ien),
(Sie,command
[te fa^tet
("iebefallen),
befe^len
ftebefablen
to
; berjten,
conjugated: bergcn,to hide (conceal)
to
to thrash
burst ; brcc^en,
to break ; t)refc^en,t
; empte^len,*
*
to bring
recommend
to be frightened; gebdren
; erfc^recfen,
to help ; ne^?
forth ; gelten,
to be worth
(estimated)
; ^elfen,
Thus
are
See note
t Sometimes
on
precedingpage.
imperfectinstead
b rof(!^in the
of
brafc^*
120
IRREGULAR
VERBS:
SECOND
CONJUGATION.
men, to take ;
to scold ; fprec^en,
to speak ; flec^en,
to
fc^elten,
to steal; fterBen,
to die; trcffen,
sting: fle^Ien,*
to hit ; ijert)erkt
to spoil(ruin)
to throw
; mvhm, to levy,(sue)solicit ; wcrfen,
and Fommen, f a m, gefo
(cast)
which is regular
mmen, to come,
in the
present indicative.
Third
S3 r r n
Infinitive:
Class
n c
Past
n, to bum.
{PresentIndicative.)
3(fc b r
e tt n
Participle
Fast
Part.:
with
gcBrannt, burned.
Imperfect.
Imperative.
tu
3(^ bronntc,
er brannte
branntejt,
tu
er brennt
brennft,
tt.
fcrennc, bum
(thou)
brannten,
i^r brennct or Brenneti
i^rSrennt "ir
brennen,
burn (you)
(Sie)
("ic henttcn), fie branntet (@te brann?
2Bir
fiebrannten
ten),
brennctt
Thus:
b r a c^t e
to bring ; ten!en,
bringen,
gebrac^t,
'ia^tt
to
to know;
getac^t, think; fennen,
nennen, to name;
rennen, to
to send ; wenDen, to turn ; and the very irregular
run
; fenfcen,
verb njtjfen,
inserts e in the
to know, which
tt)u p t e
genjugt,
tu toei^t,
etc.
xo'xx
er Itiet^^
3c^ttiet^^
presentsingular:
ttJiffen,
,
Reading Exercise
LXl.
"*
See note
on
page
118.
122
IRREGULAR
VERBS
THIRD
CONJUGATION.
ttctcPc citternartttett
LESSON
Third
LXn.
2ettwn
and
Conjugation
(Imperfect
i or
Past
e"
with
Participle
it).
Obs."
This
First
Class:
Imperfect
: 33 c t " e tt
Infinitive
Present
and
to bite.
Past
Participle
Fast Fart.
Imperfect.
{Indicative).
3* BiJ,
3(!^Bei"e,buBeifeft,
er M"
er ki^t
bu
with
H ffe n
bitten.
,
Imperative.
bite (thou)
Mffefl,
beipe,
or
beigen(Bie,
i:^rHffetBeiget
i:^r
Bei"et5Cir Hffett,
ki^cit,
bite (you)
H|Jeit),fieMffen
fte
ki^ctt ((Bie
bei^cn),
((Bie
2Bir
hungry.
I "ing" bavonr
am
Caused
or
went
prepared.
away.
0e:^cti,to
go away.
verbs:
mREGULAH
123
CONJUGATIOiTi
third
Thus
are
Class:
Second
Imperfect
: S3 I c i 6
Infinitive
Past
Present
Part.
Past
and
to
c n
,
Participle
remain,
(Indicative),
UtiU
it.
stay.
g e B I i c B e n, staid.
Imperative.
Imperfect.
3*HciBe,t)ubIei6il,
er
to
with
er
Uith
SBir
i^rHickt
Wieben,
Unkt
or
Heikn
"ic,
Heistay (you)
(@ie6Ueben),fieHie^
("3iebleiktt),fte
ben
to lend;
to thrive; Ici^en,
conjugated:gebei^cn,
to praise (extol)
to avoid
; niUn, to
meit)ett,
(shun); ^reifen,
Thus
are
to shine, appear
to separate (part); fd^einen,
rub; fdjeiten,
to cry (scream)
to write; fd)reien,
; fii^njeigen
(seem); fd^reiben,
to ascend
to spit;fteigen,
to be silent; fpeien,
(mount); treikn,
and
the verb
to accuse,
to show;
to drive; weifen,
sei^en,
which
t)elj)en,
retains
the
radical
vowel
in the
past participle,
get)cijjen.
*
to Ueach ; fc^teifcn,
to demolish (dragalong) and wcic^en,to
SSIeic^cn,
soften(soak)are regular.
is regular.
to accompany,
t SBegleitcn,
% " r e i fc n and f!r e i c^c n omit e in tlie ending of the second person
singular of the present : bu srcifj^, bu [ireic^f^.
,
124
IREEGULAB
VERBS:
THIRD
CONJUGATION.
Reading Exercise
LXII.
Theme
LXII.
John
theme
with yours.
made
found
(cut)a
a dog.
fast.
Did
Your
whistled.
here
sheep.
The
cut his
We
to
Has
teacher
her mother
pardoned
him.
He
Have
you
field and
rides too
I wrote
the
(liBer)
across
she resemble
sharpen your
in the tree.
name
strode
suffer much
you
I cut (myselfin
servant
our
pen ?
Does
He
The
Why
good
shepherddrives
did
men
you
the
?
scream
praised God.
Conversation.
X;eutf(^3c^ BUeB taglid)
^aUn "ie "ic^ BefliiJen
gmei"tunben
6ei
e^ gu lemen"
urn
2e"rer
@ie ben 55erfajfer,
ber
^ennen
3^^)J^nn^ i^" i^^djt,
fein^amt ifl
auf bem 3:iteIBIatte
nic^t
^at?
gefc^rieben
jenes33uc^
ange^;
geBen*
unb e^rli(i^
"ie fdjien
SBarum
"ie ben Umgang
'^aben
fe^r^bflid)
iener?^raunid)t
gemiecen?
gu fein.
gu lemen ?
meinem
IBBEGULAR
iiat 3^)nen
VERBS
gelie^en?
2Cie |ieg3^r D^eim?
LESSON
Obs.
@ie gleid^eu
^f^cin,
3^i^em33ater,
"eftton
LXin.
with o).
Participle
classes,the
FiBST
: 2B
IpfinUive
Present
tt?e
bu
,
and
ic {ori),
Class:
to
e n
Past
weave.
Part
3*
tt?eb(l,
mhi
er
tr 0
c "
n,
woven.
Imperative.
(thou)
moben
(@iemobcn),|te
("icn)ebcn),pcnjeben
Thus
e.
,* bu mobfl,webe,weave
mob
3Cir
SKtr ttjeben,
i^r webct
cal
for the radi-
au.
Imperfect.
Vowel
Radical
{Indicative).
b
has
first of which
or the diphthong
d,'6,'n,
vowels
er
Past
and
Conjugation
(Imperfect
63*
This
"
3c^
mir.
(5r ^ie"Da^jibfo'^tt.
tt?irunferer
Gutter
"Ieid)ett
Fourth
Ue^ ce
?flad)bar
SBec^gler"eft" ^tin,mdn
ter
125
CONJUGATION.
FOUBTH
(you)
weave
bewe^
conjugated:beHcmmcn, to press (distress);
to fight (fence);flec^ten.f
to twist
induce; fec^ten,t
are
gen, to
to milk; pflegen,
to treat
to lift (raise);melfen,
(plait);^eben,
to shear; also, erf(^allen,
to resound; and
f(^eeren,
(cherish);
take i in the second
the foUowing words, which
and third
to spring
: quellen,
singularof the present (indicative)
person
forth
to melt (smelt)
fc^meljen,
;
and
to swell.
fc^wcUen,
SCBebenis also
regular.
take e
and flec^ten
f ?5cd)ten
of the present ;
as
bu
in the
ending
fe c^t e )1
,
etc.
of the
sacond
and
third
son
per-
126
lEEEGULAR
Second
VEEBS:
Class:
: 5 It c g e n
Infinitive
FOUETH
CONJUGATION.
Radical
to flow.
Vowel
Fast Part.
ic {or i).
:
fI o ffe tt,flowed.
to
conjugated: Heten,to offer (bid);geniegen,
to shut
to shoot; fdjUegen,
to pour;
[(^iegen,
enjoy,(er.t);
giegen,
to sprout
to boil (seethe);
fprtegen,
fie^en
(fott,
(lock);
gefotten),
to dust, disperse;
to fly off (sparks),
(germinate);ftieben,
to forbid; ijer^
to drop (drip);
tricfen
ijcrBieten,
(troff,
getroffen),
and the following
to vex
to draw
jte^en,
bricgen,
(grieve);
(pull);
Thus
are
verbs
which
singularof the
omit
in
the
ending
of
bend;
present:Megen,to
the
second
to
fliegen,
person
fly;flie^en,
to
to creep
to freeze;friec^en,
riedjen,
flee;frieren,
(crawl);
to
to push (shove);
to lose; miegen,
ijerlieren,
smell; f(^iekn,
weigh ; also, glimmen,to ghmmer ; flimmen,to climb, and
to
to entangle.
tertoirren,
Third
Class:
THE
Veebs
having
Diphthong
m,
: S
Infinitive
Past Part.:
Present
(Indicative).
3(^ ertodge, bu
er erwdgt
n?dgjl,
SBir
er?
Modified
the
for
rm
c r
Radical
their
to o
g
g
e tt
e n
Vowels
a,
3,ii,ok
Vowels.
to consider
,
considered.
,
Imperfect.
er:;
ertodgcn,
tt)r
tooget ("te er"o?
mdget(@ieern?dgcn),
gen),peerwogen
ficerwdgen
Imperative.
consider
ermdge,
(thou)
or
errndget
erwdgen
"Bk,consider
(you)
FOURTH
VERBS!
IRREGULAB
127
CONJUGATION.
to ferment; rddjen,
to revenge;
conjugated:ga^rett,
to become
to weigh ; erlof^en,*
to fester ; wdgert,
tinct
exfd)tt)dren,
to cheat (deceive);
to swear;
erturen,
ktriigen,
; f^ivbren,
to he ; triigen,
to choose ; liigen,
to deceive ; faufen,
to drink ;
to suck; f(^nauben,
to pant,snort.
faugen,
Thus
are
Reading Exercise
LXIII.
2Cag
einmal.
unb f^njoren
ober
(Sd)la^t
gu ftegen
gu
flerBen,
^a^
bu bein "elb
LXIII.
Theme
induced
What
the
He
ever
sun
milks
the
cow.
or
to
to conquer
long. The
to
you
become
bees
The
Jew
does
die,not
suck
not cheat.
offered 120
Germany
have
We
The
them.
The
one
honey
from
Who
The
wagon
dollars for the horse.
are
rose
our
flowers.
has
You
The
under
hunter
the
sheep.
blood.
Does
to smoke
it
never
weight
The
rain
supper.
The
snakes
lock.
smells
It is forbidden
lightof
woven
bent
must
agreeably.The potatoesare
boiling? My uncle has lost all his
you
suck
leeches
shorn
the
foughtbravely,they swore
soldier fled. The fire ghmmers
We
bird flew away
enjoyed our
(baijon).
does not
The
door
poured in streams.
creep.
What
Will
soldiers
river is swoUen.
lie.
leave
extinct?
The
?
g^go^reu
screw
The
money.
fire melted
here.
are
to extinguish,
and "crlof(^cn,
Cofc^en
frozen.
regular.
128
nffiEGULAB
verbs:
fefth
conjugation.
Conversation.
SCad
finben.
?
ttcrlajfen
"ie
wie ipelren,
benn jtc
foc^ten
fattengef(!^ivoren,
oter
gu (tegcn
gu fterBm.
er
fiirmi^,
^f^ciit,
ifigu [corner
?
foc^ten
^bnnen
"ie
(Stein ^tUn ?
tiefen
^ateg
ter 3;u^macfcer
9lein,
?
$akn "ie tiefed
2:uc^
gewoben
ge:=
n?oten;
?
8ic 3()re
fc^ecrcn
"c^aafe
2Bann
2Cir ^abenj?eimmer
im
^rii^ja^r
gefdjoren.
fBerben tie ^artoffeln
batD gefot^ "ic
fcin.
fotten
?
fein
im
I^eftwn
LXIV.
LESSON
Fifth
"
is
coujugation
^This
which
in the
third
changes
classes,all
In
of
the
to o, and
in the
e.
Class:
Past Part.
Participle
Past
t)e
bn
to
n
,
e n
tu
,
u.
with
bind, tie.
bound.
Imperfect.
{Indicative).
bintet
three
u, in the second
33i n
Infinitive:
Present
it],Imperfect
imperfect
i changes
past participle
In the
first class to
to
into
divided
to o.
64*
[or u]).
have
FiKST
er
i [or
(Kadical Vowel
Conjugation
with
Obs.
n?erten
Imperative.
bind
bantfl,
|binte,
(thou)
bant
Banten
130
Thus
to
CONJUGATION.
FIFTH
VERBS:
IRREGULAR
gefeffcit,
fa",
conjugated: Uegcn* to lie down; ft^en,
to possess.
the compound verb U[ii^tn,
kfaf,kfeffen,
are
sit;and
^afl bu
(used)?
Theme
LXIV.
do you
find my
it is?
know
where
dictionary,
has taken it,he will bind it. Your
bDokbinder
dog has
I cannot
The
bitten
remain
at the
give thee
that I had
cheese.
His
me.
sister
was
called
coffee-house ?
Have
been
you
seen
at Paris ?
Mary.
What
did the
the blind
They
How
man
catch
I advise
long
German
?
mice
Did
with
did you
teacher
you
bacon
See note
on
page
129.
know
or
He
any
131
CONJUGATION.
FIFTH
VERBS:
IRREGULAR
and
foot (plur.).
(plur.)
the table.
Emma
sings beautifully.Tlie dog jumped over
If the captainhad
to become
forced
Who
(a)soldier?
you
sunk.
not have (fein)
been cautious, the ship would
Lord
the Hellespont{ac.m).
The servant
across
(liber)
Byron swam
The
to help him.
sat by the door.
man
begged me
poor
did the apple lie?
Do you know
who
has hired that
Where
Do you recollect how
tated
much
man?
I owe
you? We medijail (ithe)
aday. Our neighbor possessed much land,
he has
but
the
bound
We
beer ?
lost it.
thief
hand
has
spun
Who
this flax ?
Conversation.
2Bo
ba^ ^inb ?
bu
fanbfl
untcr
3d) fant)es f^Iafenb
eincm
33aumc.
tie Jirompetcn Vk
unb btc
2Cci"t
Jrompcten crtlattgctt
bu,tuc^^alb
lit %al)ntn
nm
gafcnen mintw
crflangcrt
gefd)n?un(je
gc^
treilr"er ^a\\n nal)ctc.
njurbcn ?
fc^wungen
Slbenb Sir fpielten,
2Ba^ ^abtn @ic geftern
unb tranfcn.
fangcit
?
getktt
meiner ?
Sefmnen "tc ftd)
?
^at bcr ^ric(^
fd)onfcegonnen
^tin,i^ beftnne
mic^^^xtxnt*t.
3^^ ^r kgnnn im (^riibjak.
33ebicntcn gc:? 9Zein,
id)glaubc,
er liigt.
raj)
bungcn ?
SBerben "ic
mid) gtuingenben
?
S3ricf
aufbic ^Poft
ju tragen
^elang ed 3^n^" bie "locfe au
3"^trugi"ttfelber"orcincr@tu
triirteid)eg t^un.
ba^in,fonft
i(^mar ni(i^t
5^etn,
ftar!
genug.
Iduten ?
Sntrann
ber
"olcaten ?
aUx fiefinfjcn
"efangeneunferen (Er entraun i^ncn,
mieber nac^einer "tunrc.
il^n
Reading Lesson.
etn 2:9rattn
ai" ben ^brpcran;
fallt*ben "eift
frii^er
cr
(Sfla^en ^or^erftumm
fu(^t
fcine
meil
^ag 2eute,tie
ttjei",
er
"
lit" an,
einen
eep. verb
ic^meine,
e^'
elenc matt}t,
er fte
macfcen,
,Kopf^aben,
i^reJptoe Jamit re^
ju
anfallen,
to attack.
f First
132
COMPOUND
verbs:
sep
arables.
a u f^ e b c n.
!Der ipen!er
mt
a 1^
jterenunb ficgegen ben ^^i^ranncn
Die Slugen
bettorcr t^n
t^m n a ^ unb " c r b i n b e t * bent ^iiJet^ater
foltert
@ttcr!$entanb.
ttnb bie "onne
T!te ?^ret^eit
ge^cn
ntemal^
auf
unter
ber
LXV.
LESSON
"efttott
63.
CompoundVerbs.
Obs.
I.
"
In
German
adverbs
or
thus
and
become
classes of
be
compound
tenses
vet-bs. There
verbs.
compound
is in certain
second
verbs
most
detached
and
inseparable,
it is
separatedor
are
the
in the
three
prefix
verb; in the
third it may
not.
Compound Verbs.
Separable
Obs.
n.
Obs. ni.
of their
pre^f?s have a signification
own
(generaUy prepositionsor adverbs)alid have
full accent, are
called separable
the primary or
compound verbs.
The prefixes
are
detached, and placed at the end
whose
Verbs
"
"
of the sentence
conjunction
in the present
sentence),
(exceptwhen
relative pronoun
in the
and imperfectindicative and
or
Covers.
If you
hear.
Then.
there is
in the
"
imperative.
In fuU
splendor.
COMPOUND
of
Conjugation
133
SEPARiVBLES.
verbs:
Verb.
Separable
to
SludgeVw,
go out.
INDICATIVE.
Tense.
Present
3ci^ge^^c
avi^,I go out
tu ge^tau.% thou goes out
out
er ge^tau^, he goes
jlc
(ed)ge^taud,she (it)goes
SBir
ge^enau", we go
i^rge|etaug. )
"ie ge^ett
aud, J
jtege^enaud, they go
out
^^^
out
Imperfect.
1st Future.
1st Conditional.
Peifect.
Pluperfect.
1 have
'^^ ^ in ayx^t^ario^tn,
2nd
3c^
2nd
out
3d)
Future.
3"^
Conditional
i^"ir
owi.
gone
fein, I
out.
au^gegangen, I had
liJCT^c au^gegangen
gone out.
ttiixxU au^gegangcn
gone
gone
fein,I
shall
should
have
have
out.
IMPERATIVE.
gefen
}~^"^'
Sie
^"
^^^^^"^^
PARTICIPLES.
Sludge^cnti.
going out.
Present.
Obs. rV.
The
"
next
the
and
particle
Obs.
V.
"
The
"
out.
of the
the verb.
separableparticlesare
the
a 6,
prepositions,
Obs. VI.
2lu3gcgangcn,
gone
always remains
pastparticiple
verb, so, that its placeis between the
prefixgc
to
Pos^.
134
COMPOUND
verbs:
sepahablks.
Reading Exercise
LXV.
3c^ reifc
^eutcab.
S^lafe
(m
my
face)gu*
Theme
"When
uncle
my
me.
hiss friendsto
Did
you
when
put
they
cannot
open
I shall send
on
went
your
out.
the door.
?
(depart)
Are
you
Do
me.i
(bet)
boots
or
I shall
depart to-morrow;
troduced
going out ? John innot detain me
longer.
shoes ?
Henry always
My sister put on
was
shuts
not
his
her black
dressed
room.
silk dress.
Slufgaknab ?
fc^rieb
tiefe
SBann famen @ie ^ieran ?
2Ber
^art
S3ir
tie meiften
aK
f(^rieb
fmt ^eute SKorgen
ange;?
lommen.
ne^men ?
3d) n"erte
eg
mit
an^^
SBergniigcn
ne^^men.
COMPOUND
verbs:
LXVI.
LESSON
135
inseparables.
2eftwn
66*
Verbs,
Compound Inseparable
Obs.
formed
are
inseparable verbs
Compound
by
the
verbs
to
verbs
ador
simple
prefixing
prepositions
accented
having only the secondary accent, or unthat are
without
syllables
any meaning of
I.
"
their
Obs. n.
own.
The
"
Obs. m.
"
The
Obs.
IV.
"
The
verbs
followingverbs compounded with nouns, adother prefixes,arc
also inseparable^
or
but
tion
take, contrary to the general rule (see Observaand
ni), the prefixgc in the past participle,
have the primary accent on
these prefixes,
argnjo^en,to suspect
to answer
atttttjcrtcn,
to exult
fro^locien,t
to deliberate
rat^fd^Iagen,
to justify
rec^tfertigen,
to judge,criticize
urt^eilen,
to prophesy
meiffagen,
to breakfast
frulfliicfen,
The
last
have
t
the
four
the
when
prefixes,
primary
to emulate
ttjctteifern,
to gratify
ttJi(Ifa^ren,t
serving
to
compound
two
verbs
noun
or
jective,
ad-
accent.
and wittfa^rcn
mostly
fro^lotfen
past participle.
The
omit
tne
prefixq c
in
136
COMPOUND
verbs:
inseparables.
Reading Exercise
LXYI.
dimtx
(Eitt
Theme
The
poor
merchant,
covered
woman
whose
son
is in
LXYI.
her
hands
with
cloth.
The
Conversation.
cr^altenjetcn T:Dnnerfiag
^on 2^xtx Sir
gr^Iten "Bit oftS3riefe
einen 33ricf.
?
3;DC^ter
@ie ^erjibrten
{even)
Mt^, felt^fl
^aUn tie i^einteunfere"tatt
tad (?c^lo".
gerftbrt?
?
mad
9lein,
i"i^vttni(^t
^ajltu mic^ ^erftanten
Ser l)at
e$ nidst.
3"^ i^ft"
Spiegel
jerbroc^en?
tiefen
"ie
fagten.
138
COMPOUND
verbs;
separables
and
inseparables.
Reading Exercise
fyibtn"ie ^l)v3Sor^aBen t
LXYIL
(^gefe^t?!Ea3 ^ferbunfere^
^a^fi
bar3 ging b u r c^. 2Sir irerben ttac^einer (Stunt)C u m fe^ren,
als e^ b u r d)ging,ben SBagen u m ? S^a^ "c^iff,
Sarf Da^ ^ferb,
in njeld)cm
tuir s"on T;eut|"d)Iant)
lamen, ging u n t e r. !Ete SJlitd^
iiBerie^t?I^er (Sc^iffer
Iduftliber, ipaflbu bie Slwfgabe
fe^te
iibcr ben ^lup. Xiefegwei i^^eunbeumarmten
fid). SBerben
unb i$ran!retc^
@ie !I)cutfc^lanb
burdjretfen? 2lm Dienflagmerre
u n t c r fle^en,
i^ b u r c^^ari^ reifen.(S^ wirb regnen. mir ntiiffen
unb "oet^eixUx^
!Die 9lbmer unter j o c^t en "iel^33blfer. "critter
t r e ffe n aUt beutfcben
!Di(^ter.
ur
LXYIL
Theme
cross
translated
has
Who
Our
the river.
ran
return?
to
come
table.
is
upset
Schiller excelled
you
traveled
undertake
all
over
I have
mind
to
I returned
Faust
has
emperor
boat
and
away
Goethe's
the
after two
you
over.
France.
When
wagon.
all German
poets
during
My
Examine
hours.
the
uncle
shall
in
winter
and
The
we
depth
of
That
his brother
that trunk.
Could
this ?
Conversation.
niti^t
X)eutfc^
"ebi^teiiBer^ 9lein,id) "crfle^e
^aben "le "oet^e'g
gcnug.
fe^t?
aHe
3^ fagte,
ba" er pe'an JiefebeS
"aglen "ie, bag "dottier
?
"efii^I^
ubertrijft.
I)i(^ter
iibertrifft
beutfdjen
ca nic^t.
it^glaubcer ijl
9lein,
teenerune
3ft bled ber (Sc!^iffer,
?
iiberfe^te
2Cir finbuntergeflanben*
3($ n?erbe t^ tUn, menn ic^"eft)
^a^
PEEPOSITIONS
YvlTn
DATIVE
Reading
139
ACCUSATIVE.
OR
Lesson,
tion ^nt^altfamfcit.
"cif^iel
bcr "ro^e tarn auf feinem
Slleyanber
3^9^ * tie SBelt juerobern,
in fcer pd) nirgentsJ
B e^^
turd) cine lange(Santwiifte
Slften^,
SSajJcr
8oltat ettua^
f(je fu n t e n unt)
akv fa^,baf
e3 in feinem ipelmbent Sllcyanber.T)a biefer
brad)te
wie er "or !Durft
"oltaten e"enfc
"@oli
er:
lec^jten
ic^rer
i"ra(^
feine
ber ba trinft?" unD gog bag SCaffcr
aufbie Srbe, 3llle,
gingigcfein,
!
sjoH Semunberung iiberbie Snt^altfamleit
beg ^bnigg,riefen:
J "2luf
ung
re
flit)
fortI" mir finbnic^termattet; n?irfmbnic^tburj^ig;
toix^altenung nic|t
fterHic^,
^bnig fii^rt."
fiir
folangeuni ein fo((^er
fan
1.
^atte ein
(Entlic^
a u
^einfiug*
^eftivn
LXVIII.
LESSON
Governingthe
Prepositions
I.
Obs.
The
"
when
Dative
or
68.
Accusative.
in
the
and
it expresses
accusative,when
direction
motion
at,in, on, to
an,
auf,
in
,
n e
ii n
by
e r
e r
the side
before,ago
i f(^e n
between
" o r
3 n?
above, across
under, among
over,
,
behind
in,into
eti
upon
on,
Winter,
of,
near
Expedition.
iJiere was
to be found.
f fSt^-befanb,
t 0i i e fe n is here equivalentto au^riefcn,
" Up,
let
us
hence
exclaimed,
"
or
the
140
CONTRACTION
Contraction of
Obs. II.
"
Some
OF
PREPOSITIONS
WITH
with
Prepositions
prepositionsare
ARTICLE.
contracted
frequently
are
in very
Reading
generaluse.
Exercise
T^ai T^ienflmatdsen
ge^t an
ten
They
with
word,
one
are:
LXVIII.
fiemirt 2Baj[er
^olcn.
33ntnnen;
aui
(oran tern)^enfler.^er ^yiaurcr [ieigt
tad (oraufd)
5^ac^. X)ad ^SBgeld^en
ft^tauf tern 33aume. 5)^eine
Xtx 2eid)namItegt
ind (orin tad) Gaffergefatten.
noi^
9}Zii^e
ifl
im (or in tern)SBaffer.l:er S^ig^rP^Qteft^ Mnter tie ?0^auer.
? 3c^ fanti|n ^^inter
ter SJlauer im
^afltu teinen ^all gefunten
"ante,
ipdngcten fRod nekn tie 3:pre. 3^r 5D^anteI
(or in tern)
53Iumentopf"ord (or"or tad)
^dngtneben tern "piegeL "telle tiefen
3Sor tem Sinter fliegen
"ieleSSogel
iikrd ?!J^eer. Sad lag
i^enfter.
libertem "arge ?
unter tem 33ette. @te^t3^r ^aud
Xer ^unt liegt
unt
tem ^^lujfe
tem Serge?
ni"itanf einem Heinen ipiiget,
gwifc^en
Slid ftemi(^fa^,
lief
ftegum ^Sater.
2Bir
flanten
langeam
LXVIII.
Theme
My neighbor and
We
stood
table. We
"
at the
waited
your
foot of
for you
article.
the
uncle William
the hill.
at the
of
Put
are
in
the
garden.
this book
gate,but
you
upon
my
did not come.
is merged
prepositions
into
of the
PREPOSITIONS
Did
on
WITH
carried to the
been
TeU
the
me
We
have
can
My
fallen into
Your
has
fallen into
grave-yard.
to
way
beautiful view
birds
sit
on
the water.
pupilsspeak
the
often
of
the
at
sifcdown
birds
water
the
in
has
door?
castle
the
over
Are
Pray
the
(Ace.)
knocks
Who
the
nearest
the window.
near
child which
The
the air.
141
ACCUSATIVE.
OR
DATIVE
flower
(of) Frankenstein.
tain.
valleyson the mounhouse.
My cane has
behind
pots
("Ott)
your
before
the door
very
the window
school.
Conversation.
"ie?
SCo^inge^en
itx ^aQtx auf
SCe^^albfteigt
Sir
itn
Sr
ge^eniitten "artcn"
ein 3SogeInej!.
fuct)t
33aum?
ing
33lumen
'^aUn "ie fciefe
2Co
gc^
S?ir ^aBenfic
im S^ttcgefunten,
funten?
SBarum
?
SBetl i(^mctnen
cu fooftan^ ?^en(lcr
ge^jl
t^reunt
"etnri^
erwarte.
2Ca^
l^at^arl
?
gemorfen
Zn6^
2ag taa fc^marje
iibertcm "arge ?
untcr
oter
^n
^n
tir
gen?orfen.
S^ lag iiber tem "argc
The
Enchantment.
h^
Lesson,
ben 2Routi.
*
3lug'
:^aff
id^,an tid)fent'
ic^man^' ^mU
unt
tecfteten SeictyUam^
Reading
Slttfbid^BUdfet,
auf
Sr I)
at feinen
33aU liBertie ^auer
fitter
Su|l,t
a^^ fro^er
33ru(l.
in
142
KlUUTKB
INTBANSITIVE
AND
VEEB3.
tneincr SBa^I;
He f^reunbin
mii^pnft,
J n e 6 e n mir ru^tfie,
^ingefd)tid"en,
I)i n t e r mir,
mi(%ftill
ftanbfielad)tn'D
iltlnn
i;i n
te
"ternen,unfern2ieBen "
ben
"on
LXIX.
LESSON
"
to
t
cb fp r
d)e
I
,
does
transition
or
another, such
of
change
into
another,a motion
as,
fle r
with
"
That
!^a b
transition
or
have
t Presents
e n
to
,
i (^ I a
pass over
T e , 1 run;
verbs, except
those
that express a
a change
state,without
subjectfrom
their
as, I e b e n
conjugatedwith
not
continuous
a
activity,
mere
tion
condi-
in the
or
neuter;
passive, are
f e I sleep,
etc.,and
,
that does
the neuter
differ from
not
state
speak,etc.
of
conjugation
The
"
nor
intransitive;
as,
are
object,
an
active
action
an
express
as
69*
subjecta
stand; i d^ fc^I a
e ^ e, I
as, i (^ft
such
to their
is neither
wbich
Obs. n.
2cttwn
I.
I)ir"
i?on
and IntransitiveVerbs.
Neuter
Obs.
unb
live;fi ^
to
,
state into
one
to
e n
,
sit,are
that express a
of their subjectfrom one
state
e n
from
and
those
one
die; g e ^ e n
to go,
are
conjugated
fe i n,
been
raised above
this earth,
itself.
"
Of
those
we
love.
KEUTER
of
Conjugation
^
0 m
VERBS.
INTRANSITIVE
AND
143
Neuter Verb.
tt, to
come.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
Imperfect.
1st Future.
1st Conditional.
Perfect,
'
Pluperfect,
2ncf Future,
2nd
GandUional.
Reading Exercise
LXIX.
tn?
3* Q^" tn Me "c^ule. "e^en 3^re5^effen
SGo^in ge^jl
t^ motltc
nld)tfommen obgleid)
na^ ^arig ?
3"^ fonnte geftern
"onnaBent
fommen,
SSann merten "ie fommen ? 3c^ tt^^rbeam
id) nic^tna"i 33erlinfa^^re.SSotlen "ie mit mir fpajicren
wenn
"on
ic^ werbe tn^ 3;teater
ge^en. 3fi ier (53efantte
ge^en? 5^ein,
?
Sin 33ote i(l^eutenac^
Snglantmit fcerSifenk^n juriicfgefe^rt
mitrte i(^mit i^m ge^
Sranffurt
:^atte
menn
i(^es gen)u"t
abgereifl,
? 3fttein
^er "efanbte
"on granfreic^
3urii(fgefct)rt
gangen [ein. 3fi
id" ^aBe i^n feiteinigen3:agennid)t
"rnber fd^onaufgejlan^en
.
Sarum
gefe:^en.
gefallcn.
5a"
fdjrie
^int?
(S"
unt
liefgu fi^nett
i|l
144
NEUTER
INTKANSITIVE
AND
LXIX.
Theme
from
his
Berlin,and
from
come
ambassador
run
to
child
to
cannot
bed, you
Has
the
messenger
the luggage of my
uncle
with
of your
room
to the railroad
morning?
my friends.
from
Munich
see
returned
The
messenger
early this
would
has arrived
Has
I have
the Russian
the fessor
prohave fallen if it had
not
for
Has
The
"Why have you not followed me?
passed several times to-day. The generalhas
has
risen
uncle
My
fast.
so
justgone
send
you
yet
out ?
messenger
Robert
I must
Vienna
not
gone
not
going?
Have
luggage.
often
ambassador
is the
Where
VEBBS.
him.
see
He
has
has become
from
returned
not
What
of*
the railroad
perhaps gone
to th"
uncle.
Conversation.
2CoC(en @ic
ge^en?
SBarum
Mft bu nic^tju
3;^eater3^^ H"
Un ticfen
tniibe,
i6:j
9^ad)mtttag
fpajiereit
gemefen.
mix Qt^
3^
njar
3a,
ter
3U
mein Dn!el
"er^tnt)crt;
fommen ?
ift
na(^ SBien aBgereift.
mxi
3ft ter engllfc^e
er
"efantteijon 9loc^nic^t,
erftin gt"el
?
faxi^aurucfgefe^rt
Socmen auriirffe^rcn.
"int) "ie tseutefrii^
^a, t(^bin :^eute
aitfgeflan^
fc^onurn fiinf
ten ?
U^r aufgeftantcn.
SBarum fc^rie
t"a5Mnr" ?
Sg ift
cjefallen.
So ^abtn@ie unfer
auf tern Soten gelegen,
33uc!^
gefun^ (Jg ift
ten?
^at
tie
man
^ferbe fc^onge^
"tallfned^t
^at |tcekn
trdnft?
SBarum
getranft.
3^r Dnfel nic^tnac^ 3d) fann e" nid)tfagen,
ift
i)iettci(!^
?
S3ru|Jel
gereipt
ttjar er
Reading
Lesson.
2)er SBttiibcrcr
unb
Sin SBanterer f ant
fdjneKunt
ttJar
*
Render
im
bic Ducffc.
"ommer
^^eipeftenf
langc gegangen;
to became
ijerMn^ert.
tttt5.
of, tt"erbcn
ju einer Huette.
@r
Sc^iueig
j^ant auf feiner
f
In the heat
of.
146
THB
Obs. n."
The
Obs. m.
ADVERBS.
as:
Instead
"
Wlann
Der
of adverbs
when
tives is used
tarn
jur
of time, the
the time
is
X^ixtt :^erein,
genitiveof substan-^
bed
as:
indefinite,
"
^Adverbs of time
bial
precede other adverbs or adverexpressions,and take their place after the
subjectand
when
an
adverb
or
verbial
ad-
precedesthe subjects.
of Irregular
Adverbs.
Degreeof Comparison
Comparative.
Positive.
better
fcejTer,
2So|I,well
Superlative.
Md
(yr
CiXi\'i
tefien
kjlc,
the best
Ii?^^^^'
klD, soon
sooner
better
gem,*willingly lieber,
oftener
oft,often
ijfter,
the
f am e^ejlen,
very
( BalJigft,
am
am
soonest
soon
best
tiebften,
the oftener,
^uftgflen,
(most often)
^ii\i,
au^erjl,
extremely
fe^r,
very
evil
libel,
much
"ie(,
menig,little
arger, worse
am
more
ttte^r,
meniger,
ntinter,
(m
am
the worst
argften,
most
meiften,
minteflen(ttjenigfte
the least
Reading Exercise
LXX.
urn ad^t
U^r gu
3"^ "erbe fpatej^ett^
mit bem ^utfc^er.
Diefepax
fi^tau^n?enbig
^aufefein. ipeittrtc^
SCic ijiel
^au^ ?
foflet
blefe^
in
"crn, licber,am
English,and
gem, I like to
run
are
liebf^cn,
correspond to I like, I like better, I like best,
mostly used in connection with a verb, as : 3c^ laufc
I like better to ride, etc.
licber,
id^fa^re
147
ADVERBS.
THE
am
LXX.
Theme
We
shall
praise the
and
John
you
depart?
Berlin.
To-morrow
much
How
like to ride in
I like best
and
careless
much
improvingvery
are
the
or
did
the
When
in German.
day
after
tailor ask
George
most.
skillful persons
most
we
shall
for your
will
go
coat?
to
I
makes
mistakes
The
soon.
the
man
scholar who
prize. Henry
can
has been
read and
at least three
or
four times
here.
Conversation.
SBo^erfam 3|r 53ruter?
3^
too ip pe ?
gefe^en,
SBirt
marten ?
"cinri(^
aufmic?^
?
(Se^en"ie gem in^ 3;^eater
2eute irren am meipen?
SCelc^e
^ari3,aber Pe ip ^eutetoa^x*
fc^einli^
ju "aufe.
Sin menigaber nic^t
lange.
IteBerin tie Dper.
ic^ge:^e
9^ein,
!l:ieUnoorpc^tigen
irren am pws=
pgPen.
^dn, i^ ^ak ten ^J^ann gefe^en,
gefel^en,
welderam ft^ncUpen
fu'^r.
148
THE
CONJUNCTIONS.
Reading Lesson,
alte
^et
35 i "
Unb
tein
an
fueled
Qkah,
feinen Singerbreit
ttjeidje
SSon dotted
D
iSanbmann*
SBegenaK
^lu'ti
bu trieauf griinen
tvlrjl
(Srtenlebett
!Durc^^
ge^n;
unt "rau'n
tu o^ne Surest
a n n lannjl
^em Zo\} fn" 2lugefe^'n,
a tt tt
a n tt
$5U!".
2emvn
LXXI.
LESSON
On the
Obs.
^In German
"
on
be
divided
some
the
Conjunctions,
of the
have
conjunctions
of
position
into
-71.
three
the
verb, and
classes:
the
fluence
great in-
therefore
must
adverbial
co-ordinative,
conjunctions.Those of the
first class (theco-ordinatives)
serve
merely as Hnks to
while
on the position,
sentences, and have no influence
class (the adverbials),
when
those of the second
be^
the svhject
to be placed after
ginning the sentence,cause
the verb,and those of the third class (boththe simple
and
compound sub-ordinatives),require the verb
governed by them to be placed at the end of the
and
sub-ordinative
sentence.
The
apostrophestands
t Darauf.
in
placeof
e" as
iiJ
for
c.
FiBST
Class
Cchordinative
itnD,and
Second
Class
Conjunctions,
both-and
fon?o^(-aU,
but
allein,
Sf6er,
fottbem,
benn,for, since
149
CONJUNCTIONS.
THE
oter,or
Adverbial
Conjunctions.
at last,at length
therefore,thus
entlic^,
Sllfo,
entweter
or
also,too
CiVi6it,
oter,either
besides
at first
cr(l,
juerj^,
augerbem,iibertem,
somebalD Bate,sometimes"
femcr,further
afterwards
[times ^emac^,nac^^cr,
ba,tann, aUDann, then
faum, scarcely
bagegcn,) on the contrary
^
j on the other hand
nic^t
fon? C not
nur,
l^ingegen,
(- tern -jonly
nic^t
alleirt,
txi^tx,
ee"megen,
] therefore,on
^aI6,j that account
6Io^,; auc^ ( but also
ni(^t
barum, fcef
"
"
"
"
"
"
nodb,still
bemnadb,folqliA,
consequently"""
mitMn,
(je^,),
^ow,
and yet,still
bcnnoc^,
fo,so, thus
'5
,,
Ukewise ; no(!^,
nor
bc^gletd^en,
)
neverthebeffcnungeac^tet,
j
less
ni(^t^bc|lon)cniger,
bejlo, the (witha comurn fo,
)
parative.J
boc^,glcid^wo^I,
] yet,still,
[ however
Jebo^,inbejfen,
hand
cinerfeit^,
| on the one
J)
anbrerfeitd;
on
the other
then
else,otherwise
fonfl,
t^eil^ i^txU,
partly ^partly
"
"
besides
tiBerbie^,
for
as
iibrigcnd,
the rest,how-
ever
much
tttelmc^r,
ttjcber
"
more,
no^, neither
indeed,
n?o^I,
^ttjar,
rather
nor
it is true
hand
Reading Exercise
LXXI.
dt "erflanb
"Bxe
abtx t^ )^aUi^n tti(^t
3^ '^aBe
i^tt
gc^ort,
gefe^ett.
benn "Bit fpraci^en
ober
Du mupt bie Seftiort
nid^t,
fc^reiben
gu fdjnett*
ber 3Saterfonbemauc^bie
ic^wevbe ed bent Se^rerfagen. 9iic^t
nur
SJZutterwerben c" erlauBcn. 2Beber ber Partner nod^ bie "artnerin
arBeitenober mein
"Sie muffen entweber fleigiger
t^ueni^re^flid^t.
"BaQtn
"ie mir wann
fommen mirb. Du Bifl
fie
mu"t bu su ^^wfc
faul,
folglii^
BleiBen. ^aum :^attc
er e" gefagt,
^at
foliefid^ba\)on. 3:^r^leffe
mir nid)t
merbe id^i^nnidfet
gef^rieBen,
erwarten. 3(^ njoHte
bejwegen
nid^t
mitge^en,
uBrigen"
^atteid^!einc3eit.
(liBerbied)
150
THE
OONJUNCJTIONB.
Theme
has translated his
John
LXXI.
Theme,
and
lazyor
go
to
Frederick
has learned
not
(the)school directly,
more
leave
dihgent or
Neither
the
postman
the
school,else
I shall send
the workman
nor
wiU
you
come.
away.
I shall
We
have not
buy either a working table or a wardrobe.
only a play-ground but also a piano. My teacher has not
to me
returned
copy-book,consequently,Ig shalli (be
my
this afternoon.
The
obliged) have to write my theme
but he is nevertheless a good
Egyptian is a littleunskillful,
returned
from the park. It is true,
I, had^ scarcelyi
man.
could
we
the
forenoon
and
his voice.
John
is
has
worked
heard
we
(atlein)
Thibd
aU, when, as
bettor,t^t,
M^, until
Class:
SvbordincUwe
before
that
t)a^,
"
"
because
tueil,
totnn, if when
au"j, "I
case
that
while,
inliem,
je ^the
ungeac^tet,
notwithstanding^,
while, whilst
i"a|rent,
tounn, when
Conjunctions.
as
(withthe comp.)
nac^Dem,after
jenac^^em,accordingas
ob,whether, if
) though,
obfdjon,
obgIei(^,
) although
wienjo'^t,
ob"o^l,
since (time)
feitDem,
felt,
fooft(o.U),whenever
foBal^ (aU),as soon as
folange(aU),so long as
tcenngleic^,
["although
f^on,)
how, when, as
toit,
tt?ic
however
iiu6^,
t"iewo^(,
although
trofem,if,in case, that
wherefore
tooiixx,
whereafter
toona6^,
tooxan,whereat
whereon
jvorauf,
motto n, whereof, etc.
wm3u(M;i^A^e/?i^7i.),inorde
151
CONJUNCTIONS.
THE
Additional
Reading Exercise.
fe^en,
uoc^ein ^in^. 3^ ^^T^^tt(tcni(^t
2Ber fagtetir,
ba e^ gattj tunfel mar.
^a^ i(^angefommen Hn ?
mir gefrii^j^iicft
fatten,
gingen wir auf^San^. 3^^ njurte
S'^ac^Cem
2Bir
te^-Suc^e^
^ arm Un.
kaa^len,
obgleic^
3^ttenten 2Bert()
mo^nt.
feitfieitt 3}iun(^en
l^aBengrauleinSJiiiUerni^t gefe^en,
jcten Sliu
ten
md^rent ?^rtetri(^
"ujla" fdjiief
ganjen 9Za^mittag,
ni(^t
gtiicflic^er
fein,wenn
ma^ma^m. SCiirtentie 9J^enf(^en
genHic!
2lrm au^jhecfte.
intern er feinen
Sr fc^wor,
mdren.
fte3ufrictener
"ie :^alten
Bo^^aft.2Bir ge^enlang^
fxir
i^n ni(^tfiir
faul,fontern
tu marten,M^ i^ meinc
fam,tamit n?ir nid)tmiitc werten. SBittft
"ott tan!en. @o
man
^ah ? (S^eman i"t,
foil
gefc^rieBen
SlufgaBe
ten!t man
taran,ta" man auc^fran! mer*
felten
langeman gefuntifl
2(13i(^x^nfauntc,
mar
er
ten tann.
Additional
Do
I had4
teacher
Our
not.
when
thisjmaus
seeiia
does
attentive.
nor
diligent
Although
he was
him
a boy, Ij recognizedi
like Henry as
(ta) he is neither
whether
(mijfen)
Imow
you
not
Theme.
The
workman
thinks
that
will,
you
shall
heard
from
written
can
One
you
does
soon
as
study
among
if you
come
Miss
read
the newspaper.
my theme, while you
I cannot
eat ?
eat now,
because
I am
not
not
know,
I shall have
the
French
(the)men
whether
language. There
so long as
they are
will
When
hungry.
in the stars.
As
language,I shall
always be strife
discontented.
Conversation.
?
893iefa:^
er au^ aU tu i^nfa^(l
2^ erfanntci^n hum,
tu ten Setriiger
pnten?
itonntejl
SBer fagtc
tagi(^^ierHn?
tir,
Hei(^.
ta e^ tun!clmar*
2^ fant i'^n
ni(^t,
e" mir f(^on
grangfagte
gejlem.
cr
mar
fo
152
THE
tOtt^
AUXnJAEY
ett
AND
SBannreifleS^rDnMab?
SBirt) bcr Slrbeitcrim
^axi
THE
PASSIVE
VOICE.
!Dtefen
iD^orgen,
nac^bcmer gc*
i)atte*
fru()|lucft
5^id)t
o^ne Ca" fici^n tafiir
k^
ax^
kitcn ?
t)U tern ^einrid)
?
SCirft
scr^cikn
eber
^f^i^t
Bir
al5 H^
er
ftc^
fceffert.
ta fcu c"
be^alten,
bradjtci't,
e^ t^eitcr
obgleid)
i|i.
@eit "ann
|aBtitsr^erm ,^o^Ier 8eit njtr 9)^und)en
l^a^^
"erlic"en,
S
Kiillcr
unD
ni6t gc^
grdulein
ben "ir fie
nic^t
gefc|cn.
fe^en?
S5ag t^atefl
arkitetc ic^tut "artcn uiO)
bu, ma^rent teine (Srfl
?
^reuntefpagieren
tann
gingen
fcbriefe
tc^nteine Slufgabc.
tu tcutfd^
SCiirbejl
lemen,trenn
3(^ miirte ni(^t alletn tjeutfds
tu "clD ^atteft
Unterric^t
fontern auc" bad granjojifc^
su
oDer
memn
c5
?
nx6^t
nelsmeti?
lemen.
Reading Lesson.
^ic
ft^onjlc 6:^rif!itt.
cine weiHic^e
Xentt cu(i^
aber (letd
"eele,weld^etotelIcitet;
^u
Bluten "ie fie
"ott auf|'(^auet,
unt
"elc^e,
fiema^ inncn mimn
greufceijor SJlenfdjen
au^pe^t,
f unb jvelAc
tie "titrmc ber SBelt tt"e b e r "erructen n o d^ "erftnflem
: n?o fle|t
ter JJlegcnbogen
i^rSbenHIb? 3lm ipimmel:ba fte^t
benjegen
; i^^n
bie auf i^n fliegen,
bie SCinbe nidjt,
bie 2BoI!en unb
fonbe rn er
fort"or feiner
(Sonne,unb feine2:ropfenmerben garben,
id^immert
eined f^bncn
unb
am
"imme( aU
er liegt
iUlorgent^au
gidnjenber
"tH
wie
immer
eine
"
91 i (^t e r
iaged.
LESSON
The
Obs.
I.
"
SGBic
Ever
fic willf
appears
must
before
formed, for
are
be translated
men
72*
"
2eftwn
LXXn.
tucrbcn
Auxiliary
The
(3ean3"aul)
an
gular
regularand irrethe passive
voice.
here, ever
imctgeof joy.
so
much.
154
THE
ttJerfcett AND
AUXILIARY
2iid Conditional.
xom^a b
3^
have
THE
Io
been
^n
VOICE.
PASSIVE
t trorben
fcin,I
should
rewarded
:c.
klo^ntivorben fein,
miirbejl
tu
INFINITIVE.
praised
IMPEBATIVE.
be (you or ye)
geloBt,
praised
SBerbe geloBt,
be (thou)praised SBcrbet
3^ njcrbc"on
beinen SItem nid^t
X;u wirfl
"on
Mn"
n"erbcn,
unb ge^orfam
geliebt
wnb ge^orfam
benn bu M|lnidjt
gemcfen.(Ein tugenb^after
flei^ig
mirb ijon
unb feinc
n?irb"on 3cbermantt
?^reunbf(^aft
^JJenfci^
^eac^tet,
S3ir werben oftfiirunferc
alien"uten gefudjt.
gutcn ipanblung
unb fclten
^^W
ijtti unfere
nic^td
bejlowenigcr
Belo^nt;
gctabelt
ttjorben.!Diefe
"uted au t^un, Diefe^naSen ftnbna^^aufegef^idft
"olba:?
worben fein,
n?enn unferc
"tabt wiirbeijon ben g^inben
jerjlbrt
itn nid)t
3fne arme Hinbe grau murbe i)on
'fatten.
gcfoc^ten
ta))fer
bent ^aufmann betrogen.
n?aren, wurben
welc^ec:^rU(^
Diejenigen,
al^ ge^"tju n?erben. T)iefe
merben ifl
Slufj?
"eac^tct
Bejfer
gefc^d^t.
"orben.
atgefc^rteben
gaBenftnbanjeimal
Theme
LXXII.
am
here,your
watch
would
have
been
stolen.
Those
who
not
Render
to hero
auf.
were
The
well
is
THE
AUXILIAKY
C r
t)f tt
AND
THE
PASSIVE
VOICE.
155
Conversation.
beinem 2c^rcroft ^d) ^ak nur be^ Sl"enbs 3^itunb
"on
trirfl
werbe id^ofttaran
tann
marum
lemftDu l"eine
felbjl
getacelt;
?
oer^intert.
nic^t
bejjer
5lufgat)e
mir "erbcffcrt
55on toern ijlbiefe
^jer^? @ie ijl
son
toorben,
2lufgaBc
tueitter 2e^rerfeinc 3ctt^attc,
n)orC)en ?
tefliert
2Barum
jua;?
33ricfe
aweimal 2Beil ftcfofc^Iedjt
gefd?rieBen
ftnbtiefe
!onnte,
worben ?
nld)t(efen
abgefd^ricben
ren, ba"i^ fte
Sr wirb "on 3ebcrmann gead^tct
wirb ber tugenb^aftc
iBon went
?
mirb "ott
unb fcine
^reunbfd)aft
geaci^tet
9}Zenf(^
alien "uten gefudjt.
SCurbcn biefe
T)Ort i^rem "ie njurben ijon i^rem Se^rerQt^
iJJ^dbc^ctt
lobt unb nad)^aufegefd^icft,
n?eU
?
Se^rernad^Jpaufc
gcfc^icft
fatten*
ftpi^re2lufgabe
gelernt
Du
Reading
^aS
Lesson.
geflo^lcne $fcrb.
iW I)at."
bc" ^fer^
Beiben ipanbeauf bie Slugen
f(^ne(I
legte
fetne
bag 2:^ier
beg unb rief:""ut! wenn
euc^f^on folangcge^brt,
fagt
mir nun, auftt"eld)em
2lugeeg Hinb ift."
mirllidbta" ^ferbgefto^Ien
!Der Slntere,
meld^er
aBer ber eg nid^
^atte,
n?urbe gana Betroffen.
SlBerba er (^ttoa^fagen
^atte,
genau unterfud)t
mu"te, antttjorteteer aufg "erat^eroo^h*
"5Iufbem linfen 3luge."-^
!Der Sauer
At
random.
156
VEEBS.
BEFLEXIVE
LXXm.
LESSON
Seftiott
73*
Reflexive Verbs.
Obs.
"
Reflexive verbs
or
is
sucli
as
have
subjectand
mid)an,
3c^jie^e
"
for both
persons
the dative
Obs. n.
are
In
there
as
be
may
object.
and
The
person
latter
stands,either
in
German,
verb
same
accusative;as:
or
I dress
the
in
English,nearlyevery transitive
changed into a reflexive verb, but
pronoun;
the
active
while
or
others
the same
idea
express
passivevoice of simple verbs; as,
mic^,I rejoice
3^ frcue
3"^ H(bc
mir
by
ein,I fancy
of Reflexive Verbs.
Conjugation
INDICATrV^*
Present.
2Bir wafc^en
un",
we
i^rwafc^eteuc^I
(ourselves)
wash
wash
you
(i^,they wash
fiemafc^en
3c^ vcxtt mic^,I
Imperfect.
tu
was
(yourselves)
(themselves)
mistaken
jc.
tic^,
irrtejl
I shall
"t^ anfleitcn,
3c^ ttJ^'^^c
jc.
tu wirft
anfleicett;
tixdij
Is/ Future.
1st Conditicmal.
Obs. m.
157
YEBBS.
BEFLEXIYE
The
"
one
"
dress
myself
I should fancy
3c^ ttJUY^c"^^r einMttcn,
thou wouldst fancy
tix einbilt"cn,
tu wiirtejl
I have accustomed
myself
getub^nt,
Perfect.3^ ^^^^"Tid)
thou hast accustomed
tu ^ajl
tid)gcmb^nt,
thyself
himself
he has accustomed
er ^at|t(^
genjo^nt,
SJir ^ahn un^
we
gewb^nt,
i^r^abcteuc^gewb^nt,)
have
you
ourselves
accustomed
have
accustomed
Sic ^abcnfid)
)
gcmb^nt,
yourselves
fie
^aUn ftd^
getrb^nt,
theyhave
accustomed
themselves
Pluperfect.
2nc; Future.
^^
tverte
mi(^ausgeffeibet
^aben,I shall have
undressed
bu
2n"Z Conditiontd.
Infinitiiie.
*
The
3(^ttjurt)e
mi^ angefleifcct
^abcn,I should
dressed myself
tu wiirtejl
bi(i^
angefleibct
^aBm, jc.
have
to complain
(^ic^
Beflagen,
iYithe
bin
myself
ttjirfl
t)i(^
au^gellei^et
^ahn, jc.
verb
and
158
BEFLEXIVE
VERBS.
IMPERATIVE.
wash
bic^,
(thyself)
Singular. SBafc^e
wash
"ie jtc^,
Plural.
tu6)or tvaf^en
SBafc^et
Reading Exercise
(yourselves)
LXXIII.
2::u^a(l
an.
SJZorgen
ti(^gclrrt,
id^Bin nid^t
Jebctt
3c^ Wclbc ntld^
^arl wafc^t
ten er fuc^tc.
Jeben3:a9. "ic l^aben
ftc^
pc^nod)
ter,
ni^t
urn
|leujerben ftc%erjl
je^nU|r au^lleitien. 2)tcfe
au^gefleitet,
@d)uler
mcnn
ba" mir rcicb(tnb. !Diefe
"errenirren flc^,
jteglaubcn,
iiber i^renSe^rerkflagen;pe fagen,
t"erben jtc^
tp.
baf er gu jbrenge
MItet p(^ ein fd^on
"eine "c^meftcr
eu(^gut ^t^
ju fein. 3^^ ntiigt
pc^pittsu
p^en. @ie
tragenunb e^rli(^
fein. Der "ele^rte
gewo^nte
SBir ^tten un5 \?era6rebet
juiirben
aufjupe^en.
p^ gemb^nenfrii^
einen "pagiergang
pc^ getbbtet.
ju madden. 3^^^^?0^dnner '^altn
S3 freut
i:^nfe^rbic^
Befanbpc^ gepem nic^t"o^I;
gu fe^en.^^rcing
er war gan;^Heic^
ba" cr ^opfwe^%oXit.
; ic^glaube,
Theme
LXXIII.
to see you.
John, hast thou washed
rejoice
very much
loved
?
thyself
My sister always behaves well and is (passive)
shall
we
by every body. We have not yet dressed (ourselves),
undressingwhen I came.
directly.The children were
There
are
peoplewho fancythemselves to be better than
many
himself with my penknife;
others.
Frederick had wounded
it was
newly (frifc^)sharpened. I felt (found myself)better
yesterdaythan Friday. You will have been mistaken, Sir.
he
Why would
complain ? The soldier would have killed
himself.
her uncle came
toj
Mary had just dressed when
themselves
secg her.i Those
boys should have accustomed
defended
to rise at six o'clock every morning. Mithridates
himself with great courage
againstthe Romans.
dress
Conversation.
REFLEXIVE
159
VEEBS.
SilDen "ie
nen
SBoriikr Beflagtcn
pe Pc^?
"ie
fonnen.
pc^ii"ertic "trengc
ktlagten
Se^rerg.
mit einem frif(i^
dx f^at
pc^
gefc^Uf*
teg
"agteti^r,tagitartpd^Jjerwun^
tet ^ot?
fenenSl^efcr
gefc^nitten.
Reading Lesson,
fitter ober bcr ^nbcrc.
ritt einmat eitt
IV., ilonigs"on Sran!rcic6,
3ur 3eitipeinrid^'d
tcr 8tatt
n?eit oon
Sauerlein "on feinem
nac^^ari"J. 9lic^t
X)orfe
war
toax ter ^bnig. (Bein Ocfolge
cr einem 0leiter. "5
begegnete
mein
te^ SKegg,*
in einiger
geHiefcen.
abP(^tlic^
"2Co^er
(Sntfernung
^eunt ? ipabti^r"ef(i)afte
ju ^arid ?"
"3a/'antwortete ter Sauer;"m6^ ntoAteic^
gem einmal unfem qm^
liebt."
3SoIffojdrtlid^
ter fein
ten ^bnigfe^en,
unt fagte:
Xer ^onig Id(^elte
"Daju !ann Suc^fRat^toertcn.^f
"enn
id^nur wiigte,
tocherc" ipunter ten "ielenipopingen,
"2l6er
tvirt."
"on tenen er umgebenfein
nur
fagen: 3^x tiirft
5ld)tung
ic^(Sud^
gcBen,n?eld)er
"V"iittjitt
ten ^ut auf tern ^opfebe^alten
wirt,menn atleSlntem fi ^ e^rerMe?
tigttjerteji entbtbgtj ^a^tn,
"Bo ritten pe miteinantcr nad)^ari^. I^er Sauer gaBtern ^bnig
Sr erjd^Ite
aufallefeine
gefprdd)ige
5lnttt)ort."
i:^m5Jlanc^es
?^ragen
liberten i^^Itbau,
au" feiner
^au3^altungunt mie er jumeilented
unt merlte langcnid^td.
"onntagd aud^ fein^u^n im a;opfe:^aBe,
21U er aber fa^,
njie aUe ^tn^txfi^ i^ffnetenunt atle "tragen
"
Where
This
do you come
from ?
will not be difficult.
X Uncovered.
" Ready
answer.
160
VKRB8.
IMPERSONAL
a n f ii11 1 e n
fi (^ mit ?!)?enf*cn
trie
,
mi^
Sc^crmantt e^^rerBictig
i"ebeL
LESSON
LXXIV.
^eftivn
74.
Verbs.
Impersonal
Obs.
I.
"
The
it thunders
bonnert,
ti
it rains
regnet,
e^
ed
it snows
f^neit,
it hails
^agclt,
t"
t^aut,it thaws
ti
tagt,it dawns.
Hi^t,it Hghtens
it freezes
tt" friert,
it is a hoar frost,
it rimes
H reift,
there is
ed giebt
(gi6t),
eg
of
Conjugation
an
Verb.
Impersonal
ImperfexiU
it rains
S^ regnet,
it snowed
S^ fc^ncite,
1st Future.
S^ mirb
1st GonditionaL
Perfect.
Pluperfect.
it has lightened
@" :^at
getli^t,
("" ^atte
it had hailed
ge^agelt,
Present.
it will freeze
frieren,
thunder
2nd
Future.
(I""irb getagt
it wUl have
l^ahtn,
2nd
Conditioned.
(S^ murbegeti^aut^aBen,
itwould
""
to understand, to get
("ln"t"^taufge^ftt,
light
"
dawned
have
on
thawed
subject
162
VERBS.
IMPERSONAL
With
it is a question
ftcfe,
fragt
P(%,it is proper
fc^idt
pd),it is a matter of
i)erj^e^t
course
or
of
e5
c3
the Dative,
mir, I am giddy
fc^wittbelt
I feel sick
mirt) mir iikt,
S3a^ fe^It
'^^Mn% wliat
with
matter
course
Reading Exercise
is tlie
you?
LXXIV.
a6er c5 n)irt"
S^ regnete
njentt e"
^agcln. S3 miirbc fc^nelcn,
nic^t,
unb gcBIi^t*
nlc^t
fofaitttjdre. S3 ^t bie gan^c 9Iad)tgetJonnert
^Betterfcin* S3 ijlI)cute
nic^tfe^rU\t,e3
[clones
SJlorgen
t^aut, S3 njirtil"ic^
reuen, baf tu ni^t nad^33crlingegangen Bijl,
in 5Jiunc^en
?
S3 n^untert \m^, bag griebri^
SCie geflel
e3 3^"fii
^am
un3"
e3 bir nic^t
ijt. S3 "erbro"
no(^nid)tatgereifl
"or, al3
al3 Jt"irin
06 er bie Unwa^r^eit
fagte?S3 fingan l^eEju n^erbett,
X;a3 Heine SJ^ab^enij^burftig,
^ari3 anfamen*
geben@ie i^rein
nic^t3nii^n na(^^ari3 ju ge'^en,
SBajfer.S3 njirb '^{)ntxi
ttjenig
!bnnen.
S3 fragtft^,
0I"er ein
@ic nicbt Sranjofifc^
fpre(^en
wenn
mir einige
S3 fe^len
Slmerifaner i|l*
n?o fmb pe ? SCenti e3 !ein
Sucker,
miirneber ^enfd^
nic^t
feinaU \i(kiZ^xtx^
fogliicflii^
enjtge3Sekn giiBe,
S3 jammertcmic!^
i^nin einem foungliicflic^en
3ufiftnbe
gu flnben.
S3 Wirt
LXXIV.
Theme
Was
the
finest
streets
Berlin. It is very
when
shudder
We
in
the
world.
important to
we
think
me
before
It dawned
to know
(ofit),how
how
we
old you
the poor
left
are.
suffer from
I wonder
had
It
was
proper
to
send
her
IMPERSONAL
163
VERBS.
Conversation.
^eutenic^t
fe^rangene^mc3
ifl
ee ^atfcenganjcn 5)Zori!
SBetter,
itn^ ge^cigelt,
gen gef(^tteit
fconncrtc unt)
e^ regnetc,
Sf^em,
ipotcgQeflemgercgnet?
bcr S'Zai^t.
Ht|tcttja'^rcnD
warm
fein,"enn ed nid)t
"laitkn "Sic,
fe^r @3 Jvirt)
tape5 SJiorgcn
?
n?irt?
f'^ert.
faitfein
?
oter burflig
Bitte,
3^^ Hn fc^r^ungrig,
bn ^ungrig
gekn
S3i)l
2Ba3
?
SBettcrifl
c0 f^tntt
fiir
S^
33rot.
@tuc!d)en
mir in ^Berlini)iel
ipot e" 3^nen in ^iinc^cnnid^i 9lein,e5 gepcl
gcfaUen?
2BirD ta^ Setter
pc^antern
fecifer.
S^ fi^eint
mir fo; ttjenigj^end
fangt
e^ an
2Bad
ju
t^auen.
"^ tjertrieft
mid),
tagmir ju
?
bir gefd}c"^en
ijl
$awfe
fcleiben
miiiJen.
SBarum
trcucn
("^ fc^mer^t
[it,
ta" ftci^ren
?
ftntjlefotraurig
2)ienertterloren
^akn,
"iBt
e^ etma5
{or
^tmi
^tm^)
giebt'^
2Ba3
fcer fiirme'^rbenn
^err Lincoln,
"ier 3^^^^^rafibent
ber 5Serei:;
ermor^j
nigten@taaten war, tjl
bet morben,
Reading
("d
Lesson.
benfen biirfen*
ein 33Iinbereinen Stai^mm.
? " fragte
"5Bie@ie fe^en/'
"5Biege^t'g
antmortete ber Sa^me,^ganj paffakL"*
aber ed iflma^r: wenn
Ss !lingt Id(i^erli4
etn?a" "uted
man
mill,
fd^reifecn
eine,
fo mup man eine gute^eter ^akn, '^auptfat^Iic^
o^^nc
Ici(^tmeg
fc^reiBt.
bagman briidt,
bie,
164
IMPERSONAL
VERBS.
SCetttt
Ja, fo
fanti
3fntani)
ic^
fo
fo
i(^
mmt
madjt,
H
9 i
teutfc^ed 33u^
tttit
auA.*
tad
trenige
matt
crwartetc:
gut
3flet)endarten,
tic
nun
fo
i)tel
tterrat^eit,
33ef^eiten^cit
SCenn
ed
fc^Ie^t
ctwad
eitt
e^
mir
aU
"or
i^
cd
mir
erft iikrfe^cn;
ebenfo
mi^,
menn
toit
ic^
33ud)
tad
"crfe^rt
in
tie
^ant
ne^iitc
unt
lefc,
"
fc^r unfere
33egriffc felbfl"on
tiefen Ztx6^tn
ab^angcti,
Sic^tcnberg.
Supply
in
this
sentence.
ein
33e=
III
P^RT
SYNOPSIS
The
of
Parts
I. The
Speech
SPEECH.
OF
PARTS
THE
in German
Abticle,
n.
The
Noun
ni.
The
Pronoun.
IV.
The
Adjective.
V.
The
Numeral.
Substantive.
or
GRAMMAR.
GERMAN
OF
are
ten
VI.
The
Verb.
VII.
The
Adverb.
The
Preposition.
Vm.
IX.
The
Conjunction.
X.
The
Interjection,
Of these
1. The
Nominative) answering
to the
English
nominative.
2. The
The
4.
after
an
and
serve
noun,
tive
objec-
Remark.
the
EngHsh
preposition to.
THE
fB.
to the
"
The
Indefinite.
to
to which
indicate
AKTICLE.
German
Both
has
are
the
they belong.
two
articles,the Definite
declined, and
gender,
number
by
and
their
case
ings
end-
of the
166
PARADIGMS.
DECLENSIONS.
"
Singula/r.
em.
THE
NOUN.
Declension of Common
4:" Bemare.
declensions.
and
neuter
We
"
The
divide
first three
gender,the
the
common
the
contain
fourth the
Nouns.
nouns
into four
nouns
nouns
of mascuHne
of feminine
gender.
FirstDeclension.
"5. The
all masculine
and neuter
nouns
AU
nouns
add
n in
the Dat.
in
plur.unless alreadyendin^]^
n.
6.
167
kouns.
paradigms:
NOUNa
COMPOUND
are
governed in their declension by the
Compound nouns
last component. Those
belongingto the first declension aa:e;
tad
i^er 3ug"ogel,
Uv ^au^fdjliiffel,
Der epradjle^rer,
ttx "rofi)ater,
Dad "djlafgimmer*
getermejfer,
bic "ropt)ater
bet "roidotcr
Nom.
"rofwater
Gen.
bcr
Dat.
bem
"ro""atcr
ben "ro""aterii
Ace.
ben
"ro"t"ater
7.
component
"
do
rifaner,
Ten
"
of this
nouns
flected.
onlyis in-
EXCEPTIONS.
ter 3lme^
radical voweL
modify the
not
pound
com-
the last
words
and
ber txo)p\tn,
^cr ^alcr,fcer^u(^en,
-^erSinter,
I.
n.
ble "rop"ater
Notice that in
drop the
m.
"
in e
tl,and end in the nominative
ber "laukn
or
"tawbe,f er gunfen or
The
regularin the
of the pluraland do not
all cases
"ta(^el,
^a6:ibat,
S3auer,
Saier,55ctter,
followingmasculine
nouns
are
but take tl in
singular,
modify the vowels : ber
in or, derived
and ^udfel. Words
^antoffel,
"eoatter,
which
of SJJajcr,
the Latin, take ctl, with the exception
e only.
from
takes
EXAMPLES.
Singula/r.
Plural.
Singular.
Plural.
Nom.
bet a3aucr
bic SBauerti
ber 5"rofeffor
Gen.
be" SBaiterS
ber SSauetn
Bat.
bem S3aucr
ben Sauern
bem 9)rofeJTor
Ace
ben SBauer
b"e aSauern
ben
8.
To
this declension
national
bie 9)rofefforeil
ben ^JrofefTcrcn
^^rofcffor
bic 9)rofef|'oteit
Second Declension.
substantives and
belong all masculine
words
appellations
ending in e, a few monosyllabic
168
that
PARADIGMS
NOUNS.
"
of this declension
;
g,, from
e.
the
alt,
old, kr 2llte,
old
man.
EXAMPLES.
MASCULINE
NATIONAL
NOUN.
FOREIGN
APPELLATION.
ADJECTIVE
NOUN.
ED
DECLIIf.
SUBSTANTIVKLi;
Singular.
Nom.
ber ^n"At
GeiL
bed ^na"eit
ber
Dat.
bent i^naben
Ace.
ben i^naben
ber 5Wonard^'
Sranjofc
ber STUe
bed granjofen
bed "Wonar(ieti
bed Sttten
bcm granjofen
bem 5Wonarc^cn
bent SlUeii
ben granjofert ben 3"onar(^cii ben Stlten
Plural.
Nom.
bie Jhtaben
bte graujofen
Gen.
ber iJnabcit
ber
ber
Dat.
Ace.
SKonard^en
ben 5Wonard^en
ber sruen
ben ^nabett
grannofen
ben ^ranjofcn
bte i?nabcn
bie Sfranjofcn
bie ^omxi^xk
bie ^Itea
MONOSYLLABIC
ben mxtn
FORMERLY
NOUN,
DISSYLLABIC.
Plural.
To
this class
%m"
bie "rafcn
ber "raffn
ber
Dat.
"raf
bed "rafcn
bem "rafen
ber
e^rift,
ben "rafen
ber 9?er"4ber
^crr4* ber ^"ixx,%
^^^ ^^
9)oet4ber S^or, ber a)?enfci^4
Ace.
ben
bie "rafen
Dd^d.t
Nom.
Gen.
ber
"rafeii
Foreign
ending
nouns
in Xt ttl#
ftll* and
'
Old
'
in Anglo-Saxon
^etb is dissyllabic
Those
German
marked
pronounced by
the
clension.
de-
ber "ra"e.
with
an
vulgar
X are
in
some
healeth.
frequentlyspelledwith
parts of Germany.
still
f and
so
170
PABADIGMS
10.
NOUITS.
EXCEPTIONS.
^fab,"toff,
Slal,
!Ea^5,Sac^g,
^xm, ZaQ,^mt, (B6:i\if^,
^nnlt,"rab;and Jpufdo not modify the radical vowel in the
l^lural.
11.
Der "Btaat,
"ci^mcrg,
"pom, !Dom, and "ee add
"tra^I,
in the pluraland are not modified.
en
in."
!Der mann, 2Balc,2eib,"eift,
3Burm, ^anb, "ott,Drt,
and 3^^^w"imodify the radical vowel and
Sleic^t^um,
5)ormunb,
take et in the plural.
I." Der
"
!!"
EXCEPTIONS.
(Si,Setb,
l;aA, !t)orf,
33Iatt,
33ud^,
5rmt,33anb,33irb,
^alb,^inb, ^leib,2amm,
"clb,"hi, "rab, "awd, $orn,^u^n,
L"
2)ad
paradigms:
nouns.
171
Sanb,Stcb,^t% SIlab,
"^lof, Z^d, 2Bei",Sort,^log/"emad^,
"emiit^,
"eftc^t,
"ef^Iedjt,
^amifol',
Sflegiment',
(BpitaV,
^aifert|um,
and giirpent^um
the
radical
voweP
and
take er in the
modify
plural.
n."
t)ad Sluge,
Sett,
the
$emb, 3nfe!t,
(Snce,
D|r,and bad ^cra,
heart (whichtakes ett^ in the genitive
and
etl in the dative
bem ^eqett),
singular,
take en in the plural.
as, bed ^eractl^,
m.
A few words
ending in al,derived from the Latin,
take ten in the plural: bad Capital,
"c.
mmxai, Snaterial,
"
la.
Fourth Declension.
All
5lo" takes
Words
only.
t^um modify
e
syllable Siirjlcnt^itmer.
and
had
time an inflection in the singular,
Feminine
at one
nouns
vestigesof that practice still remain in poetry and in certain phrases;
of auf ber 6rbe),on earth.
e. g., auf (Erben(instead
in
this
is of
course
added.
and polysyllabic
nouns
ending in c add n only ;
dissyllabic
g., bie "abc, plur.bie "abcn.
* !Die
the daughter,modify the
the mother, and bie 3^o(|tcr,
WtutttV,
'
e.
In the dative
Feminine
bie %o"i)Ux.
radical vowel, but do not change their ending, as, bie 5Wiitter,
172
paradigms:
nouns.
EXAMPLES.
U AND
WITH
DISSYLLABLES
MONOSTLLABLE.
Ctt.
POLYSYLLABLE.
Siri^vlar.
Nom.
bic "and
bie "tunbc
bic
bic Slufhtcrffamfeit
Gen.
ber "an"
bcr (Stunbc
bcr
ber
Dat.
bcr "and
bcr "5tunbc
ber mm
bcr 9lufmerffam!cit
Ace.
bie "and
bic "tunbc
bic
mm
bic SlufmerffamfciJ
mmtn
bic Slufmerffamfciten
Slufmerffamfeit
Plural.
Nom.
bic "onfc
bie "tunbcit
bic
Gen.
bcr "anfe
bcr "tuttben
bcr mmtn
Dat.
ben
ben "tunbcit
ben
mmtn
ben Slufmerffamfcitcn
Ace.
bic "cinfe
bic "tunben
bic
W^mtn
bie Slufmcrffamfcitcn
"anfeii
13.
ber
STufmerffamfcitcn
EXCEPTIONS.
monosyllabic
following twenty-seven feminine
sion,
which were
formerlydissyllabic
(seeSecond Declen-
^The
I.
"
nouns,
and
MonosyllabicNouns
Notes),still retain
"
"
Words
lower
"
'
marked
classes in
and
9)ofi
some
with
an
are
still sometimes
parts of Germany
derived from the
gform are
Old German
; grauc.
as
if
pronounced by
they terminated
French,
in c.
la poste, la forme.
the
PARADIGMS.
PROPER
"
PROPER
Declension of
14.
The
ProperNouns
of Persons.
are
or
the article
without
In
1.
NOUNS.
of persons
Names
173
NOUNS.
the
or
(definite
indefinite).
when precededby
singular,
nouns,
proper
the
but, when
the
article,remain
uncJianged;
used
without
feminine
add
persons
Ctt"
MASCULINE.
fcen^einridjctt
Un
D.
ben ^o^anneti
"^itlcrttben Souifeii
bic ^einric^e bie (Bc^ifler
bic Souifeit
bie 3o^"nneit
A.
Icl.
I.
Exception
Feminine
"
HL
"ott
"
Masculine
"
FEMININE.
in the
genitive.
ending in e add
names
(God) is
genitiveed is added.
rV.
^Foreignnames
but use
the genitive,
declined
jlag,G.
*
the
the
article.
In
the
another
" in
and 3efuii
declined as in Latin,as : N. 3eftt8S^ri^
are
S^rif!u3
D.
3efttS^rijlt, Sefu S^riHo.A. Sefum S^riflttHt.
If several
proper
stand
nouns
the
together,
or
word, "ert, ^fttttt,
SWtttlom,^rduletn,
proper
tld.
"
expressinga
a
without
ending in
"
Note.
ending in S, ^, f"^,
names
title or
noun,
when
dignity,
only the
In the dative n is of
gular do
cUf er, and
not
add
another
d^cnremain
common
course
e,
and
last
only is
other
some
inflected.
common
If
nomi,
added.
the
unchanged.
names
is declined.
Words
ending
of male
in
persons
in the
sin-
ending in tX,
174
PABADIQMS.
Ex.
Francis
N.
^PKOPER
Exc. I.
to
"
NOUNS.
Ex. to Exc.
III.
Emily
God
Alcibiades
(Smilic
"ott
5l(ciBiat)eg
gmiUcnd
dotted
^c^ 2llciMat)e3
D.
grana
^ran^cn^
^rana
gmilic
"ott
5lIciHa^e"
A.
grans
"milie
"ott
mdUaUi
G.
Names
1 6.
of
Places,
Countries,
Elvers,
Lakes,etc.
Names
of countries and
do
places
genitive.
Berlin
S3erlin,
Gen.
Germany
Deutf^Iant,
Deutfc^lantd
Dai
!i:eutf4tant"
Ace.
!Deutf4lant"
S3erlin
S3erlin
1 7.
I.
Exception
"
Serlind
in $, "^for
in the
uninflected
3, remain
"on.
precededby the preposition
II.
Die
"
treated
are
article,
18
and
Switzerland,
(B6^m\i,
as
and
Turkey,
(Jiiirte^),
man,
rivers,lakes,"c.,take the articlein Ger-
of
declined
are
tie 2;Mei
nouns.
common
Names
placesending
but are
genitive,
as
common
nouns.
NationalAppellations.
formed from
are
1. National masculine appellations
countries by adding ct, and are
of the respective
19.
the
names
declined
2.
as
nouns,
common
; e.
plural
20.
the Saxon
ter (Sad^fe,
* the German
ter T)eutf(^e
ter
the
X:dne,
Dane
ter
the
^reuge,
ter
the
^ole,
irregidarly.
Prussian
Pole
the Eussian
3flujfe,
ter (Sd)n?ete,
the Swede
ter 3:iirfe,
the Turk
ter 33ater,
the Bavarian
ter
the Frenchman
ter Bran^ofe,
Greek
ter
the
"riec^e,
ter
the Spaniard
(Spanier,
are
denotingnationality
Adjectives
generallyformed
Note."
to the roots
ing ifll^
*
of national
Feminine,
4.nc
by
add-
api)eilations,g., ruffitd^f
except iieutfl^*
but ciu 2)cut|d)cr#
QDeutjc^c,
a (iermau^
e.
PAEADIGMS.
175
^ADJECnVKS.
The
Adjective.
German
is,whenever it is a prediadjective
cate,
and is generallyseparated from the noun
indeclinable,
by a VEEB ; e. g., Xtv SBein ift gut,the wine is good.
is a quahfying attribute to a noun
the adjective
2.
When
it precedes the latter,and agrees with it in gender,number,
and
the small
case
; e. g., tad fleine ^oud,tie fleinetlipiiufcr,
21
1. The
"
3.
attributive
of
forms
has
qualifying
adjective
declension
it stands
The
ferent
dif-
article ;
article ;
definite
indefinite
vrithout any
Adjective
three
preceded by the
precededby the
a) When
6) When
c) When
32"
or
peeceded
article.
by
the
Definite Article.
or by a
preceded by the definite
article,
take the inflection
declined like the definite
article,
pronoun
of the Second
Declension, i, e., t, in the nomiaative
singular;
Ctt* in all other cases.
fem. and neut.
The accusative singular
beingalwayshke the nominative are, of course, excepted.
when
Adjectives,
Singular.
masculine.
the
good
neuter.
feminine.
the beautiful
man
N.
G.
ted
D.
tern
A.
ten
banned
giitcti
the small
woman
bic fd)one
%tau
bad
fd^bnen%vavL
tie f^bne %xau
ter
guteitSJZanne
guten ^ann
child
ter
fleinc ^int
%xan
fdjonctt
Plural.
N.
G.
ter
gwten ?S)^dnner
D.
ten
gutctt^3)?annent
guten banner
A. tie
Adjectivesending
in
fd)b"cn^rauen
ten fd^onen
%c^mn
tie fc^bnctt
^rauen
ter
t\,eit,or
tt"
drop
Heinctt Winter
ter fleinettWinter
ten Heinctt ^intern
tie Heinctt Winter
the c, when
declined.
176
PARADIGMS.
23.
The
Adjective
ADJECTIVES.
preceded
by
the
Indefinite Article.
Adjectives
preceded by the indefinite
article,
sive
by a possesor by f ctn
pronoun,
(no),add in the nominative singular
in the masculine
tt
5^4.
and
The
c^ in the neuter.
Adjective
Without
an
decUned
like
to indicate the
^9.
an
Article.
an
or
article,
by
gender of
the
noun
used
Adjectives
as
which
In
language,ti
colloquial
is sometimeB
ticle
ar-
they qualify.
Nouns.
letter ;
used as nouns
begin with a capital
Adjectives
the avaricious man.
^cr "eijige,
from geijig
(avaricious),
*
omitted, as
e.
%u^,
fd^toarj
gr.,
etc
178
NUMEBALS.
THE
NUMEBALS.
THE
Cardinal Numbers.
^9.
one
tin,(elrtd),
two
jiuei,
three
brei,
four
"ier,
five
fiinf,
six
fcc^^,
seven
peben,
ad)t,
eight
nine
tteutt,
ten
Se^n,
eleven
elf,
twelve
jttjolf,
thirteen
breijejjit,
fourteen
ijicrjcl^tt,
fifteen
or
funfgel^tt,
fiinfgcl^tt
sixteen
fec^get"tt,
seventeen
ftc"engel^ti,
30.
when
"c.,or
e.
in
(Einais used
g., Sd
31.^
no
allusion
counting;
or
eighteen
adjtgebtt,
nineteen
neunjcjitt,
twenty
S^^^wj^/
etc.
ein unb swanjig,
thirty
^rci^iG^
forty
iJtergi^,
or
fifty
funfjtg,
fiinfjig
fec^Jt^;
sixty
or
seventy
ftebenjt^
fiebgtg,
ad)tjig,
eighty
ncunjt^, ninety
a hundred
l^untcrt,
unb dn^, etc.
l^unbert
etc.
girei^unbert,
a thousand
taufcnt),
eine SJ^illion,
a million
two millions
gmciSJlillionctt,
e.
reference
it has
^atcinS gefc^lagtn,
struck
thousand, is in German
taufcnb
l^unbcrt,
; but one
and cintaufenb.
hundred, one thousand is cin^unbert
32.
but
"itt {one)is decHned Hke the indefinite article,
has
e.
hundred,
strongeraccent, and
one
g., @itt ^CLXvx,
dechned
like
an
man.
is often written
With
but
adjective;
when
with
the definite
capital
;
it is
article,
alone,referringto
noun
the
one
man
; bem
the
troopsof
three
States.
34.
The
nouns
as
(horses);auf alien
S5*
ployed
em-
(with)six
all fours (i.
e.,
drive
feet).
and
hands
to
fa^ren,
"ecfofett
to crawl on
ge^en,
^iercil
when
dative
eil in the
g., mit
e.
179
NUMERALS.
THE
When
before
expressing
nouns
the noun
must be in the singular;
weight,or quantity,
five pounds; a"it "Stuc^
feet;fiinf
5"funt,
e. g,j 3^^" %^i(two
eightpieces.
measure,
feminine
nouns
following
are
excepted: ^lafc^e,bottle ; ^attne, can
mile.
; "ilt, eU ; ISfttilt,
36.
in
ton
Exceptions.
37.
the
From
formed
The
"
followingnimierals
are
Tariatiyes,by
kind); e.
of one
cinerlei,
sake of euphony
the
kind
g.,
tt
(equivalentto Slrt,
of two kinds, etc.
; jmcierlci,
affix lei
the
1. The
For
the
cardinals
ending
Xonnt,
is inserted.
or falttg;
Mnltiplicatives,
by the affix fo"^ (fold)
or
dnfa^ or etnfalttg,
jnjcifaltig,
single; gnjcifac^
2. The
e.
g.,
double
or
3. The
twofold,etc.
Iteratives,by
the
affix tttal ;
e.
g.,
once
eintttal,
gweimal,twice, etc.
4. The
by coupHng
nnb
the
and
imx, two
be
may
a time.
used
38.
formed
Distribntiyes
Instead
two.
like at
time
in
of unt),the adverb
English;
g., \t
e,
e.
je
g.,
gmei
(ever)
three
t)rei,
aJt
lated
English expressions what o'clock or what time,are transo'clock (what time) is it,wieijielU^r i|leS ?
n)ie"tet U^r; e. g., What
When
(quarter)are placed
speaking of the hour ^alb^alf) and SRicrtet
'o'm, (half past three) literallyhalf
heforethe next number; as, '^alb
a quarter
literally
(toward) four ; ctn SJiertelauf fcd^d(a quarter past five)
towards
The
(of)six.
30.
jeetiveis
The
not
admissible
in German
; we
rin guteg).
must
or
ones
translate
good
ONH,
J 80
THE
40.
bcr
the
erjie,
ter
the second
jnjeite,
the third
Ixittt,
the fourth
"iertc,
the fifth
fiinfte,
ter
ter
ter
ter
tcr
neunte,the ninth
the thirtieth
treigigfle,
the fortieth
ter ttiergigjle,
ter fiinfjiglte,
the fiftieth
ter fecbjtgfle,the
sixtieth
the seventieth
(teB(cn)gi(jlle,
the eightieth
ter ac^tjigjle,
the ninetieth
ter neungigfte,
the hundredth
ter ^untertfie,
ter ^untcrtunt
the hundred
erfte,
ter
the tenth
ge^nte,
the eleventh
ter elfte,
the twelfth
ter stublfte,
the thirteenth
ter treije^nte,
the fourteenth
ter^ierje^nte,
the fifteenth
ter funfge^nte,
ter
and
ter
In
comi)ound
the two
;5"ei^untertfte,
hun-
the thousandth
taufentfte,
ter ameitaufentfte,
etc.
the last
ter (tie,
ta3)le^te,
ter
etc.
fecfcige^nte,
the twentieth
ter gmanjigfte,
"
etc.
first,
dreth, etc.
ter
41 1
the twentyswangigjle,
etc.
first,
ttv
ter
Ordinal Numbers.
first
the sixth
fed^fte,
the seventh
fiebentc,
the eighth
ad^tC;
ter
NUMERALS.
the
numbers
last
only
is ordinal ;
e.
g., tlie
4L^"
When
no
than
more
objectsarc
two
43.
when
erflcand bcr Ic^te#
referringto
generallythe form of the comparative.
!Der
take
44.
are
From
formed
1. The
are
Note.
"
2. The
3i.
bcr aitbcre
aU bcr
i|l
fiirjcr
an"
two
jects,
ob-
persons
followingcompound
or
numerals
ing
(withthe exceptionof ^alb) by addthird part or one-third.
a
g., ein Drittel,
Fractionals
declined
The
e.
like neuter
nouns.
Dimidiatiyes, by adding
is peculiar
; e.
v.^gnification
half)means
to
the letter I ;
They
referred
ttuo whole
ones
(Sometimesthe
the
word
l^alb. Their
the third
g., ^titte^alb (literally
25icrtebalf)
and a halfof the third.
e before
^atbis omitted
e.
g., \"%txU
THE
f)aib.) It is
The halfmeans
not
tie
usual
to say
ordinal
Note.
formed
the
"
With
from
distinctives
of certain
also be classed
may
tv, to indicate
coins ;
e.
ein iBrcipigcr,
a man
45.
There
of
thirty
German
is also
sort
nouns
a
son,
per-
sixty
pennies
German
six
(Scd^fcr,
numeral
the age of
of
woman
g.
a
"ec^jigcrin,
cine
some
by suffixing
the Cardinals
names
but antttt^alh*
imitti^ali,
ipdlfte.
Distinct! TeS)*
3. The
181
NUMERALS.
pennies
ordinal formed
interrogative
from
tute
(how) and t"icl (much) used to put questions
to number, e. g.. What
is it to-day?
as
day of the month
fccr tt"tet"ieUe ifi
Jjcute? or, im t"itt"itittn u^ Wlonati
a
of
?
^abm njirl)eute
The
inflected
and
The
Sebweber and
The
Tised
as
greaterpart of
as
adjectives.They
distinctives
are
sometimes
are
are
used
called Ordinal
Adverbs.
are
jcgltc^er
rarelyused, except in poetry.
and etUdjC,
relate exclusivelyto number.
Wheir
plurals,cintgC
indefinite pronouns
(which see),they begin with a capital.
182
THE
4:7,
%tt is
{not, aUcr
In the
tiltSJliiiJI^cn).
oUc
used
the
without
denotes
For
happy.
48
used,
its
place is
its
beibc
("?r
article
The
"
If
English
The
not
But
before
noim
few)
(i.e.,
noun
after
some
some
or
pens,
is
g., Here
Have
you
^C5.
Have
you
einigeif the
pens
any
instead
If
"cfangcncitr
of the
in the
noun
article,
singular,it
is
butter, l^ier
t|lSButter.
some
by
in German.
plural, it is rendered
ctltige
me
; e. g., Give
in a reply the
gebcn"ie mir einigc^ebern. When
noun
if the
accusative
understood
noun
is in the
I have
some
the
by
some
understood
some
is
or
iDcId^e^),
(welc^cn,ireld^c,
tteld^cr
by babon
the singular,and
gan|
i. e., the
before
any,
; e.
his
use
day,
prisoners, liiebeiben
pronoun
g., both
whole,
be omitted
is used
say,
often
the
in
some
e,
in German
to render
best
possessive
the
we
freutftc^,
everybody
of the
g., all the
e.
it is
pronoun,
singular,it
neuter
sense
not, tttt;
g., both
beforebeibe;
before beii)C;
is also
49.
in the
Unfcr "clb,
g., 5lttc5
(beibe)
may
both
e.
"efangenc).
place
after
the
; e.
English all,used
by
of, aHcS
In
amount
or
completeness), and
ganjeit lag.
ben
day,
whole
followed
g., instead
e.
number
the
denotes
(which
when
singulab,
inflection;
indefinite
an
is
followed
never
ttUer SBcin
wine,
NUMERALS.
of
is in
plural
; e.
g.,
I have
some
ja,td^
l^beeinigc.
"50.
JBicl and
1. Uninflected
tncnigare
when
they imply
reference
to measure
2. Inflected
e.
at
g.,
but
once,
3. When
no
or
to
preceded by
quantity;
e.
article
an
whether
matter
much
learn
of
or
thing
one
reference
number
to
study
many
things
they
pronoun,
they imply
reference
not
quantity :
or
to
invariably
are
number,
flected,
in-
measure,
bicfertuenige9Bctn;nteinc tDenigen^reunbe.
Note.
small
4)
"
Instead
quantity
Used
toenigare
as
of
of
tin
9Bentge0"we
thing
; e.
g., ein
indefinitepronouns
invariably
inflected
also,
say
tuentg "Satv
(No. Ill)
and
toenig,to
em
a
with
many
are
little salt.
relatingto
begin
indicate
persons,
capital ;
called,but
e.
few
"icl and
chosen.
THE
PKONOUNS.
THE
5 1
The
are
pronouns
in German
Possessive,Demonstrative,
and
183
NUMERALS.
divided
Kelative
and
into
Personal,
Correlative,
terrogat
In-
Indefinite.
Personal Pronouns.
52,
The
(masc),he
("ie),you
are
i^, I ; hu, thou ; ct
personalpronouns
it ; toit,
she ; and eS (neuL),
we
; fit{fem.)y
; i^r
they. They are decHned as follows :
; fie,
ir.
l"T
2d
PERSON.
For
Gen.
of us
unfcr(er),
Dat.
un^, to
Ace.
us
irn^,
53.
aU
person.
genders.
of you
or 3^rer,
eu(r)erj
to you
or 3^nen,
eud^
or
euc^
@ie,you
us
of them
i^rer,
to them
i^nen,
pe,them
of
is
mXf
there
are
two
modes
addressingthe
2llein"bcin, fcin,are
sometimes
relations,intimate
near
used
instead
ijcincr,
feiner.
f @8
is sometimes
contracted
verb
instead
g., 3d^ |ob'0,
preceding ;
lengthened form^ tViXtX, is sometimes
e.
X The
with
or
with
a
pronoun
of x^ ^ate eg.
used
instead
of euer.
mediately
im-
184
5^"
In German
it stands
be of the
in German
English it must
%thtx is
fici|l^ier;because
S3,
When
for
female, who,
natural
little son
""
is also
or
to the
after
and
there in
a.
verb
English,as
without
regard
or
of the sentence
sense
is in the affirmative
of words
of the
reverse
It is
I, id)hin
It is thou, bu
It is he
teacher,cd
etc.
When
33rutcr,
g., It is the
e.
it is we,
it is you,
ed
it is
e^
ijl
(she),er (fte)
Is it I ? ^iti i(^eg?
it thou
"JT.
No.
(S3 is sometimes
much
58.
has
The
he
with
Were
the
^^^^^^
the
finhWir
dative after
and
preposition,
of
the
c5
the demonstrative
itf tt)ie"tel
paid/(?r
^at er
pronoun
repetitionis
FORM.
replacedby
personal
avoid
Iieffclben.In
coalesces
2)a (there)
How
e^
hjirfttt^
e^
ed
they,ficftttb
Is it we?
warfltu
58) iJeffcnor
tion
posi-
English,as:
e5
Hit
the
INTEKROGATIVE
Was
male
gender, (diminutives
He "rdfin;cd ftnt)
meinc
e$ ift
iflter
Se^rer;
with a personalpronoun,
e0 is used in this manner
the
swers,
an-
understood
noun
gender
than
neuter
it and
employed,like
before
both
nominative
of
German
whether
persons,
put in the
are
reason,
? the
the pronoun
like 9Beib, graucnjimmcr),
agrees with the
is your
? i|l
cr nod)franf?" how
sex
; e. g., Yoai ma(|tS^r "So|n(^en
he
still
ill?
? is
56.
to any
some
for which
noun
noun.
refer to
personalpronouns
the
to the
words
and
the
feminine
answering
pronoun
gender as
is thy pen
same
be eitber
the
question,Where
thus, to the
Hence
neuter.
or
PROIIOUNS.
and
objects
inanimate
masculine, feminine,
or
PERSONAL
THE
(see
pronoun
prepositionthe
is used
instead
; e.
verb
adg..
teja^It
c").
llttfur
(and not fiir
third
person, cr,
the demonstrative
jie,c^ (in
berfelbf,
replacedby
the same) ; e. g., the answer
to the question : Have
baffelbc
(lit.
biefclbe,
i^m
you given him the stick ? I have given it to him, is rendered, i(|f^cAt
cf
No.
benfeliien
gcgckn(instead i(^i^aUifjn
i^m gegc^ftt)*
(see
7").
any
case),to
186
THE
0 1
The
"
P08SESSIVB
PK0N0UN3.
absolute
by the definite
used
without the article (see No.
adjectives
24), viz.: ct
c^ (neut.);
e. g., meiner,
etc.
(masc),c (fern.),
beine,
feincd,
63.
when
But
the
possessive
pronoun,
precededby the definite
bit teinc,bo" feinc,
etc.
63.
(seeNo. 22); e.
g., ^ct
Most
by the
"
ceded
pree.
g.,
etc.
fcinigc,
used
have
as
possessive pronouns, when
nouns,
jtnbaUe gcfunb,
my familyare all well.
g., 2)ie S^ctnigcn
Absolute
initial ; e.
capital
64.
nteinc,
hai
!lDermcintgc,
bic bcinigc,
Note.
article
65.
The
PossessivePronouns.
Conjunotive
PluraL
Singular.
For
Neuter.
tein,thy
his
fein,
her
i^r,
his
feine,
her
i^re,
its
feirt,
its
feine,
our
itnfcre,
3^re,
]
^^^^
cuere (eure),
)
our
irnfcr,
euer,
[y^"'
their
i^re,
i^r,their
S^ro
was
formerly used
instead
SWajejldt,
(Sure)
your Majesty.
dun,
your
genders.
meinc,my
'ttint,
thy
tttein,
my
all
of
of
^^rCfher, and
high
In written
rank
; e.
also
place of
g., 3^ro (now ^^rc or
commimications,
in
in
the pronouns
addressingpersons
of
into "tlJ.,
@C., "Sr.; e. g.,
great distinction,are commonly abbreviated
bcr tontg,his majesty the
dh). 2)urd^lau(^t,
your highness ; Se. 5Wajcflat
to his majesty the king.
bent ionise,
king ; @r. ^JJajeflat
f The euphonic change to which adjectivesending in r* I,or en, are
THE
Declension of the
66"
187
PRONOUNS.
POSSESSIVE
Possessive
Conjunctive
Pronouns.
Plural.
Singular.
67.
Plurals
Singular.
Masc.
N.
G.
D.
A.
For
Neuter.
Fern.
all
genders.
btemein(ig)eha^mt\n(i%)t Memein(ig)ett
fcetmein(ig)e
ter mcinf^en
te^ meint^en ber meint^eti teiJ meinigen
bem meinigeitter meintgen bem mcintgcn ben meiniijen
bie mcintgcn
ba^ meinige
t)en mcinigetttie meinige
08.
sive
the
In German
pronoun,
in
I)088es8or ;e.g., He
sentences
had
article is used,instead
definite
where
knife
no
ambiguity
in his hand, cr
exists
of the
relative
poflsecto
the
in ttV ^anb"
^attccin 2)teffer
subject,
appliesalso to possessivepronouns ; e. g., unfereor unfrc ; unfcrer
or
cuere or curej euercr
or curct; b"
or
better,unfrige)
unfrcr; bcr unfcrigc,
or eurige.
eucrigc
188
DEMONSTRATIVE
THE
PRONOUNS.
70.
of
e.
g.,
Plural.
Fem.
Maac.
For
Neuter.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
7 1
Instead of
the three
genders,
tiefe,these
of these
biefer,
to these
biefeit,
ttefe,these
ber cine,bcr onbcrc,the
or
bicfcr,
jcncr,the numerals
other ; t"cr
the
the first,
jweite,
one,
(thatone) says
73.
1.
No.
^f"l6^tt, folc^C,fpl"^c^,is
used
vrhen
jener,
and
er
without
the
declined like
biefer
article.
When
73.
?
3^re|)aitbfd^u^e
74.
also ^cr
and
For
hai,
^erjetttge,that,the one
ttdmlic^e,the same, and
bieferor
jcneSGermans
and
respectively,
f Poets
sometimes
flection cr,
C/
tS, thus
omit
:
often
berfclbe,t the
ebctt
use
an
hcticlhc,the
abbreviated
same
very
form:
t"k$
also e*.
the
fel^Cg,
felJe,
fel6er,
give
it the
in.
THE
have
same,
the
definite article
y^.
DEMONSTRATIVE
189
PRONOUNS.
with
endings of attributive adjectives
(seeNo. 22).
Masc.
Plural.
Fern.
Neuter.
For
that
bcrjenige bicjcntge ^rtSjenigc,
of that
bc^ienigcttfcerienigcii
te^jenigcti,
to that
bemjenigetiterjenigettbemjenigeti,
that
tenjenigctttiejcnigc ta^jenige,
N.
G.
D.
A.
"^0.
hr*
tic
tag,that
G.
fceffettf
tereti
ofthat
keffen,
D.
tern
tcr
bent,to that
A.
ten
tic
tag,that
7T.
The
g.. She
genitivesing, of
for the
employed
has
seen
possess,
our
the
genders.
those
btciemgeit,
of
terjenigen,
to
benjemgen,
those
Mejenigeti,
"
"
is sometimes
3:o(^ter,
i^rc^\^\t% unb liercn
to her
and
third
replacedby
ber
SJemanbtc, gefel^en
(i|ranswering both
The
tic,those
tcrer, of those
tenett,to those
tic,those
demonstrative
relations,ftc:^atunfere"^toefterunb bcrcn
T8.
aU
N.
e.
the
their is
ambiguous),
instead
of \ijtoerbcti \^m gcben,
or
him, ic^wcrbe i^m baffelbegeben;
instead of,tc^
to a masculine
noun, ic^werbe i^m bcnfelkn gcbcn,
referring
it to
toerbc i^tt
i^m geben.
follows
The
relative pronouns
are
The
Instead
demonstr.
bcr receives
of beffen,
be" is used
more
in
stress
than
poeticallanguage.
190
THE
RELATIVE
PK0N0UN3.
80.
1.
The
Complete
Plural.
lar.
Note.
"
In the gen.
81.
Masc.
"
Form.
plur.the
relative is bercit;
not
berer*
Fern
Neuter.
N.
l"er, who
tt"a",what
G.
whose
meffett,
(or wegf),
whose
tueffeii,
(orn?e"),
D.
to whom
n?eitt,
wctt, whom
tt?a3/what
A.
83.
The
83.
The
Plural,
{warding)
like
beffenf
relatives
bcrcit"
genitiveof the relative hieli^cror ierr beffeit*
whose, in English,always precedes the word by which it is
"
on
which
(what) account.
THE
RELATIVE
191
PRONOUNS.
The
relative SBcr*
either
commence
antecedent
always begins
clause
that
wherever
which) I had
the antecedent
^atijlein 9?arr,(he)^Ao
I did
fagte,
not
8t5.
When
right;
heard.
is not
These
;
;
employed
S"fci9t
tQa0 cr
3(^ ^ortcnt(^t"
e.
he said.
is
'n^ust
definite,
tocl^e,tuelll^ed
toel^er,
has
Often, tucr (tUttS)
stick which
the
gcgekn ^ajl,
at once
you
relative and
he who
SBiirger,
{i.e.,
im*'
ttiad gut i)l,
iflnic^t
the
man
mer
87.
e.
placedafter
are
pronouns
known
definitely
is a fool
(this)
the antecedent
; e. g.,
may
wliat
McifctfRtd)t,
ditd^ttfl/
all
SIIIc^,
toad i"| ge^ortl^attc,
has said it
hear, what
antecedent
an
be
feel ; load
80.
or
sentence, but
or
he who
g., SBer ni(^ttj'mn toiU,ber mu" fii^Ien,
e.
clause
sentence
or
of
In German
g., This
is the
the
horse
relative
which
always
must
pronoun
bought
at
be
expressed;
first and
second
lost so much
89.
with
connected
SScl(ftcr"
C# t8, or 'titVt
a
negativeclause
; e.
g., There
is
ni^t"answer
no
man
to the
lish
Eng-
faults,
feincn^ienfc^en,
Scaler^at.
giebt
toclt^cr
(or tier)
ni^t fetne
90.
a
when
money.
but after
t^
these pronouns
to be rex)eated,
are
fo "icl"elb "erloren ^abe,I " who have
g., 3(^,ber i"i)
person,
e.
of
noun
\")^ahttocl^elryes, 1 have
of
some
or
some.
in
relatively,
place of the relative pronoun with correspondingpreposi-^
tions (English,
whereby,etc.)Like relative pronouns,
whereof,
they requirethe verb at the end of the clause.
91.
The
Notice
followingadverbs
that in
are
also used
order
of the
is not
;
e.
etc.
g.,
repeated. The
3lt"^tXt instead
192
THB
"o"tt, to which
CORBELAUVE
PRONOUNS.
what
or
tvobtitf^,
by which
or
worauS, from
which
njorttt,in which
what
tuoratt,at which
of which
tt30t"Oll,
ttjomtttet,
among
Notice that
Note."
when
92,
used ;
which
between
begins with
the
or
what
or
what
which
adverb
and
the
position,
pre-
vowel.
not be
employed relatively
to persons.
are
adverbs
tcoratif
upon
is inserted
the latter
These
or what
n"orttber,at(over)which
what
or
what
or
wh^x
or
e,
CorrelativePronouns.
When
03.
relative pronoun
is preceded by
called Correlatives.
are
conjointly
the two
strative,
demonThus
^tt\tnio^t,
\ he who, that
which.
)
(ter),
Feminine,
Me^ \ she who, that
mldc, Jj)ieienige,
JDieienige,
j
which.
or
njcld;e
Jt)ie,
(tie),
Neuier.
] that which,
tveldjc^,
J^JaSjenige,
^aSjentge,
I
what.
toa^, or ^a^, trcld^cS {^y^ai),
"
those who,
Flurcdforall^itimQCn mldc, ^icienigctt,
) those which.
genders, hic, or ^ic, weld)C(tic),
^crjenigc, m\"tt,
^er, or ^tx, welder
Masculine,
In the
same
manner
are
used
same
who,
which, etc.
aSJer"
(bet),he
some
Note.
"
tmmer,
word
toad may
The
The
never,
be made
conjunctivemdi,
l^aknmag, whatever
oud^gefagt
94.
(he);
intervene.
SScr and
the
who"
verb
emphatic by adding the adau(^nur, aut^immer ; e. g., toad fie
more
or
she may
have
Pronouns.
Interrogative
interrogative
pronouns
SSer,who?
SBad,what?
said.
are:
SBel^cr,
which, what?
2Ba5
what
fiir
(cin),
kind
or
sort of?
194
THE
99.
Before
INTEKROGATIVE
of materials and
names
immediately followed by
of wine
kinds
what
SBeinc,
100.
PB0N0UN8.
the
definite
pluralthe Inftit is dropped,and wad fiiris
substantive; e. y., toad fttt
in the
Declension of
fur cm
toa0
before a Noun.
Plural
Singular.
Mase.
Fern.
Neuter.
cm
fiir
eine
ettt
fined
fiir
eincm
ma^ fiir
einen
ttja^fiir
cincr
elncd
einer
eincm
eine
ein
N.
"ad
G.
toai
D.
A,
101.
Declension of
mas
for aU genders.
what
fftr,
tt"a^fiir
tt"aiJ
fiir
tt)a^fiir
toa^
ein without
fiir
kind of
Noun.
Plural
ifase.
Fern.
eine
eined
)t)a3fiir
(luelc^c)
einer
einer
toai
fiir
(welc^er)
einer
einetn
xoa^
eine
eined
mad
fiir
(wel^en)
fiir
(wel(^e)
N.
njad
G.
wad
D.
wad
einer
fiir
cined
fiir
einem
fiir
A.
iuad
fiireineti
Note.
followed
"
In conversational
N"uter.
language,wad
furis in
the
pluralgenerally
by toel^e.
of the interrogatives
is this: ttier
signification
the species
the
to know
to which
and toad,simplydemand
particular
objectin questionbelongs; lt"a" fiirtin a more
in quesof the nature or condition of the object
description
tion;
and tuelc^er,V0tX6^t,tt"el"^e$,
a precisedesignation
of the objectitself; e. g., Ser ijlt"a? who
is there?
din
^ctd fur einer ? what traveler (what
a traveler,
SRcifenber,
kind of traveler)? (Sin"cbutle^rer
mi
a schoolmaster
33erHn,
which
from Berlin.
schoolmaster?
SSJelc^^er8(^nUe:^rer?
Mr. Arnold, etc.
^err2lmoIt,
lOS.
The
103.
The
interrogative
pronouns
mediately followed
the
auxiliary verb
by
both in the
toell^ed;
and
singular
plural.
wTiat
to he
and
which, when
are
(fetn)f
rendered
im.
by
THE
104:"
INDEFINITE
1. SBoS connected
195
PRONOUNS.
with
used
g., For
placedbeforetuad
"ad
; e.
bu
?
fc^Iagil mic!^ What
105.
in the
of roarum,
sense
the
or
prepositionis
what
are
astt0furein,and
mX^tx, tueldje,
serve
ttJClrfteS,
also
as
ex.
g.,
SWann I what
fd"oner
beautiful
man
The IndefinitePronouns.
100.
The
indefinite pronouns
are:
Stwa",anything,
something.
(French,on),they.
anything.
nothing,not
Sebermann,every one, every body, ^i"it^,
self.
"clbfi
(orfelbcr),
3emant,some
one, somebody.
Sinanter,each other, one
no
Alternant),
one, nobody.
one
Wtati,
another.
107.
occurs
108.
takes
3ietJennttntt
unchanged. 3cmonb
wiU
teU any
never
9 in the
one
the
genitive,
add "
and 9ltetttattt)
or
your
other
c" in the
troubles.
cases
remain
genitive.In
the
196
INDEFINITE
THE
PRONOUNS.
3"fefr"t"intt;
everybody
3eman^,somebody
G.
of everybody
S^^ci^nt'i^in^/
to everybody
S^^^^^iwann,
everybody
3^^cf"^^^"^
SemancS or ^tmanlt^
Semanl)or 3fmanJem
3cmant or ^tmanltn
D.
A.
109*
Not-"
(nobody);
Note.
"
e.
g., I have
^When
not"
anybody,
not
Germans
seen
any
one,
rendered
are
by 9{temanll
anybody,\^ ^abe9liemanltettgcfc^en.
intend
to
denote
anything
to
be
very
in-
definite,
they place before ("iner,Semanb, or Ctwad the adverb irgeitb
;
before tto, where, it denotes somewhere {%.
known).
e.,placenot definitely
110.
be added f to any
is invoHable, and may
@elbfl* or felber
bu
or
e.
g.,i6ifclbflr \t\hft,
etc.; bet (So^n
personal pronoun
noun;
the end of the senbe placednearer
bic %oi^ttx
tence
felb^;or felbfl
felbft"
may
these people
Seute brauc^eni^rQJelb felbft/
(see No. 59) ; e. g., biefc
need
their money
111.
The
Xhemaelvea.
indefinite
when
pronouns,
understood.
They are
numeral
the
noun
adjectivesare
wluch
used
as
definite
in-
is only
theyqualify
The
as
^er
the
^mXi^t,
Plural.
Neuter.
Fern.
Moac.
197
PRONOUNS.
INDEPINITIfi
THE
9lamli(!^ctt
same
Mc
Slntere,the
^et
bic Slnteren
bfl^ Sincere
Slntere
other
pi.some,
(etUc^e);*
(Sinigc
tie ^}}iei|tetl,
pi.most
2)le^rcte,
pi.several
others
some
Sinige %x(^txt,
pL both
S3eite,
that when
Notice
"
113.
capital.
(SXmx, and irgent
bicfer.%tx 6tne, Der %Xi\^tXt,
pron.
used without
114:.
the
tKHc^r followed
by a^
rendered
(that)I have
NoTR
immediatelyfollowed by ctn, is
etc.
termination; e. g., ^fftan^ tin SJiann,
when
"!^att"^ev^
113.
all
used
are
adjectives
^etttoetier;
^egli^en Wim^tx,
^eben
numeral
the indefinite
indefinite pronouns,
as
few
"
"
Note.
by the
; e. g., %UtB
I will show you.
or
a"
tMt
used in the
"
I.I.S.
relative
an
is
adjective,
of the
110.
Some, when
IIT.
Soms
sense
coat
of all person*.
rendered
and
by the ending
one^ i(^^abc
brown
German
(persons),others
ginioc"%ni)ere ;
e.
g., Some
the
fagenbie",9lnJ)ercfagenbad.
118.
Any,
is
interrogative
sentence, is not translated,unless
equivalent to every, when it is rendered by jcbet,t, Cd ; e. g.. Do you not
find that most any (i.e., every) jserson has his faults,
(Sicnici^t,
ftnbcn
baf
^at
?
feinc
bcina^c
gc^ler
jeUcrSKenf^
an
198
PABADIGMb
THE
VEKBS.
VEEBS.
Verb ^aUn,
of the Auxiliary
Conjugation
PrincipalParts
HAVE,
ipaben, f^attt,gel^aH,
INFINITIVE.
Present. ^aUn,
TO
PABTICIPLE.
to have
to have had
Perfect "if)(iH^abcil"
Present,
^abtnti,having
Past.
"t1)aM,had
IMPERATIVK
have (thou)
^alt (bu),
INDICATIVE.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present.
t^ ^aht,I have
bu
thou
^aft,
^abt,I have
i(!^
thou have
bu ^altfit
er ^abc"he have
hast
^ai,he has
i"ir ^Itnt we
have
cr
tt)lrl^aUn,we
have
have
[you
"j!\"\^'
have
Jl^
^ff [you
jlc^abcilf
they have
ftc^aben,they have
'
Imperfect.
*
he had
fatter
had
we
tt)ir
battel!/
I had
id^^iittc,
thou had
bu f^attt^,
h
e
had
cr ^attc,
had
air l^dttcn,
we
t^^attct, ly^^y^
)
tjrptct,
"ic fatten,)
""
I had
id^^cttCf
bu
thou hadst
^atitftf
cr
fli^tten"they had
I have had
Id^^5c gc^ftbtf
thou hast had
bu ^afl
ge^abti
he has had
cr ^at ge^abt,
have had
tetr ^bcttge^abt,
we
t^r^abtgc^abt,[y^u
have had
"tc ^abctt
)
gc^abt,
jlc^abcnge^abt,
they have had
j^^^
)
fatten,
ftc^tttn,they had
I have
ic^|a5egc^al"tr
had
thou
^abefl
^tf)cAt,
have
bu
had
he have had
gc^abt,
'^abt
have had
"lr ^abcngc^abt,
we
^abctge^aM,
have had
"ic ^aben^c^abt,
)
they have had
flc^abcnge^abt,
cr
J^r
PARADIGMS
199
VERBS.
8UBJXJNC3TIVBL
DTDICATIVE.
Pluperfect.
I had had
i(^^attege^afet,
i^ f^attt
gc^a^tI had had
thou hadst had
bu ^attejl
gel^aM,
he had had
ge^abt,
cr ^atte
had had
we
voir fatten
ge^abt,
i^r^attetgc^abt,U^ahadhad
"ic fatten
)
gc^abt,
fiefattenQtf^abu
they had had
bu
thou
idm\l
ge^abt,
cr
he had
ge^abt,
lljatte
had
had
had
had
we
"ir fatten
gc^abt,
had
ge^abt,^yo^^adhad
i^r^attet
J
"ic fattenge^abt,
ge^abt,
they had had
ficl^attcn
jWr"f Future.
I shall have
ic^wcrbc '^aben,
bu merliefl
^aben"thou wilt havs
I shall have
tecrbcl^aBen^
i(i)
bu njirfl
^aben,thou wilt have
cr wirb ^abcn,he will have
JDtr werben
^abcn,we
Uou will
i^tmrtet^aben,
have
)
l^aben,
ftctDcrben ^aben,they will have
Second
Future.
i(^toerbcge^abt^aben^I shall
bu toerbefl
^aUn, thou wilt
ge^abt
id)tDcrbcge|abt
laben,I shall
tu wirflge^abt
^aben,thou wilt
wirb
he
gc^abt
^aben,
will
n"irtoerben ge^abt^a1"tnt
we
have
"le wcrben
)
^aoeitr
f!cwcrbcn ^abcn,
they will have
cr
shall have
"ir roerbenl^aben,
we
shall have
I
i^rwerbct^aben,
you will
"le wcrbcn
cr
er
shall
i^rwerbet ge^abt
^aben, )
werbc
gc^abt
l^abcmhe
wir wcrbcn
will
we
^aben,
ge'^abt
shall
i^rwcrbctgc^abt^abcn,
[yo^^i^
)
"icttjcrbcnge^abt^aben,
^jj
)
"iewerbcngc^abt^abcn,
tocrbengc^abt
jtc
$aben,they will
they will
(Icwerbcn ge^abt^aben,
JPlrit Conditional.
i^ tturbcl^ben
or
bu JDurbejl
^aben
or
cr
njiirbe^aben
Wir wurbcn
or
l^abcn
or
i^rwiirbct |abctt )
"'
"ie wurbcn ^abcn f
fieWiirbcn ^abcn
or
Second
id)ttiirbcgc^abt
^aben
bu tt)itrbcfl
QC^abt^abcn
cr ttiirbege^abt^aben
toix ttiirben
gc^obt^abcn
i^rttiirbct
^ben )
ge^abt
'
^^^^
\"ic
fatten,
f ^^^
f!cfatten,
they would
have
Conditional.
200
FABADIOMS
VEBBS.
of the Auxiliary
Verb
Conjugation
PrincipalParts
Scin,
BK
gewefcti*
mar,
INPINITITEu
Present,
TO
"5ciit,
PABTTCrPLB.
"ein, to be
fein,
to have been
P6r/"c"."ctoc(cil
Present.
(SeienU,being^
Pcut.
been
"etoefeiti
IMPERATIVE.
6c!r be
*3eij or
(thou)
feieu"ic, be (joi^
INDICATIVE.
subjunctivb;
Present.
t(^6inr I
bu
ic^fcirI be
bu fcicfi*
thou
he be
er fei/
am
thou
bijli
he is
Ifl,
toilflnb,
-we
t^rfcib,
art
cr
"ir fcicn,we
are
be
be
[you
t^'^''
youar"
"ie fmb"
they
fiefinb,
be
fiefcien,
they be
are
Invperfect.
i"^tettr"I
ic^iDttTff 1 were
thou
bu todreff*
was
thou wait
bu toarflr
er
v"axt he
tt)irwaren,
was
we
cr
"te waren,
fie"aten,
tt)irwdren,
were
J
ijTtsaret,
n"drf" he
wert
were
we
were
iyou
'%''^'^''
^re
@te "aren,
they were
were
fiettdren"they were
Perfect.
xi)bin
1 h/ive been
getorfen*
thou hast
bt|l
gewefen,
he has been
er if!
getoefeUf
have
we
JPtr jtnbgewefeitf
bu
been
been
been
I have
xiifcigettefen,
thou
bu feicfl
gettefen,
he have
er felgettefen,
tttr
been
been
have
we
feiengewefen,
feiet
I
gettefen,
{^r
you
been
have
been
have been
"le fetengewefen,
)
fiefeten
gettefen,
they have been
202
PABADIGMS
VERBS.
aBcrbcn,TO BECOME,
Verb
of the Auxiliary
Conjugation
TO
PrincipalParts
GROW
:
(TO BE),
SBcrfcen, wurbe,
gettJorten
HfPINinVE.
to become, to grow
Present, fficrben*
Present. SBerbcnil"
becoming
(being)
(tobe)
Per/ec^."cworbeit (worben)feim to
have
become
Past.
become
@cn"orben(tt)orben)"
(been)
(been)
IMPERATIVE.
SSerbe/become, be (thou)
(you)
INDICATTVB.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present.
i(^werbe" I become
thou becomest
bu tt"irfl,
cr
I (may) become
\0itt)crbc"
tttr
"crbcn" we
thou
tccrbcftf
bu
"trb, he becomes
werbCi he become
cr
become
"ir aerbctt*we
Uou become
i|rtt)erbct,
become
become
I
i^rwcrbet,
you
"le tocrbcn*
)
become
"Stc ttcrbcHf)
fie"erbeilrthey become
Imperfect
id^wurbc, I became
thou
bu ttjurbcilr
cr
\^ witrbcr(if)I became
thou became
bu tt)tirbcflf
becamest
he became
tt)urbc,
Wir wurbert,
we
he became
ttiirbc,
cr
became
"tr
i^rwurbet,
j. |,ecame
(Ste
tourbctt,
we
became
i^rwurbet,
[became
ttutbcn,)
they became
fietpurbciif
flc"firbcn,
they became
Perfect.
I have become
or
grown
i^ Bin {^etnortien
{orwrrbcn)
bu bif!
gettorbcn
cr ifl
gctDorben
"tr f!nbgctoorbcn
i^rfcibQcworbcn )
"ic flnbgcworbcn)
fief!nbgen"crbett
I may
Tiave become
or
grown
i(^fctgcTOorbctt
(ortcorbcn)
bu fetcjl
gcworbeti
cr
fctgctoorben
toir fcien
Qciuorbcn
fcict
t'^r
QCiDorben)
"Sic feicngcworbenf
flcfcien
geworbcn
PARADIGMS
203
: VERBS.
INDICATIVE.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Pluperfect.
I had
i^
become
tocLx
or
(if)I had
grown
{or worben)
getoorben
become
or
grown
i^ todxt gcroorbctt
{or worbcn)
bu todrcjl
getoorben
bu "arjlgctoorbm
gcttorben
wir toaxtn geworben
i^r"aret gcioorben)
"Sie ttarcn gcnjorbcn
)
fietoaxtn getooiben
cr toax
cr
toiixtgejporbm
""irtt"drengetoorben
)
i^rwdrct gctoorben
f
"ic todrcttgctDorben
fiemdrcn getoorbeu
i7|r""Future.
I shall become
I shall become
i(^werbc toetlieu
bu wtrfltocrben
tterbe wcrben
iii)
er
bu
"irb werbcn
er
rocrbea
werbcfl
wcrbe jDcrbeu
tDirwerbcn "erben
ttir tDcrbcntocrben
toerbctttcrben )
iffx
i^r"crbct toerben )
"ie tterbentoerben"
flc"erbcn toerbctt
ftewerben toerbes
Second
(grown
or
Future.
I shall have become
been)
been)
ic^"crbe gctoorbett
feln
bu toirfl
feitt
getoorben
cr
wirb
fein
gcttjorbcn
"ir werbcn
fein
getcorben
i^rwerbet gcworbcnfein "
"ie toerbcn gcworben
fein)
"erbcn
fein
fie
gcicorben
Mrst
i(^toerbegeworbenfein
bu toerbej!
ge"orbenfclu
"r wcrbe geworben
fein
ttir tterben geworbenfein
tuerbct geworben
fein )
i'^r
"ie werben geworben
fein)
werben
fie
geworbenfein
Conditional
I should become
(grow
(grown or
Second
or
be)
Conditional.
(grown
been)
wiirbewerben
t(!^
bu wurbejlwerben
er
Wiirbe geworben
iiS^
fein
bu wurbeflgeworben
fein
wurbe werben
cr
wiirbe geworben
fein
Wir wiirben
geworbenfein
i^xwiirbet werben
i^xwiirbet geworbenfein )
geworbenfein)
gt Wiirbengeworbenfein
f!ewfirbenwerben
"5icwurbcn
or
204
TH"
BEGULAB
The
119.
German
EegularVerbs.
verbs
this
By removing
*n^
VKBLS.
end
in
ending
the
present infinitivein
we
e.
g.
Men,
praise.*
to
"Exceptions.
whose
verbs
In
Note."
the
without
The
"
verb
end
roots
the
German
preposition
|u
find ;
2. also ftnlicn^to
lltittn,to
Ex.
remain
^ei"en,
to
are
followed
by
and
all
the
finitiv
in-
the infinitive
to feel ;
fu||Ien,
to learn
; (ernett*
to teach
followingverbs
auxiliaries of mode
1. The
to be, tl^utt,
to do,
fettt,
in cl, CV, add
only n in
and
bid
{not to
mai^en^ to make.
"
Active Voice.
The
The
Present
Participleis
formed
by adding tub
to the root ; e. g., tanfetl^,
thanking; and the Past Participle
t ; e. g., gclcmt,leamed.f
by prefixing
ge and affixing
The prefix gc is not used in the participle
Exceptions.
past,with the followingverbs:
1. All those of foreignoriginending in i (e)rett
; e. gf,,max^
marched.
to march ; max\Mtt (not gemarfc^irt),
}d}irctt,
2. Such as have the unaccented
prefixbe, ge, cnt, eittV/
to visit,be)ud;t
(notgebcfui^t)
cr, "er and jer ;t e. g., befudjcn,
120.
"
visited.
1S1"
#ach
The
number,
ImperatiTe", which
is formed
in the
has
be used
in German
every infinitive may
the first declension ; f. g., dancing is fatiguing,bag
*
Almost
Both
participles
may
the sufferingman
; bag
13T"
150.
X Gomp
" Since
direct
can
prohibition
only
one
person
be
be used
as
adjectives
; e.
neuter
noun
of
Xaitjeniflcrmiibcnb.
SKann,
g-, bcr letHetllie
^inb.
geltelite
request, command,
addressed
in the
as
there
can
or
be
third person
BEGULAB
THE
205
VERBS.
1. The
the root
2. The
The
"
is rather
is formed
tense
by adding e to
I love, I do love, or I am
; e. g., 3"^Itebe,
loving.
I thanked,
Imperfect by adding te ; e. gr.,3^ tanfte,
I did thank, or I
Note.
Present
thanking.
was
subjunctiveis generallyused
It is used
at least uncertain.
statement
give the
assertions of other persons, without
assuming ourselves the responsibility
of their correctnesa
Some
conjunctionsgovern the subjunctive(see
98).
p.
indefinite
that
to indicate
or
It is also used
and
in exclamations
and
is understood,quitefrequently,
133,
The
nearlyas
1. In
in
Gomppund
English.
the
wishes
instead
tenses
where
formed
are
the
tion
conjunc-
of the Conditional.
participle
past of
present,and
Perfect the
is preceded by the
to
especially
the
in
German
verb
principal
2. In the
fcin)
; e.
loved.
I had
is combined
verb
principal
and First
the
Conditional,
with the
participleof
the
Future
Second
and
principalverb
tt^erben and
the infinitive of
expressedby periphrasiswith
cr
he shall
foU arbcitcti/
the verb
*
In
Come,
work,
etc. In
to let,is employed
IafTen"
conversational
the
style,
; as
form
of fomntct
I should
is inserted
make.
between
the
past
the
iliary
aux-
l^aben (sometimesfctll)
;
g.,
it is
tt^etbett
auxiliary
3"^ tuetbe f attfett;
Conditional
e.
infinitive
built ;
id)roiirDeges
the
shall ; as :
auxiliaryverb foIIen"
exhortative
admonitory or
sense,
an
:
let
und lefcn,
laffct
followed
us
read.
by "Bk is preferred:
e.
g^
206
YERBS.
PARADIGMS.
of
Conjugation
transitiveVerb.
regular
TO
Coficit,
PrincipalParts
-A.CTIVE
INFmiTIVB.
PRAISE,
loBcit,
loHc, gcIoBt.
VOICE.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. So(ent),
SoBen,to praise.
praising
Per/. "tloH ^abcn,to have praised. Past. "tioH, praised.
Pret.
PABADIGMS
207
YEBBS.
BUBJUNCTIVa.
INDICATIVE.
Pluperfect.
I bad
praised
i^ ^attegelobt
\^ ^attegelobt
bu ^attefl
gelobt
bu
l^atte
gelobt
"ir fattenQtUU
t^r^attet
gelobt)
)
"ic fattengclobt
gclobt
ftcfatten
gclobt
^ttttc
"ir fattengclobt
^dttefl
gelobt
cr
er
i
"ic fattengelobt
ftefatten
gelobt
jP*r""Future.
I shall
praise
tc^werbe loben
i^ tnerlielobeit
bu wirjllobcn
cr
bu
"irb loben
er
loBen
mertiefi
toetbe loben
toilwcrbcn lobcn
tt)ir"erben lobm
loUn
i^rtt)crbet
i^r"crbct lolm
"ic toerbcnlobm
|tc"erben loben
|?ettttbcnlobctt
Second Future.
I shall have
praised
\^ werbc gelobt
^abcn
bu n"ir|l
gelobt
^aben
gclobt
l^aben
ttir ocrben gclobt
:^aben
i^rwerbct geloBt
^aben )
er
wirb
(Sic werbcttgctobt
^abcn f
fiewcrbcn gclobt
"abcn
First Conditumal.
I shoTild praise
id^JDurbe lobcn
bu tuitrbejl
lobcn
er
loten
ttjfirbe
t^rtt)urbetloBcn )
loben
"ic tt)iirbctt
fieMrbett lotcit
(if)I
shall have
praised
i(^tterbcgelobt
^abctt
bu trcrbejl
gclobt^aben
er werbc gelobt
l^abcn
tt)tr tBcrbengelobt
^aben
i^rwcrbct gctobt
^abcn )
"ic toerbcngclobt
^abcn)
toerben
Pe
gtlobt
^aben
Second
I would
or
Conditional.
should have
praised
xi)wurbc gclobt
^a6en
bu wurbeflgclobt
^abm
cr ttJiirbc
^abcn
gelobt
"ir tturbcn gclott
^abcn
^abcn )
i^rtofirbct
gclobt
"tc ttjiirbcn
^abcn)
gclobt
^Bcn
fietofirbctt
gcIoBt
208
THE
124.
For
REGULAR
TERES.
the sake of
9f eben, to talk.
Imperfect.
I talked
i(^retcte,
Present.
id"rcte,I talk
thou talkest
refccfl,
bu
retet,he talks
er
ret en,
ttjir
he talked
retetc,
cr
talk
we
thou talkedst
rcbctejl,
tu
wir rctcten,we
talked
*!'""'''
talk
[you
Uou talked
'i';"^*''''
@ie reten,)
"Bxt rereten,)
fte
receten,they talked
Perfect.
I have
id)^aBe geretet,
125.
%);
talked
whose
Verbs
f"^,or
Pluperfect.
etc.
i(^^attegcretet,
last radical
to rage
g., rafeti,
e.
is
letter
sibilant
(f,ff,
to
ttitttfc^en,
to hate ;
; ^affen,
wish
The
passivevoice,from
for the
formed,
are
the
Note.
IB
"
The
but
getOOtlienf
ge is omitted
*
only a
confounded
case
and
; e.
when
used
9B(rlien"construed
denote
as
of
past participle
with
the
to fonn
past
to be,
auxiliarytoerbett,
the
passivevoice
toorbettr1 have
getabelt
the
with
hence
passive,
the
the
tenses
of
participle
past
passive voice
of
neuter
of verbs
been
can
an
English ;
e.
in fietftficgangcnr makes
of tocrbcn,as in
paspivb
voice.
prefix
active
verb, can
be
never
the
blamed.
in German
hecome,
to
cr
The
use
of
fein"
of
informs
tntrt gcfi^kgcn,
PAEADIGMS;
210
YEBBS.
SUBJUNCTIVB.
INDICATIVB.
Pluperfect
I had
(if)I
praised
been
"orben
gelobt
"orbm
Wir wdren gcloit
worben )
i^r"aret gcloit
worben )
"ic wdren geloBt
worben
ftcwdren gcloJt
cr "are
worbcn
gelobt
"orbcn
"aren
gclobt
cr war
i^rwcret gclobtworben
"tc
warm
f!etoaren
praised
been
toorben
tc^toare gelobt
bu toarefl
gelobtworben
i(^toar QtloUtooxbtn
bu toax\i
QdoU JDorben
"tr
had
worbm
gclobt
geloMtooibtn
jPYr""Future.
I shall be
(if)I shall
praised
werben
gelobt
tnerbefl
werben
er tocrbe gelobt
werben
wir werben gelobt
werben
l^rwerbet gelobt
werben
"ie werben geloBt
werben
fiewerben gelobt
bu
Second
praised
toorbett fetn
id^werbe gelobt
worben fetn
bu wirfJgelobt
worben fetn
er wirb geIot"t
worben fetn
Wir werben gclobt
worben
fetn )
i^rwerbet gelobt
worben fetnf
"ie werben gelobt
worben fcin
fiewerben gelobt
Mrst
I should
or
Future.
be
x^ tDurbe gelobttDerbett
werben
bu wiirbejl
gelobt
werben
er witrbe gelobt
werben
wir wiirben gelobt
werben
ibrwiirbet gelobt
werben
"ie wiirben gelobt
werben
fitwiirben gelobt
praised
werbe
worben fetn )
i^rwerbet gelobt
worben feinf
"ie werben gelobt
fiewerben gelobtworben fetn
Second
praised
been
worben fetn
gelobt
bu toerbefl
gelobtworben fein
er mttt
gelobtworben fcin
worben fein
wir werben gelobt
Conditional.
would
praised
i(^werbe geloMwerben
i^ tott'Ot gelobttuttUn
werben
bu wirjlgelobt
werben
er wirb gelobt
werben
wir werben gelobt
)
werben
i^rwerbet gelobt
werben )
"ic werben geloBt
werben
Pe werben gelo"t
be
I should
or
Conditional
would
have been
praised
fein
toortiett
i^ witrbe gelobt
bu wiirbefl
gelobtworben fein
er
worben fetn
witrbe gelobt
ibr
worben fein)
gelobt
worben fein
fiewiirben gelobt
"ie wiirben
211
VERBS.
IBBSGULAB
or
Irregular
Ancient Verbs.
"
128.
in German
There
are
1. In
the
Imperfect IndicatiTe,irregularverbs
admit
of
termination
ing
ImperfectSubjunctimis formed re^arly, i. e,, by addwhen
it is a" 0/ or u ; e. g., gcbcn*
Cf and modifying the radical vowel
Subjunctive,ic^ga^e.
(togive);Indicative,ic^gttb;
Note.
The
"
2. In the Past
ladm
vowel
139.
Exceptions.
^The
"
1. In
imperfect:
e.
Brennen,
Imperf.brannte (not
Ixaxmt).
the
2. In
: e.
past participle
g,, vtnntn,
wnnen).
to bum
S3rennctt,
itenncn, to
name
to bring
Bringcn,
renncn, to
run
benfen,to
!ennen,to
think
know
to
fenten,
(French,con-
njcn^en,to turn
naitre)
Note.
send
to know
n?ijfen,
inserts
SBtffen
(Fr.,
savoir)
in the
: t("wcip*bu ttciit"
er
present singvla/r
(Sic tciffcn),
i^rwiffct
f!etotffen.
"eip"ttit"iffen,
"
1 30.
Some
of the
verbs (seethe
irregular
e.
1. In the second
and
to bake
g.y badfen,
2. In the
bu
"
radical vowel
third person
singularof
the Present
and
Bdtffl,Bddft;
er
Imperatiyesingular;
e.
g.^
gebcn(tog^ve):gie6.
212
paradigms:
of
Ooiyugation
or
Irregular
an
@ckn,
PrirwipalParts
vebbs.
TO
Ancient Verbi
GIVE.
INFINITrVE.
Present,
PABTICIPLB.
"ebciifto give
Present.
"ebcni)# giving
"C0etcn"given
IMPERATIVE.
Plural.
give (you)
INDICATIVE.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present.
I
give,I
giving,I do give
am
(if)I give,"c
i^ gebe
icbgcbc
gtebfl
er gifbt
wtr gcben
i^rgcbet j.
"ie geben )
fiegeben
bu
bu
geBefl
tt%tU
"ir
geben
tbrgebet }
"B\t geben)
ftegeben
Imperfect.
I gave, I
was
i^ gttb
gabfl
er gab
wir gaben
ibrgabct )
""ie gabcn )
fiegaben
bu
er
gdbejl
gabe
tt"trgaben
i^rgabct )
"ie
gaben )
jlegaben
Perfect.
I have
given
i"^llabegegeben
bu
er
^afl
gegeben
\)at
gegeben
n"ir^abengegeben
i^r^abtgegeben
"ic babengegeben
fiebaben gegeben
"abe gegeben
bflben
gegeben
ibr^abetgegeben{
)
"ie baben gegeben
fieb"^ben
gegeben
wtr
PARADIGMS
113
VEBB8.
INDICATIVE.
BUBJUNCTIVa.
Pluperfect.
I had
(if)I
given
i^ ^tttte
gegcben
bu ^attefl
gegeben
er ^attc
gcgebcn
xoix^tten gcgebcn
i^r^attct
gcgebcn
"Ic fatten
gcgebcn
pc fattengcgebcn
bu
mtt gcgebcn
ttir l^dttcn
gcgebcn
i!^r
^cittet
gcgebcn )
"Stc fattengcgebcn)
ftcfattengcgebcn
Future.
(if)I
give
bu
gcbcn
werben gcbcn
cr
gcbcn
Second
given
i^ toerbe gcgebcn
|aben
bu toirfl
gcgebcn^aben
"irb
l^abcn
gcgebcn
tDtr werben gcgebcn
^aben
njcrbet
i^r
b^ben
gcgebcn
"ic werben gcgebcn
^abcn
wcTbcn
fie
gcgebcn^abcn
CT
First Conditional
I should
give
tuertefl
gcbcn
meriic gcbcn
gcbcn
i^rttcrbetgcbcn
Sic werben gcbcn
fittocrbcngcbcn
He n"crbcngcben
I shall have
give
"ir "erben
t^racrbct gcbcn
"ic werbcn
shall
idfwerbc gcbcn
wirb
tDiT
^ncfl
gcgebcn
cr
ic^ttiertcgcbcn
btttDtrfl
gcbcn
tr
given
i(^liitte
gcgebcn
Mrst
I shall
had
Future.
Second
Conditional.
I should have
given
id)"iirbe gcbcn
bu "urbc|^gcbcn
cr tturbe gcbcn
id^ttJiirbc
gcgebcn^abcn
bu toilrbcjl
^aUn
gcgebcn
cr wiirbe gcgebcn
^aben
"ir "urbcn
gcbcn
\^xn"urbct gcbcn )
"ic toiirbengcbcnf
tt)irwiirben gcgebcn
^aben
fiewurbcn gcbcn
ibrnjurbet gcgebcn
^aben ^
"ic ttjurbengcgebcn
^abcn )
(ictoflrbengcgebcn^bcn
214
LIST
An
are
*
These
OF
IBBEGULAB
List
Alphabetical
YESB"
of all the
Verbs.
Irregular
of the
verb"
irregular
LIST
OF
IBBEGULAB
VEBBS.
215
216
LIST
OF
IBRBGDLAR
VERBS.
218
LIST
OF
IBBEGULAB
VERBS.
AUXILIARIES
of Mode,
Verbs
Auxiliary
131.
There
in
axe
219
MODB.
OF
besides
German,
the three
auxiliary
and "erten,seven
other verbs,called
verbs of tense,^aUn, fein,
verbs of mode, because they convey no full idea
the auxiliary
in themselves, but
(thanrequiredto
tiirfeit
give certain
modifications
be in the
to other verbs
infinitive).
They are
laffcn
ntiiffen
and
foHeit
rtio^m
fonnen
n^oHen
13^.
Compound Tenses,
133,
are
compound
The
tenses
formed
of the
auxiliaries of mode
(seeNo. 133).
The Conditionals.
1341.
auxiliaries of
The
mode
generallyuse
for the
tional,
Imperfect,and for the second condithe PluperfectSabJunctiTC)as : icbf dtittte,
ic^l^atte
)^abm,
qtfonnt, in placeof i"jtoiixU lomm, ic"n?urfcegcfonnt
in
The
of
auxiliaries
13"(.
mode, used
conjunctionwith
the
first conditional,
verb,must
be in the
djpinitive
present,
g., Sr ^dttcc3
f dttttett (instead
he could not have had
of gefottnt)
nid^t^kn
of in the
instead
; e.
past participle
it.
136.
before
1ti"^t
e.
g., ("rfann
Note.
of mode
is to be negated,
put
auxiliary
the Infinitive (whichstands last in the clause)
;
he cannot write the letter.
ten 35rief
tiic^tfc"rei6cn,
When
"
The
perative.
an
auxiliaryverbs
of mode
are
not
of the
eusceptible
im-
220
PABADIGMS:
VEBB6.
of the Auxiliary
Verb Stemtn,
Coiyugation
TO
Farts
Principal
BE
ABLE.
Stottntn,lonittc,gelonnt
INPINITITB.
Stowxtn,to be able
Perfect."ttomt ^ahtn,to have been able
Present.
PAKTICIPLE.
Present.
St'oraitntf
being
Past.
"ctonnt, been
able
(seldomused)
able
IKDICATIYE.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present.
I
{oram
can
able)
I may
be able
i^ lam
id^fonne
bu
bu
fannfl
fann
cr
er
loir fonneit
fonnefl
fonne
n)ir fonneit
i^rfbrmctor Umt
fonnet )
ii^r
"Sit fonnett
"
"ie fonnen
f!etoimen
fiefonnen
Imperfect
I
able
was
(or I could)
might
be able
id^fonnte
fonnte
ici^
bu
bu
er
fonntefi
fonnte
er
loirfonnten
i^rfonntet
fonntefi
fonnte
"ir fonnten
i^rfijnntct)
j.
"ie fonnten )
"Sic fonnten
fiefonntett
fiefonnten
COMPOUND
TENSES.
Mrst
Future.
Mrst
Conditional.
l(^tt"urbefonnen^ I should
Perfect.
Pluperfect.
be able
I shall
l^abcn*
gefonnt
Second
Future.
t(^wcrbe
Second
ConditioruU.
^itUt
i(^t"itrbe
gefonnt
have
I should
have
been
able
been
able
PABADIGMS.
The
"
221
^VEBBS.
Verb aWogcn,MAY,
Auxiliary
TO
LIKE
THING,
ETC.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
M^tn,
to like.
have
liked
TODESIBE,
222
PARADIGMS.
VERBS.
of the Auxiliary
Verb SJiuffen,
MVST,
Conjugation
TO
BE
OBLIGED,
ETC.
INFINITIVE.
Present.
to be obliged.
SWufTcn,
Perfect, "cmu^t ^aben,to have been obliged.
PABADIGMS
223
YUBBS.
of the Auxiliary
Verb Surfeit,
DABEy
Conjugation
TO
BE
PrincipalParts
PERMITTED,
:
MAY,
ETC,
!Durfett,burfte, geturft
rNPINITIYE.
Present.
2)urfcn"to be permitted
Perfect.@eburft^abcn"to
have
been
pennitted
PAKTICIPLB.
Present.
!3Durfcnb"
being permitted
been
@eburft"
pennitted
Past.
INDICATIVE.
SUBJUNCnVH.
Present.
I ms,j
(Iam
I may
permitted)
i^ biirfe
i(^bttrf
bu
cr
(Ibe permitted)
bu
borffl
borf
cr
burfefl
biirfe
tt"ir
burfcn
tt)irbiirfen
i^rbiirfct j.
"Bk biirfenf
ftebiirfea
burfct )
il^r
"ic
f
biirfen
fiebiirfen
Im^perfect.
I
permitted
was
er
burftcd
burftc
tt)tr burftcn
t^rburftct)
burftcnf
fieburftcn
"ie
COMPOUND
Perfect.
Pluperfect.
permitted
ic^biirfte
bu biirftejl
cr burfte
"tr biirftcii
i^rbiirftet\
f
"te biirften
fiebiirften
\^ burftc
bu
were
TENSES.
I bave
xij^a6egcburft*
been
pennitted
pennitted
pennitted
I bad been
id^^attcgcburft^
First Future.
\^ h"erbeburfcn*I shall be
First Conditional,
x^ ttiirbeburfcn"I should be permitted
Second Future.
id^tt"crbegcburft
^oAtn, I shall have been permitted
Second ConditiancU. i(^toiirbe
^ten, I should have been pennitted
gcburft
224
PABADIGMS:
AimliaryVerb
the
of
Conjugation
WILLING
Parts
Frincipal
VERBS.
(TO
TO
aBaffcti,
BE
WISH).
Swollen, teolltc,gettJoUt^
IKFINITIVB.
Present
SBoffcHito be willing
been
have
willing
FABTICIFLB.
Past.
willing
BUBJUNCTIVK.
INDICATIVB.
Present,
I wiU,
bu
cr
am
I may
willing
bu
tDtttjl
Witt
CT
be
willing
moQefl
tt)oKe
toir loolletl
to\i
i^rwollet or weUt J
i^rwollct
@ic woflcn
"ic woUctt )
fienoUcn
woQeit
)
fiewoQeit
Imperfect.
I
was
willing
i(^iDoQte
bu
ft
might be willing
i(^ttotlte
bu tvoUtefl
n"oUte^
wotttc
er
n)"Ilte
tDir n)olIteti
"iT wotttctt
i^rtDotttft)
i^rwoUtet
""ie ttoatcn )
Bit ttottten
J
ftcttoUteu
fietDoQten
COMPOUND
Perfect.
TENSES.
226
PARADIGMS
VERBS.
TO
Verb fioffcn,
of the Auxiliary
Conjugation
TO
PERMIT,
Parts
Principal
TO
LET,
LEAVE.
2affcn, \xt^,gelaffett*
iNPmmvE.
PABTICIPLB.
Present.
Past.
Caffcnb(isnever
used)
"elaffeUilet {or permitted)
niPERATIVB.
let (thou),
(French,laisser)
Singular."a|fe{or lap),
Plural.
2affct(left
or laffcn
"ic),let (you)
SUBJUNCTIVE.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
I
I may
permit
i(^Ittffc
t(^ittffe
bu
bu
lajfcfl
Vm
IttlfcH
air laffen
laffe
ton laffcn
)
i^rIa"t(or laffet)
t^rlaJTet
\
"ic rafTen
(Sic lalTcn)
er
cr
r" lafrm
jtclafTcn
Imperfect.
I
permitted
i(^Uci
bu
i^ licpc
bu licgefl
cr Ucpe
Itepefl
lie"
"ir Ucgeil
I
i^rMi
"Sie liegen
i
ftelicpcii
cr
n)ir Uc"cn
i^rlicict)
"Sic licgctt
)
ftcUcpcn
COMPOUND
TENSES.
Perfect.
id^^abc 9elaffcn"
I have
Pluperfect.
\^
First Future.
might permit
I had
^attc
0elaffc"f
permitted
permitted
I shall permit
i^ "crbc lajfcit;
wiirbe
I should permit
id^
laffcn^
Second Future.
tt"crbc
t^
^a^en"I shall have permitted
gelaffen
Second Conditional. \6iwiirbc jclafTcil
^a"en"I should have permitted
First Conditional,
227
VERBS.
COMPOUND
CompoundVerbs.
137"
verbs; e.
Note.
"
most
prefixedto
to be
the full
German,
In
them, and
to write
g., fdjreiben,
Particles
become
ticles*
par-
compound
to copy.
; ttb^fdjreikn,
their
separatedfrom
when
thus
radical
syllablereceive
accent.
principal
or
Oompound Verbs.
Separable
138.
have
and
own,
have
particles
Verbs, whose
verbs
oompound
1 30.
the
The
full
primary or
e,
g.,
of their
signification
called separable
are
accent,^
a
to go
attd-gei^en,
oiU,
the
are
separableparticles
ju; the
bo,^in,^erand
'oox,
compounded
14:0,
sentences, when
principal
with
etc.
the
compound verb is
in the present,imperfect,
or
imperative,the prefixesor particles
detached and placed at the end of the clause ; e. g.,
are
and, I do not go out to-day; Imperf.,
Pres.,ic^QCl^e^tnttnidjt
ail" ? did you go out yesterday? Imper.,
@ic geftem
g^itt^ett
ge^c
In
mit mix
1 41*
au^,
go
Exception.
out with
"
^In
me.
dependent
sentence
beginning
a subordinative
or
a relative pronoun
conjunction(174,
the
verbs
be
last
in
the clause or sento
tence,
175), which require
with
the
prefixis
not
separatedfrom
the
^ann, tuelc^er je^tfottge^t,
1 42^
The
verbs
compound
;
e.
Under
prefixgc
g.,
of the
between the
man
the verb
who
is now
name
of Pasttcle
adverbs
and
particle
prefixedand
we
is the
comprehend
e.
g., !Cer
going away.
has
past participle
This
ah\6^xtiUn,
abgcfdjriebcn.
the
its placein
the verb
self
it-
placealso
verbs;
as
e.
g., from
which
prepositions),
are
228
VERBa:
COMPOUND
sepaeable.
infinitive ;
for the
U
preposition
in, when requiredin the
it is easier to commence.
i(l
Iei(^tcr
atijttfangcn,
e.
g.,
of a Separable
Verb.
Conjugation
Infinitive.
to copy.
Slbf^rcibcn,
Imperatice.
"(^reik ah,
"
copy
(thou)
"ic
fitreiben
ttb,copy (you)
"
Participles.
Pres.
231b)'^rcibcnt),
copying
"ih^t]6^xkUn,
copied.
Past.
'^
Present.
3^ )6:iniU"ah,I copy
In fc^reibjt
ah,thou copiest
"
ah,he copies
fd^rcibt
"ir fc^reiben
ab,we copy
i^rfc^reibt
ab, )
I ^^^ ^^P^
@ie fdjreibcn-ab,
ficfci^reiben
ah,they copy
er
"
"
"
"
Imperfect.
ob, I copied
3c^ fc^rieb"
In fd^riebft
ah,thou copiedst
er fcbricb
ah,he copied
tt)ir
fc^rieben
ah,we copied
i^rf^riebctab, )
I ^^^ ^^P^^^
@ie f(^rieben-~ab,
pc f(^rieben
ab,they copied
"
"
"
"
"
I shall
3"^ ttJfr^cabfcibrciben,
copy, "c.
I should
First Cond. 3(^ wiirCc abfcbreiben,
copy, "c.
First Fut.
I have copied,"c.
abgefc^riebcn,
Perfect. 3c^ l"Jbe
"c.
I had copied,
3^ ^atte
Pluperfect.
abgefc^rieben,
"c
Sec. Fut.
I shall have copied,
3c^ttjerbeabgefc^rieben
^abcn,
I should have copied,
3cb "urbc obgcfc^rteben
^abcn,
Sec. Cond.
"c.
143.
words,
are
The
now
as
:
two
separate
COMPOUND
YEBBS
2l29
: INSEPABABLE.
Verbs,
CompoundInseparable
1 44.
plies,
imverbs,or, as the name
Compound inseparable
those compound verbs from which the prefix
can
never
be detached, are formed with prepositions
or adverbs
having
the
with
unaccented
which
only
secondaryaccent, or
syllables,
have no meaning
of their cum,
14LS,
The
be,cmp,
syllables
and
the adverb
1 40.
"olI.
verbs
inseparable
The
past participle
;
requiredbefore
verb ; e.
inseparable
1 "iame hither
cmpjufangcn),
the
Exception.
first is
to
Note.
to receive
^But
your
answer.
if the
between
dare
e.
the
1 47.
do not admit
"
recognize thein.
The
the
"
148.
rule
and
The
part,geargwo^nt.
to
ttntwortcn,
to caress
(ie(!ofen,
answer
to suspect
orgwo^ncn,
to take
Ittfttoanbcln,
to sack
6rttnDf"i"a^en,
mnt^ma^va,to conjecture,
guess
fro"lo(!en4
to walk
in the sleep
tiarfttwanbcln,
to
ravish,violate
ttotl^juc^tigcn,
to
or
quadfalbern, use
give quack
to exult
frii^llucfen,
to breakfast
to handle,
tianH^aben,
l^eirat^cn,
to marry
maintain
the influence
Johnson
see
On
The
and
walk
pleasure-
medicines,
to annoy
longtoeilen,
to caress
liebaugcln,
to deliberate
tat^fdylagcn,
to justify
rer^tfcrtigen,
which
Worman's
these
prefixeshave
Eberhard
Synonym.
on
the
Diet.
meaning
of verbs
Introduction.
when
prefixesl^intcr,
nti",bofl and tDltitt,
serving to compound
noun
or
adjective,have the primary accent.
and willfa^reit
X SfTO^lodcn
mostly omit gc in the past participle.
230
VERBS
COMPOUND
: INSEPAEABLE.
to emulate
tlicttcifcrn,
to judge, criticise
urt^eilen,
to prophesy
tlictffagctt,
and
mi^r
with
four verbs
to gratify
toiUfa^rcn,*
viz.
to mmnterpret
ini|beuten,
to disapprove
itttpiffiscn,
wiPrau(^cn,to misuse, abuse
140.
second
having inseparable
particles
compounded with separable
and have
the accent on
the
treated as inseparable,
Verbs
particlesare
syllableof
particle.f
the
and Inseparable
Separable
CompoundVerbs.
150.
toieber
and
when
separable^
are
their
each
retain
the accent
the
on
with
compounded
Verbs
own
pecuhar
prefix;
and
natural
when
but
they assume
and
inseparable,
have
and
sense,
a
figurative
have
case,
the
they
cent
acare
EXAMPLES.
Sepa/rabk.
Inseparable.^
to penetrate
bur^ringcn,to press or force through tux^litin^tn,
to translate
to set over
(cross)
uierfc^Cllf
u6erfe^en"
to go around,
umgel^en/
to darg
jld^
untcrflc'^cn,
to repeat
t"teber|olcn,
umQC^en, to associate
shelter
to go under
untcrjle^cn,
to fetch or bring back
tOteiier^oUn/
evade
"liffersfrom
1. Such
a
tenses
express
change
another
e.
with
conjugationof
The
"
See
mere
and
only in
the
intransitive
compound
activitya continuous
,
to live
lebeti,
f Except
"
on
tenses.
J^nhtVt.
note
verbs
out
state,with-
transition of their
or
g.,
neuter
preceding
page.
which
is separable;
'"c\"orfle^en,
te"or.
ic^fle^c
NEUTEB
AND
mTRANSITIVE
231
VERBS.
2. Those
from
(me
tenses
compound
of the
motion
is
referred to.
Exception.
"
A Neuter Verb
with
conjugated
^ommtn,
to
^cin^
come.
INDICATIVE.
Note.
"
voice ; but
1 03.
are
derived
Neuter
some
and
A number
from
intransitive
of them
occur
verbs
have,
German,
no
passive
impersonally.
intransitive
in
verbs
by
change
causative
or
signification,
modification
of the
232
NEUTER
are
transitive
VERBS.
INTRANSITIVE
to sU ; fe^cn"
intransitive these
to set. When
fi^cn,
and form their compound tenses with fcill*
but when
irregular
they are regularand form their compound tenses with |alben.
radical vowel
verbs
AND
; e. g.,
Inirarmli'oe.
Transitive and
to fall asleep:
etttfci^Iofctt,
to put
cinf^liifern,
to be drowned
ertrinfen,
to drown
crtriinfem
lull
or
Piemen,to flow:
to float
flogcn,
to hang
^angen^
^angen"to hang up
lauten" to sound
to Me :
liegcn,
faugen^to suck :
f^"immcn" to swim
fmfen,to sink :
to sit :
fi^cn,
fdugmr to suckle
horses
to bathe
f(j^n"emmenr
to (make) sink
fcnfen,
to set,to place
fe^cn,
to leap,
to jump,
fpringcn,
to crack
asleep
to guide
fii^rcn,
to
foKen, fell
to drive:
fo^rcn,
follctt,
to fall
regvlar
to
to
to drink
trinfcn,
to weigh, to
toicQCttf
open,
to blow
up,
gallop
tronfcn,to
to vanish
scrfd^rotnben,
break
to
btUfSt,fprengoif
water
to waste
"crfd^"ent)cn,
be of
weight:
toa^tn, to
ascertain
weigh, to
weight
Also:
to stand :
fle^cn
to mount
fleigctt,
Note.
form
"
their
The
to put upright
fleflen"
to raise,to enhance
ficigcrttf
compound
tvtegeiir
with
tenses
Eeflexive Verbs.
1 54.
a
only
active
transitive verb
Nearly every
there
which
reflexives,
as
or
passivevoice
of
are
in
also
in the
tenses
1 55.
v?ith
Exception
pronoun
changed into
simple verbs.
be
may
These
accusative ;
Keflexive verbs
e.
verbs
g.,
form
govern
3^) gewb^nc
their
pound
com-
l^abett.
1.
"
The
to be in the dative
234
BEFLEXITE
V"BBS.
of a
Conjugation
Eeflexive Verbi
to rejoice.
(Sit^frcucn,
Infinitive.
Participle.
to
Pres. ft"^freuen,
rejoice
^abm, to have
Perf.fic^gefreut
rejoiced
^6^freuenti,
rejoicing
ftd)gefreut
^abent),
having rejoiced
Imperative.
rejoice
Plur.
(thou)
Present.
Imperfect.
I rejoice
ttti"^,
ic^freue
bu freufl
^t"^
er
(Bit
cud^, or frcucn
freuet
f["3^^
rejoice
(ye)
i6:)
mtdti,I rejoiced
freute
bu
fi"^
freut
er
blc^
frewtefl
freute
fl"^
tt)ir
freuentttt$
tt"ir
uitd
freuten
tu^
{:^r
freut
tu^
i^xfreutet
"ic freuten
fitfy
jlefreuten
ficJ^
"Bit freuen
ft"^
ft^
fiefreuen
I have rejoiced,
etc.
Per/: ic^^abenti"|"gefreut,
I had rejoiced,
etc.
ttti^ gefreut,
Pluperf.i^ l^atte
I shall rejoice,
ittic^
First Fut. ic%mxU
etc.
freuen,
Sec. Fut. i^ werte mid^ gefreut
etc.
^Ben,I shall have rejoiced,
I should rejoice,
First Gond. i^ tDiir^e
etc.
ttti"^freuen,
I should
Sec. Cond. ic^wiirbe ntic^ gefreut
have rejoiced,
:^aben,
etc.
Verbs.
Impersonal
ltS8,
The
in
English,
the
The
state
sick,and
to denote
mir uBcIror
Sind
agree,
is also extended
fctnrmeans
such
expressionsas
tJieincipient
state of those
mir ttlirb
I
iitel,
to become
to
am
to be
unanimous.
eS
situations
say, S3 tuirll
ogy,
analthe same
ill. By
growing (getting)
to
le
unanimous
agreed,to
; "in3 tDerl)en#
IMPERSONAL
235
VERBS.
of an Impersonal
Verb.
Conjugation
it rains
regnet,
Present
di
Imperfect,
it snowed
S^ fdbneite,
1st Future.
it will freeze
@^ ttjirt)
frieren,
1st Conditional.
it would
S^ tuiirte
fconnern,
Perfect.
Pluperfect,
"^
it has lightened
^at geHi^t,
@5
it had
^attt ge^gclt,
2nd
Future.
S^ njirDgetagt
}}abcn,it will have
2nd
Conditional
S^ n)irt)
Qtt^ant
l^ahcn,it would
1"I9.
rendered
ITiere
is, there
thunder
hailed
dawned
thawed
have
etc.,are
in the
manner
:
following
1. ViThen expressinga definite
scribed
or when
a circumexistence,
distinct place or space is added, by C0 and the verb
fein* Like the Englishto he,fettlserves merelyas a copula,
while the noun
and is in
a
followingit becomes
predicate,
the same
as the subject
case
; i. e., in the nominative; e, ff,,Sd
there is a man
outside.
tftcin Wlann braugcn,
In the interrogative
Exception.
form, e" is omitted ; e. g,,
Is there a bird in this cage ? ifi
in ticfem
etn SSogel
^aftg?
2. When
distinct place
no
existence,
expressingan indefinite
being mentioned, use e^ and the verb ^ebettwith the noun
the objectof the sentence, in the accusative ;
as
following,
there is red and
unt weigen
e. g., S^ qicht (or gibt)
rotten
SJBeln,
"
white wine.
160.
With
The
following
impersonalverbs
the Accttsative.
di bctud^t
mi^, it
seems
it appears
cd bunft mici^,
ed burjlet
mid^,I
am
to me
to me
thirsty.
glad (rejoice)
c3
frcutmi(^,I
c3
fricrt
mic^,I am cold
^ungert
mid^rI am hungry
jammert mid^,I pity
rcut mic^,I repent
fd^aubcrt
mi(^,I shudder
mid^,I am
fc^ldfcrt
sleepy
fc^merj^t
mtd^,I grieve
"crbrtc"t
mic^,I am vexed
mic^,I desire
"erlangt
ti
eS
c"
ti
c3
ed
cd
t"
am
also reflexive
are
mir, it happens to
bcgegnet
ti
bduc^t
mir, methinks
me
ed efelt
mir, I nauseate
c3
c"
mir, I am
Qcfafft
e3
mir, I
gelingt
catgutmir leib,
c3
pleased
succeed
c3 ij^mir leib,
ii
[I
"
warm
well
to me
seems
Ucgtmir "ielbaran,it
tome
.^
sorry for it
am
t|lmir aarm, I am
I feel
ijlmir too^l,
to me
is
important
236
ADVERBS.
THE
With
the Acettsative,
WUh
I wonder
ntic!^,
c" njuttbcrt
fli,
it is proper
xoa^
(itis a matter)of
"erflel^t
f!c^,
Note.
"
course
be omitted and
Sd may
am
giddy
I feel sick
ea wirb mir itbcl,
c" f(^icft
ti
mir, I
fc^winbclt
e"
it is a question
ft(^i
fragt
cd
the Dative.
fc^lt
3^ncn?
with
you
what
is the matter
precedethe
verb ;
etc.
thus,miiibun!t,mir efclt#
construction is to placetliesubject
poetical
the verb, and giveto the latter the impersonalform,
rfter
beginningthe sentence with c$ ; e. g., S^ gingtin Sdger tur^
there went a hunter throughthe woods.
ten SBalt),
161.
A rather
The
Adverbs.
nifica
EngUsh, adverbs modify the sigother adverbs,and denote
of verbs,adjectives,
or
comparison,etc. They
quantity,
place,time, qvality,
manner^
and
formed, either by derivation or compoindeclinable,
are
sition,
of
other
almost
from
part speech.
every
163.
In
German,
in
as
of
Comparison
of adverbs
adverbs
The
the
are
instead
superlative,
and
time only,
quality,
and comparative
positive
those of adjectives,*
as
same
but,in the
of the simplearticle the preposition
an is
definite article into am
(an tern);e. g,,
of manner,
of comparison. The
susceptible
164.
are
Adverbs.
fdjbnften.
16"S.
See No.
2".
of
Comparison
Irregular
166.
or aufdkfler
beflcn"
the soonest
{ am t^c\ttn,
( klbigjl,
very soon
best
cm
liebflcn,
the oftener,
cm
^auftgjlen,
(most often)
au"cr|l,
extremely
f)o6)\t,
the worst
am
argjlen,
better
beffcr,
j frii^cr,
well
tnoi^Ir
(altirsoon
%ttn,*willingly,
Ucber,better
oftfoften
oftener
ofter,
cm
very
|e^r"
worse
firgcr,
mc^r, more
ubeU evil
much
tlte("
minbcr, )
little
tocnig;
am
less
wentgcr,
number
of adverbs
of
comparison
minbcflemUhe
least
iam
)
wcnigjlen,
placeare
of the
^ieflg,
of time
are
adjectives,
and
into
place,by
declined,but
do
of that time
bamalig,
present
ie^ig,
ad interim
cinfhDeiUg,
place
morgenb,of
of yesterday
geflrigr
adverbs
The
converted
; e. y. :
balbtgf
prompt
of to-day
^eutig,
168.
( am
of time and
the syllable
affixing
t0" and, like other
not admit
most
meijlen,
circumstances
denoting the particular
ADJECTIVES
Adverbs.
Superlative.
Comparative.
Positite,
16T"
237
ADVEEBS.
THE
to-morrow
numerous
ticles
par-
must
l^inein,
etc.),
compounded with them (e.g., herein,
be carefully
distinguished,^et and its compounds denote
motion towards the speaker,while ^in and its compounds
""ie fo?
denote motion
avxiy from the speaker; e. g., ^ommen
to me
at once
fortgu mir ^crauf,come
up-stairs."e^en@ic ju
to him.
i^m l^tiiauf,
go up-stairs
1 60.
"
170.
Adverbs
of time
and
expressions,
the
in
"crn, Itcbcr,am
English,and
gentf I like to
run
are
an
adverbs
or
ial
adverb-
take
the
precede other
their
liebjlcn,
correspondto I like,I like better,I like best,
mostly used in connection Avith a verb, as : 3^ lauft
Wtltx,I like better to ride,"c.
id^fal^re
238
CONJUNCTIONS*
Oonjunctions.
1 7 1
the
In
position
of the
classes
three
1.
173,
divide
We
verb.
co-okdinative,
the
them
2.
greatinfluence
into
the
the
on
following
adverbial,
and
3.
CONJUNCTIONS,
SUBOBDINATIVE
THE
exert
conjunctions
German,
"
"o-ordinatiye
The
Coiynnctions (hston
p.
149)
sentences, and
links to
exert no influence on
merely as
of the verb ; e. g., 3"^^ciki^n gel^brt,
the position
abet id)|atc
I have
heard him, hut I have not seen
him.
i^nnid^t
gefe^en,
serve
1 73,
Adverbial
The
beginninga
sentence
or
when
Coiyunctions (list
on
p. 149),
to be placed
clause,requirethe suiy'ect
Eelative
Oonjunctions.
become
in indirect questions,*
interrogation,
the verb to be placedat
and require
relative conjunctions,
the end
of the
1 75,
All adverbs
SBann, when
why
warum,
all the
and
clause.
tt)e"^alb,
)
wc^wcgen/)
compounds of
of
Such
are
how
tt)ie,
,
WO
how long
toielange,
"^"
as
^^
how
"iei"iel,
much
"o, where
"c.
tUO^ttt,
tOO^er,
Ex.
can
find him?
S^aiman
tir
would
ni6)ifagenwoKcn, V^atrxm
theynot
tell you,
why
er
he did not
where
nid)tgcfommen tft?
come
Direct
THE
239
CONJUNCTIONS.
1 76.
but when
after
men,
negation;
he has
not
of
e.
g.,
subjectand
own
verb
dx i^ noc^itilftt
abet
cingctrofen,
diqunctive,and
denied
statement
no
money
even
ttbcr,
use
ge"i^
fom"
cr
toirb
is used
in the
only
antecedent
when
decided contradiction
clause
is to be made
au"
of hatred
out
to his
bic"
get^am
opponent, has
he
it.
done
1 T 7.
wTien,if followed
signifies
sentence
tense
had
has
a"3 Ciebc,fonbern
9li(ftt
out
not
clause
3. Sontiern
e.
like to
e.
g.. When
by
the verb
beginningof
in the
I told it to
cr
clause
or
perfect
Imperfector Pluwhen he
i^m fagtc;
cr
answers
to than
or
cw, after
an
answers
to but
after
an
adverb
of
negation;
e.
g., She
fagen.
nothing but the truth,fe foU nti^tdold bie SBa^r^eit
denote qualityor condition ; e. g., He
4. It may
acted
aa
shall say
man,
cr
aid 3)?arat.
l^anbcltc
Note.
Sometimes
"
the present
is used
participle
in
English instead
g., Standing {i.e.,
178*
^a
divided
I have
cau^e
; e. g., ^o
I
shall
time, {therefore)
go.
a
reason
or
are
obftftOttf
(though,although),
obtoOl^I
Obglctlft,
is
obgleifll most frequentlyemployed. They are
when
one, two
or
all synonymous,
generally
i^
monosyllablesfollow ; e. g., ob
ntic^
frcue,
although I am glad. When
they
even
or obglcit^
\^
tttid^
glei^freuc,
i^ 3ett
more
240
CONJUNCTIONS.
THB
fciner
"etflc^frfii'tc,
"ebrau(3^
althoughhe is old,he has still the
volligcn
perfectuse of his mental faculties.
1 80"
the subordinate
1. So (so,thus, as) often serves
to connect
the sentence
clause with the antecedent,when
junctions
beginswith ba" the conbut
\m
or
nac^bcm,o^Uid), obfc^on,obwo^I, mil mm
they
;
be omitted
in Gerneed not be translated into English and may
man
even
as
\^,fo n^erbe ic^m(|tlangertt"arten/
; e. g.y %tk er bid je^tni^t gefommen
I
will
wait
has
no
not
he
longer.
yet come,
We
Note."
as
just
might
properlysay : 2^ toerbc nx^i langcr"arten,
vMijX
ba er bid je^t
gefommen\% "c.
followed by the conjunctionm^, answers
2. @o before an adjective,
however
to however ; e. g., iSo gro^ au(^bic "Sd^rccf
en bed ^rieged
feinmiigen,
ben
inversion
e.
take
may
placeand au^
entirelydropped ;
be
181*
To
correspondin German
adverb
of
interrogative
when
1. SBantt the
time ;^
e.
;^ e.
occur
comes,
Note.
to the
"
supposed
to
events
also
as
the teacher
English if; e.
When
write
me.
must
be in the
cd ware
i^
is used
SBenn
g., SBaitttWcrbe
subjunctivemood
; e. g., He
would
be
glad,"/she came,
conjunctionof
3. 9110"the
182.
But
was
he
ill,
past ;
e.
g., %U
dailyto see
came
that, 1. after
but
or
time
tag'
me.
negative clause
cr
in which
otJier-
spoken of
2. But
moment
after
an
bag
man
was
good
ability
beyond prob-
much
to
be
believed,bit
fonnte.
fieglauben
excludingnegationis
too
is too
rendered
o^Ut t)a";
e.
g., Not
of you,
"Siebenfe.
an
^
the
SSenn and
toann
other;
are
bo
iunctionof cause"
are
frequentlyused
benn and
'Hann
as
bann.
an
without
discrimination
adverb
of time.
as
one
a
for
con-
3*8
NUMBEB
also the
OP
NOUNS.
:
following
5ie
^a^m,(the)Lent
tie
^ftngjlen,
(the)Whitsuntide
Die
Dftern,
(the)Ea,ster
tie
^eii)nacl)ten,
(the)Cnnstmas
and
3. Mascuhne
weight,
and
!Da"
or
Neuter
Nouns*
when
measure,
implying quantity,
preceded by
meral,
nu-
followed
used
or
are
by a noun
adjective,
only in the singularform and are put in apposition
with the nouns
as
:
following,
five quires
a quire(of
S5u(^,
paper); e. g., funf^U(^ papier,
of paper.
Dag
Du^ent),a dozen
dozen
e.
four
3:afc^entii(^er,
handkerchiefs.
Der
feet
;
long.
jwei^ia(,
twice,etc.
Dag
^aar.fa pair; e,
stockings.
Dag 5^fuitD,
a pound ; e.
honey.
Dcr 3otI,an
1 84,
^ftlttbiponfg,
eightpounds of
g., ad^t
^oU
the sheriff ;
ter (EMmann,
the nobleman
ter
nine
hvtit,
inches
broad.
ter ^mtmann,
ttx
three pairof
^Saav (5trum))fe,
g., irei
Slmtlewte.
pi.W
;
pi
tie Stelleute*
the tradesman
^antelgmattii,
; pi tie Jpantelglctttc.
^auftnattn,the merchant
; pi tie ^auflctlte.
term
regularform
express a distinction
Wftdnnct is used, as :
is to
(marriedman) ;pl
people,meaning man
of
tie S^emannct.
and wife.)
married
(DieS^elCttte,
Dfr S^renmann,
the man
of honor
; pi tie (S^renmanncr.
Der "taatgmann,
the statesman
; pi tie Staatgmdnnct.
*
Feminine
nouns
and
ells
cm
or
express
time
yards of cloth
are
used
; brci
in the
Sa^relanj*
GENDEB
OF
243
SUBSTANTIVES.
Gender of Substantives.
Bem.
This
of German
part
is
so
unfortunately
to general and preciseruleSythat
the student can
be successful in learningthe genders
of nouns,
only by a carefulstudy of the following
rules,and a constant attention to the article belonging
to each noun,
and notingits gender.
"
grammar
difficult to reduce
185*
In
the
German,
therefore, may
either
masculine,
feminine,
or
NEUTER.
1 86
MASCULINE
by
SIGNIFICATION.
1. Appellations
the
Syiann,
the
ter ^aifcr,
ter
op
Come,the lion
the eagle
fccr2lller,
ter
man
emperor
Note.
MaleSj as
"
Diminutives*
2. Names
of
are
always neuter.
Celestial
AND
Infernal
Being^s,and
Planets,as:
the
ber (Snget,
lit
the
%i\x\t\,
^ont),the
t)er@tern,the
ber
angel
devil
moon
star
EXCEPTIONS.
bie
"
hit
the sun
"Sotttte,t
In
German
the
(Srbc,t
be formed
drop
by aflBxingd^cn or lein.
Nouns
nutive
form, and
diminutives
and
S3aum,
in
are
some
those
used
not
cases
^unb,
33ttum(^ctt;
t See 189.
only to
ending in
express
earth
smallness
into diminutives
modify
it.
The
also Lesson
III.
244
GENDEB
3. Names
SUBSTANTIVES.
of
the
ter
OP
Compass, Winds,
"omnter,summer
Stones,as
and
north)
January
3"inuar,
ter greitag,
Friday
ter
(Bamum,the Simoom
ter
the
^Diamant,
ber
diamond
EXCEPTIONS.
bog
the
Sal^rr
year, and
its
187^MASCULINE
by
1. Nouns
compounds,
e.
g., iai
Srul^ja^r,
spring.
TEEMINATION.
ENDING
cti*
IN
as
littQt/
AND
"atten,the garden
the king
ter ^btitg,
the peach
ter ^ftr|i"^,
the rain
SRegeit,
fcerfaring,the herring
fcer"iinftUtig,
the favorite
ter
ter
EXCEPTIONS.
ha^
the
35e(!en,
ba"
the
Sifen,
ba"
basin
iron
ba"
thing
^a$
2a!en,the sheet
the fief
Se^ett,
the foal,
ha^ SBa^jpen,
^a" i^iitlen,
the escutcheon
^ad ^tjfen,the
the sign
cushion,pillow^a" S^idj^it,
^ing,
tas
the
Nouns
2. Five
the
^ajfec,
ber
the tea
tier2:^ee,
188.
ter
^lec,the
ber
FEMININE
BY
1. Appellations
bie
%xan,the
bie
the maid
3wtt0ff"^u,
in
ending
coffee
the brass
SJJefftng,
ee
"c^nee,the
clover
ber
snow
lake
@ce,J the
SIGNIFICATION.
op
Females,
as
bie 2lmme,the
woman
bie
:
nurse
the
^aiferin,"
empress
EXCEPTIONS.
bad
*
the wife,woman
SBeib,
bad
Infinitives used
are
substantively
Declension,
See Third
"
See
197.
no
plural
a female
%xanm^immtx,
neuter,
see
190.
3.
person
OP
GENDEB
2. Names
of
the oak
tie Sic^c,
the pear
tit S3irnc,
SUBSTANTIVES.
245
'
Trees,Fruits,Plants,and Flowers,as:
the plant
tie ^flanae,
the lilj
tie Silie,
EXCEPTIONS.
the maple
hct Sl^orn,
btt
the apple
^et 2lpfe(,
^er 33aum,the tree
the lilac
i^H^ter,
me-not
^er "olclarf,
the wall-flower
3. The
Names
Rivers, as :
tie (Spree,
the Spree
op
tie !";onau,
the Danube
EXCEPTIONS.
^cr 3J?a{n,
the Main
the La Plata
^cr Sa ^fata,
^er ^iJWifftfpppi,
the Mississippitct D^o, the Ohio
the Rhine
ber 0l^ein,
^er SJ'iijIburi,
the Missouri
189."
FEMININE
by
1. IVonns
TERMINATION.
ENDING
@e,
Prefix
IN
as
(not ee)not
the
havino
tie (5tra"e,
the street
the
tie ipiitfe,
tic Slefee,
(the)love
help
EXCEPTIONS.
ha^
the
Sluge,
ba" Snte,the
Srbe,the inheritance
hct ^afe,the cheese
ha^
eye
end
Note.
"
Words
2. Nouns
like
"ame^
cannot
originalending is
ENDING
IN
ONE
OF
of
course
undei
come
en.
THE
AFFIXES
tl
(ci^),
the bay
tie ^tl"^t,
(Sc^meic^elei,
flattery
tie ^reil^cit,
freedom
tie Slc^tting,
esteem
tie greutttUcbfeit,
kindness,affa- tie "ctulb, patience
the arrival
tie 5ln!ttttft,
biUty
tie greuntfd^aft,
friendship
or
246
GENDER
190
^NEUTEB
Letters
of
Alphabet, as
the
21,the
2^,the
tag
2. The
tag
SUBSTANTIVES.
SIGNIFICATION.
by
1. The
tag
OP
Naivtes
Netals
op
"oI",the gold
Materials, as
and
the
^ol3,
tag
wood
EXCEPTIONS.
^er 3:ombadf,
pmchbeck
zinc
^et 2^nt,
hit ^latina,
platina
steel
htt "Bta^,
3. Infinitiyes
tag
tag
SRaud^Ctl,
smoking
the bitter
S3ttter,
tag
tag
4. Collectiye
tag
domestics
"ejlnte,
chain
"etirge,the
Nonns,
@e,
Prefix
tag
Adjectivesused
and
as
as
with
those
the
tag
moun-
Nouns,
drinking
2:rin!etl,
tiful
the sublime, beau(B"i'enc,
especially
tag
of
as
the catile
5Sie^,
the people
3SoIf,
tains
EXCEPTIONS.
the
^er "ebraud^,
the
btt (^ctanfe,
use
thought
salary
hie
"ekrtc,the gesture
Me
"eturt,the
birth
the
htv "e^alt,
obedience
^er
the tax
hie "ebii^r,
the danger
hie "efa^r,
hit
"e^orfam,
^cr
191."
NEUTER
the
"iS""*^en,
Httle
2. Nonns
t^nm,
and
^le
hie
hie
hie
TERMINATION.
BY
1. DiminntiTes
tag
bie
the parish
"cmeinte,
history
"eftidjte,
the tumor
"efd^wwlfl,
the form, shape
"eftalt,
(3ma\t,the power
"etult,patience
c^en
in
tag
son
with
formed
tttf
,
as
:
as
leitt,
^hnm^en, the
and
the
Affixes
littletree
fel,fal,ttl,
GENDER
ta^
OP
the enigma
Slat^fel,
ta6
fate
taiS "cfcicffal,
ta^
ba^
247
SUBSTANTIVES.
ba^
Christianity
S^riftentl^ttttt,
the alliance
33untttt^,
the relation
^Ser^dlttti^,
EXCEPTIONS.!
t"icSmpfangnif
conception
,
the stopper
^cr (Btbpfel,
the sorrow
hie Zxixb\al,
the mistake,error
htt 3rtt^um,
bcr 3lei(^t^um,
the wealth
^cr S3a^^tt}um,
the growth
^te
hit
^ie
hit
hit
33ebrdngni",
grievance
sorrow
33e!umtttcrni",
53eforgnt",
apprehension
affliction
S3ctrubtti^,
condition
33enjant)ttig,
Exercise
on
hic (Erfenntnig,
perception
the permission
^tc ("rlau6tti",
^ie SrfparniJ,
savings
^ie gdulnig,
the putrefaction
^te ^enntni",
knowledge
damnation
hit 5)crtammni",
the omission,
hit 3Serfdumni",
delay
^te
the
Siltnif,
the Gender
wilderness
of Nouns.*
"onnc.
3;cufel"
2CoIf" S3dr. 9Henf(^.%tau. ^on'a.
Stem.
Srbc. ^al)n" ^entte. SJlai. 3Jiontag,
^naBc. Come*
"arten*
Xiamant,
Sci^t^unbert,
grul)ial}r.
Sifen. Sle^en*
"olD.
(SilBer. %Mtn.
Safen.
^i|Ten. 2e^en. "unftHttg,
Sungfrau, 5l^orn*"prce, !l)onau" Sl^ein, 9l^one. (Sic^e*
SicBc,
Sirnc. ^bitig.faring, "c^nee. "ta'^L ?5rcunt)fc^aft.
Sluge.SBac^^oltcr.
Z^n, "ante. "ebub.
Slnfunft.fRd^^
"eburt.
t^um. (3fmijfdngm""
"enu", Sftaud^ett,
"ebirge"
@i3^n(^en.t^rdutein.9)^dtd)en.
Stc^tung."(^meidjelel.
^fir^
Silie. "tern. Sltler. "amen.
SJlont). 2lmmc*
ftc^.3^i"^^tt*
"ee.
SBappen. ?^rei^eit.
Sld^tung.
3:ruBfaL33e(fen. "topfcL
51 unb 53,
S3dum(^en. S3unt)m". Srfparni^.
S^re. (SebulD*
2:omBa(i. 33eforgmg.
SJlit^:
"^t(ffal.Sac^^t^um. (Srlaufentg.
tel. 3in!. 3Sic^. Zxiih]al ^enntnig. (S^efd^macf.
"cBirge*
^ain,
"efa^r.
^^i^eunblicbfeit.
25er9i"meinnid)t.
SSer^dltni^.
^otlunber.
Srrt^um. SRdt^fel.
pupil determine the gender of each nonn.
SSefummernip,
and
f Xritbfal,
empfangnii,
"rfenntnip,
("rfparmp,
"erbertnip,
*
Let the
are
83etfaumni^
also neuter
Bometimes.
248
GENDEB
Gender of
193.
OF
SUBSTANTIVES.
CompoundSubstantives.
Compound Substantives
last component*
as
:
"
taJce the
gender
of their
EXCEPTIONS.
are
followingwords
although
FEMmiNE,
their last component is masculijie :
forbearance
tie Sangmut^,
l)te2Inmut^,
grace
meekness
tie "anftmuti
tie 3lrmut^,
poverty
tie (Bc^njermutt),
tie Xiemut^,
melancholy
humility
tie Se^mut^,sadness
tic "rogmut^,
generosity
The
a.
words
compounded
haughtiness.
"7-.tier|)oc^mut^,
Note.
e-
"
6. The
Other
followingwords
generalrule
with
also
deviate
from
the
bet 2lbfc^eu
(B^m),abhorrence
(Cie
the lamprey
bit 9Zcunaiige
(vai2luge),
the
^tc 2lntn?ort
2Bort),
(t"a^
answer
ba^
( the
)
"egent^eil
reverse
["
)
bad 35ortert^ciI
(the
fore
part
Double Gtender.
written and pronounced alike,
following
nouns,
with their gender :
change their signification
the bindingof a
ba^ Sant, the ribboUjbond
^ar(S),
1 93.
^er
book
*
^The
"
or
In French
volume
the
gender of compound
component,
Sometimes
also neuter.
nouns
is detennined
by
the
Jirst
250
SUBSTANTIVES.
OF
GENDEB
Plural.
Singvla/r.
land, country bic Sttnbcr*
baS Sanb,
'^'^^^findefinite
certain
]countries
'
vast
Portions of country
or
bic Cic^tcr,
lights,flames
candles
Sic^tc,
ber Drt,
bic Ocrtcr,singleplaces
Ortc" places
bcr
bic
"triittpcr,
nosegays
bic 6trdupe,battles
bic SCortcrf singlewords
"trauBC, "traupen,
light,candle
ba"J ^Wf
place
"traup,nosegay,
battle, ostrich
bad SBort, word
Note.
the
X)ad 3ntcrcffc,
"
19"".
The
"
bcr
bcr
the interest
followingnouns
or
or
bad
or
the
Col^n,
196.
has
"advantage,
have
bcr
reward,
bcr
wages
place
bad
or
bic "aue
the country
garment
blade (of grass)
Member
or
bic i^amifolc
or
bic 5Wa^lcor
itamifoler
Wi^^tx
bic ""cilcor
"cilcr
bic "pornen
or
bic "trouiJ^c
or
bush
bic S^ale or
bic SHJiirntc
or
worm
"porcii
"trduc^er
X^alcr
a:ii(^cr
bic %\x^z or
cloth
the
bcr SBurm,
"cwiinber
^almctt
or
bic ^cmben
valley
the
3;uc^,
"aucn
or
bic ^almc
^amifolfthe waistcoat
2Ra^U the repast
the
"3trau(!^,
in the
2)brncr
or
bic (SJcicanbc
or
the
the
bad %\iOi\,
bad
gender but
bad
or
bic Socmen
the
Plural.
of
have a double
form
followingnouns
:
plural,but without a changeof signification
the
in
trash
bcr ^alm,
change
The
"
bad "c"anb,
words
of money.
Singular.
bod "au,
SBorte,coherent
:
of signification
not
bcr
ostriches
interest, concern,
plural,bie Sntcrcffcn
meaning
lands
Canbcreieilf
SSiirmcr
bic 3cUe
Formation of Feminine
197.
"
or
Belter
Appellations.
feminine
the
radical
vowels, a, o, n,
are
modified
in
plural;
e.
251
CONSTRUCTION.
Oonstrnction.
Kemaek.
Latin, admits
like the
^The German,
"
of
great
ing
varietyin the arrangement of words in sentences,thus affordgreat faciHties for securing proper emphasis,and for
flow for which
harmonious
impartingto its periodsthe same
classics
the Latin
word
every
But
distinguished.
are
positionaccording to
its
which
of
member
or
be
cannot
sentence
certain
dom
with all this freetakes
in German
o^
definite laws
disregardedwithout
ment,
arrange-
great offence
against euphony.
I. The
have
must
in other
^1.As
"
CONSTRUCTION.
COMMON
a.
198,
Simple Sentence.
Principalor
at least two
tence
languages,every simplesenprincipal
parts,
and
1. A subject)(noun or its equivalent),
verb (expressed
or
implied).^
Ex."
predicate
to exist),
to be, tDCttJcn,
to
(unlessit signifies
fcilt
to seem,
to remain, l^ei^en,
to be called [not to
blcibett^
become, f(!^einen^
merely as the copula,while the noun, pronoun, adjective,or
call)serve
which
follows serves
the predicate,
and is put in the same
as
participle,
the subject
as
case
(nom.)* ("25, p. 312, I. ; " 9, Exc).
(Sin guter 3)?enfi^
Ex."
is a
ijlcin gliilllli^cr
Wtn\^, a good man
Note.
The
"
verbs
happy
man.
SlritDlbwurbe
cin
feineSS5aterknbe",Arnold
IBcrtot^er
became
2. If the
the third
Ex."
The
'
Tins
predicatehas an
principal
part,and
"r fc^reibt
cincn
he
S3rtcf,
writes
letter.
govern
is the
two
case
also with
accusatives
any
of those
2.)when
(p.'368,
verbs
which
in the active
employed passively.
252
coNSTEUcnoN.
3. When
23ir
"
Note
If both
"
When
"
the
placeof
"
the
the
is in
aux.
predicate,and
the
Mve
the
in-
praised him.
tense, the
comp,
complement foUowa
the
the radical
stands
Dag
"
letter.
past participleoccur,
simple
the
Sr iflbeJTen
bcfci^ulbigt
tuorHen, he lias been accused
4. When
Ex.
and
infinitive
received your
is put last.
2.
Ex.
the
have
I should
3d^ wurbe i^ngcJoBtl^aBett,
"
Note
the
beinen S3riefcr^altcn,
we
j^abett
1.
anitive
Ex.
the
leadingverb
holds the placeof
is
the
tense
holds
leadingverb.
of it.
compound separable,
and tjieparpredicate,
ticle
There
out.
"
several
are
to ruin
ju "runbc rid^ten,
to render aid
^ulfcIei|tcn,
to execute
tng "erf fe^en,
to
fSiat^
geben,
|U
still
the person
Ex."
the
Ex.
both
"ruber
metnem
to the aid
^ulfefomnicn,to come
dine
to
Wittaqeffen,
to accomplish
"tanbe bringen,
to fall to one's part
tt"crben,
3:^eil
two
are
ctncn
I have
Srtefgcf(^rieben,
written
ms
letter.
^Notice that
G. When
ju
precedesthat
3^ ^be
"
ju
care
there
brother
Note.
ju
advise
to stand
fle^en,
HxU
the
personal objectis
objectsare
persons,
in the Dative
the
accusative
precedes
dative.
"
3d^ werbc
^\}XtnSol)n
your
"
son
to my
metnem
I shall
greunbc empfefilen,
friend.
mend
recom-
253
CONSTRUCTION.
Exceptions.
1. When
of the two
one
placeit beforethe
objectsis
personalpronoun,
noun.
Mr. Schulze
"err "c^uljc^at rair cinen SBejuc^
abgejlattct,
Ex."
we
2. When
both
he
(1.)dx ^attcc8 S^nen Qt^d^xkUn,
Anna
(2.)5lnna l^at
fiemir gelie^cn,
"
paid
visit.
objectsare personalpronouns,
is placed first (1.)
if both are
one
; but
the Qjccusative precedes(2.)';
e. g.y
Ex.
has
had
it
written
the
syllabic
mono-
labic,
monosyl-
(to)you.
(to)me.
adverbial
7. Adverbs
Ex."
8. Adverbs
adverbial
of time
expressions
and (2)before
are
generally
placed,(1.)beforethe object,
of place.
adverbs (or adverbial expressions)
Ex.
"
shall
hurriedlydespatch
messenger.
^aben,he
(2.)("r fottgeflernfi^oncincn Sricf gefci^rickn
have written a letter alreadyyesterday.
"
the true
Ex.
"
"ie
sentence,
mufTentmmer
remain
9. Personal
adverbs
Ex.
*
"
to
Note.
In
is said
at home
SI b c
(be"3)
in the
pronouns
b d ju
^aufcIkihin,you
must
always
evening.
without
precede
preposition
of time.
I saw
3d^ |abe il|n"orgcf!ern
gcfc^en,
be
used
Mm
the
day
before
yesterday.
254
CONSTRUCTION.
Exception.
Pronouns
the
the adverb
governedby a preposition/oZZoi"?
and
object.
Ex."
2"eineStante^at gejlern
btefe^
S5uc^Bci
this book
10.
^^ncttQefe^cn,
my
is placedafter
the
9(li"j^t
his theme
Note.
has
iiot written
well.
if used
'yiii^i
"
saw
direct object
(accusative).
^arl ^atfeine
Charles
Slufgaie
ttil^t
fiutgefti^riekn,
Ex."
aunt
house.
yesterdayat your
in
clause
with
the letter.
Exception,
^ic^t
is
1. when
Ex.
*on biefem
3"^fprac!^
nic^t
"Inge,I did
"
2. When
that which
affirmed of
Ex.
different
3(^ ^k
but the pencil.
"
3. Also in
Ex.
^akn
"
nir^tba^
one
speak of
clause
denied,is
thing (affair).
in another
object.
I have
ben S3leijlift,
fonbern
3"apier,
"tc
? Have
nx^i ben Sleiftift
of
place and
you
not the
not
the paper,
pencil.
stand
manner
2)eine "(|roejler
illitilftt
^lergcwefen,
your
"
this
sentences.
interrogative
11. Adverbs
Ex.
is in
not
ojternic^t.
here.
Inversion.
b.
The
"
INVERSION
1. The
In
a.
Ex."
Ex.
SUBJECT.
"(oub|ib u
C r e^
tt)a" er
optativeand imperativesentences.
When
"
be inverted
sentences.
interrogative
Ex."
c.
THE
Sottte
6. In
OF
the sentence
(Ed Um
beginswith
9Ziemanb,nobody
c"me.
not
written
the pronoun
C^.
that 1
255
CONSTRUCTION.
As in
c.
Ex.~28ttrc
not
i d) nic^tfranf
been
fittUm ^ a
1 1 e i c^t)ieX^iire
had
gcofnet,
scarcely
OF
THE
opene"tthe door.
OBJECT.
placewhen
ticular
par-
stress is to be
laid upon
it. In such a case
after the verb.
The
sentence
:
subject is placed
greutenan,
ne^me 3^t 3lnerbicten-mit
with
the
3c()
inverted thus:
appears
SlnerHcten
S^r
conjunctions
(seep. 329, IV.).
INVERSION
2. The
iu)ni(^t,
"c.),had
toenn
sick.
cZ.After adverbial
Ex."
Qcwefen(insteadof
the
proposal I accept
your
pleasure.
Ex.
!Da
"
3^nen
92 i e
INVERSION
OF
a n
ABTERBIAL.
no
one
hinders
you.
"XPRESSIO]%^S.
4. Adverbial
those of time)
expressions(especially
a
frequentlybegin the sentence when
particular
very
is to
stress
the
Ex.
"
be
laid
on
them.
Here
subject.
@cflerit9l6cnt) fam
sister arrived
mctnc
"^tceflcrin 3"an5
ways
be
bent 93auer.
gabber ^fiirfl
bad "elb.
gab bcr giirll
4. Der ^iirfl
gafcba" "etb bent Saucr.
6. 1)0.i "elb gab bent 33auer ber giirfl.
3. "em
evening my
may
certain
be
pressed
ex-
peasant.
Saucr
last
laicjupon
sentences
1. 3)cr Siirfl
ga^ bent SBauer bag "elb, the count
"elb
an,
at Paris.
5.
2. Da^
gave
the money
to
the
256
CONSTRUCTION.
ancient obsolete
^Accordingto some
poets frequentlymake use of,we might also say
Bemabe.
"
which
words
300.
with
Accessory
The
Subordinate
or
Sentence*
"
(1.)a
of the
Ex."
the teacher
asked
(3.)2)en "Sto(f,"
toorben^the
to school ?
why you did not come
1
1
n
ill tticbcrgefiinbe
id^ derloten i^a
c
which I had lost,
has been found again.'
me
I (^e
cane
Exception.
containingtwo infinitivesor
the auxiliaryprecedes.
participle,
In
Ex.
"
sentence
I have
which
Note.
"
This
is the
is used
of mode
Ex."
l^aBc l"aben
bathing.
case
in
you
also when
placeof
the
that I could
III. The
^01.
The
"
co-ordination or
30d.
"
'
^There
The
see
are
of the
in
ries
auxilia-
fonncn,
they
told
Sentence.
ways
is formed
either
SENTENCES.
COMPOUND
poets sometimes
lake
you.
Compound
three
the
participle(p.110, IV,).
Compound Sentence
by sub-ordination.
CO-ORDINATE
a.
not
infinitiveand
fC^cn,
an
of
co-ordination.
placethe auxiliaryfirst.
by
258
CONSTKUCTION.
h. In
compound
iliary.
Ex.
!Da
"
Ex."
prefixof separablecomp.
The
c.
cinen
er
tJieparticiple
precedesthe
tenses
received
passport.
verbs is not
separated.
"ic
aux-
well,
not
because
Depending
d.
cases
are
placedbetween
the
subjectand
the verb.
t^ ben Sticfbciner Sil^toefier
mcincm
totm
bu ntir jiimen,
SBiirbefl
Ex."
you be offended
sister'sletter to my brother ?
SSruber fcnbe"would
send your
subordinate
3. The
member
or
sentence
; if
the second
may
with
be
if I should
me,
either the
first
the subjectof
placed first,
the
Ex."
er
trdge
fc^reifet
fl,(fo)
cr, "c-,he does
the
4u When
of
pronoun
not write
the
me,
because
subordinate
or
object,
pronoun
cr
tragc
he is
lazy
sentence
an
and
abstract
the
noun
ifl,ij!cr boc^nici^t
glMIici^,
unfcr^a^Hx xtx6)
although our
Dl)f(^on
neighbor is rich, he is, nevertheless,not happy. (Regular
order : Unfer 9lttl^6or
er reic^
iflbod)nic^tgliitfUc^,
Dh\6^on
ifl.)
"
subordinate
5. The
the words
sentence
may
be inserted between
even
of the
of the
the order
ing
sentence, without affectprincipal
words of the principal
sentence.
ben
al0 i^ ton mciitcr IRctfc
fogleic^,
juriidfc^rtC/
of the death of your
Sob bciner "d^wefiermit,they informed
me
sister,immediately on my return from my journey.
mir
3)?an t^eilte
Ex."
conjunctionsIIIenn
6. The
In this
omitted.
Ex.
ijl,or, SSJcil
"
clauses
^a^
are
case
frequently
to the end.
known
Note.
and
"
The
occur
order
in
gladly have
of words
compound
is
come
to you.
sentence;
if several subordinate
COMPOUND
List of
VEBBS.
CompoundVerbs,
which
when
are
either
on
inseparable,
Inseparable.
Separable.
(^Hicfen
burd^bo^ren
burc^bringen
burc^glu^en
u r
burc^ge^en
to
glance tlirough
througk
through
through
to bore
to force
to heat
to
uberfu^rcn
iibcrgc^cn
ubcr^cben
to lift over
iibcrlaben
to
load
iibeflcgcn
to
lay
iiSerlaufen
to
run
Hberreidt)en
ukrfc^Iagen
to
reach
ukrfd)reiben
to write
ukrfc^uttm
iiberfe^en
uberfpringen
to
to go
to
iiberflcigen to
ubcrtragen to
to throw
iiberjie'^en to
u m
gelen
umflciben
urn
fasten
RntfaJTcn
to go
to
one
side
over
over
over
pierce
to
roam
to dehver
to take
by surpriEe
dispense with
over
with
to
cover
to
translate,to overcharge
to
skip
transgress
to fall out
to
over
around,
importime
to calculate
to
over
anew
to
to transfer
over
to
associate
change clothes
to set
cross
to surpass
over
to ride
to
to direct
over
draw
penetrate
to deliver
over
mount
ubcrroerfeit
over
to interleave
to
spillover
to go
to
to reflect
to
ubcrtreten
to travel
to overburden
over
carry
hastily
to peruse
to
over
leap
penetrate
to overlook
over
to pass
pierce
to
to convict
over
over
to turn
to
design
to examine
one's
to inflame
away
run
to know
with
one
cover
to elude
to clothe
on
to sail around
to embrace
all sides
260
AND
NEUTER
VERBS.
INTRANSITIVE
are
conjugatedin German
English with
abweic^en,to deviate
to rise
aufj^e^cn,
to awake
ftufn"a(i"cn,
to life again
to come
aufleben,
to shoot up
auffd^icpcitf
to step up
ttuftrctcn,
aufwad^fm,to grow up
away
to slip
ouggleiten,
au^iuanbcrn,to emigrate
of
seme
of to
house
pale
cold
to blush
errot^en,
move
in
have.
to grow
crblafTm,
to grow
erfalten,
degenerate
in the
au^;(ic^en,
to
to slipfrom
cntfallcn,
to escape by flight
entflic^en,
to escape
by going
entgel^en,
to escape by running
entlaufen"
to fall asleep,to expire
entfc^Iafen,
to escape by slipping
entfc^liijjfcn,
to escape by springing
cntfprtngen,
to escape by yielding
cntweid^ettf
to
entwifc^cn,
by gliding
escape
to decay
SIbfallcn,
down
to run
Qblaufctt,
to depart
abrcifen,
au^arten, to
with
out
to appear
crfc^cincn"
to be frightened
erfd^reifcn,
to meet
bcgegnctt,
to be astonished
crfiaunen,
to burst
berf!cit,
to remain, to stay
bleiben,
to run
bo^onlaufen,
away
to penetrate
tinbringen,
to fall asleep
cinf(^lafen,
to be drowned
ertrinfen,
to awake
crttjac^en,
to
fa^ren,
ride in
to fall
fatten,
to
faulen,
rot
carriage
NEUTER
AND
INTRANSITIVE
261
VERBS.
to flow
fttepert/
to decay
tcrfallcn,
to rot
"erfaulen,
to evaporate
"erfltegen,
to follow
folijea,
to prosper, thrive
gebei^cn,
to starve
fter^ungern,
to become
Deria^ren,
to flutter
flattent,
to flee
jlie^en,
to go
ge^eti,
to
genefen,
to evaporate
"errauc^en,
recover
gerat^eit,
(in
etwa^); to get
unter
or
to go
Uerreifen,
to
"erro(len,
to coagulate
gerinneu,
to happen
gefc^e^ettr
to
journey
be consumed
by
sounding
to pass away,
Dcr)lreic^cn,
"er|lummcn,to grow dumb
Vcrtrocfnen,to dry up
come
lanben^to land
to gush
quellcn,
to
reifertf ripen
on
forth
to fade
tjerwelfen,
"crwcfen,to decay
roflen,to
to press forward
Jjorbringen,
rust
to sink
[mtixit
to sneak
fc^Iet(i"en,
to grow
n"ac^fen"
to wander
tt)anbertt,
to melt, smelt
fc^meljcn,
to slip
fc^liipfen,
to vanish
fd^minben,
to
fc^wettttt/swell
to jdeld,to give
toeid^en,
joerben,to become,
strand
perish
antiquated
to
get
to meet
jufammenlreffcn,
together ;"
and all separable verbs compounded
poor
to grow
"erblet(i"cn,
way
to step back
juriidftrctcn,
to become
Seralten,
Jjerarmen, to become
to
to fall to ruins
gerfaffen,
to burst
gcrfpringen,
to freeze over
jufrieren/
to return
juriidEfe^ren,
to die
flerben,
umfommen,
elapse
to
rotten,to roll
to
jlranben,
rust
to cease
tierfci^atten,
to depart this life
locrfc^eiben,
to disappear
5Derfd)n)inben,
flettern,
to climb
fommcn,
by time
desolate
"eroben, to become
succeed
to
gelingen,
invalid
with
palo
blciben,
fasten,
fallen,
folgen,
ge*
to fade
"crblu^en,
to
"erburj!cn,
die of thirst
motion
The
the
to
mere
place
activity,a
subjectfrom
one
"ilen,to hasten
to
fliegen,
fly
or
space
continuous
state
is denoted
state
; with
without
^a
e n
change
fc
,
when
or
produced by
i n, when
ence
refer-
expressing
transition
of their
into another.
to creep
friec^cn,
t
o
laufen, run
to hop
l^ii^jfen,
retten,to ride
to climb
flettern,
to
reifen,
on
travel
fc^wimmcn,to swim
to spring
fpringcn,
horseback
to
fleigen,
mount
2G2
REFLEXIVE
VEBBS.
they
must
When
be
reflexive
verbs
conjugated with
"Bi6)anma"en, dat.
compounded
l^aten
(see 154
are
to presume
fici^
anne^men,gen. to take care of
fit^argern, ukr, to be vexed
to behave
fi(^auffii^rcnr
to sojourn
fid^auf^atten,
vlUx,
^\i)
auf^atteitr to criticize
du"crn, iiBcr,to express one's self
ft(^
thanks
to return
bebanfen,fiir,
ftd^
{id)bebenfen,to consider
of
bebienen, gen. to make
use
flc^
find one's self (feel)
ft(^
befinben,
bcjiel^en
to endeavor
or
ftd^
jt"^bcflei"igcn"
diligently
to repair
[id)begebcn,
ftd^begebcn*
gen. to give up
shift
to make
f!c^
be^elfeiif
ubcr, to complain
Oc^ beflagen,
[of
[xd)
bemfic^tigen,
^e/i.totake
possession
with
and
English.
separableprefix,
156).
a
to rejoice
fid)'fxtvitn,
|ii^fugen,in, to comply with
fid)fuxd)\tn,
"oj,
to be
afraid
to be pleased
ftc^gefatten,
fid)
getrauen,dat. to
be
[dare
confident,to
fic^
grdmen, uber, to grieve
of
jtc^
^uten,"or, to beware
to be mistaken
irreitr
ftcb
to mix, to meddle
ftd^mifc^en,
jtc^
nd^cntfto approach
to incline
fid^
neigen,
to settle
ftc^nieberlaJTen,
to lay down
nieberlegen"
flc^
fid)
rii^men,
gen. to boast, to glory
to
ftc^
[ashamed
rii^reiifbustle
to
be
fid)
bejinnen,
gen. to recollect
to endeavor
fid)
bcj^rcbcn,
ftc^
fc^icfen,
impers.to be becoming
fid)
nac^,to long for
fe^nen,
to sit down
fid)
fe^en,
to behave
fid)
betragen,
to make
ffd^
fputen"
to get drunk
ftc^betrinfetif
betruben,uber, to be afllicted
fid)
to stoop
bitcfen,
ft(^
einbtlben,
ftc^
a/^c. to be conceited
dat. to imagine
cinbtlbcitf
fid)
to withdraw
f!c^entfernen,
to pretend
to feign,
^d)jlcffen,
to
fid)trcnncn,
separate, to part
fid)tummein, to hurry
to look about
or back
fid)umfet)en,
to venture
fid)
mttxfitf)tn,
to agree
fid)
uereinigen,
[tooflfend
ftd)
an, to fail in one's duty,
verge^en,
jtc^
ent^altcn,
gen. to abstain
to be determined
fid)
cntf(^liepen,
crbarmen,gen. to have mercy
ftd^
to dare
fid)
crbretflen,
[come to
haste
uxixxtn,to
fid)
pass
fid)
creigneit/
impers. to happen,
to surrender
fid)ergeben,
"ftd^
ergeben,impers.to result
to rely
^erlaJTen,
aiif,
fid)
to assemble
^erfantntcln,
fid)
to commit
an
ijerfe'^en,
error
fid)
to dissemble
ijerflellen,
fic^
[resolve
ftc^"ome^nicn,dat. to determine, to
to recover
fid)er^olen,
dat. to imagine
jjorj^ellen,
ftc^
crinncrn,gen. to remember
fid)
dat. to resist
fid)
wibcrfe^cn,
to catch cold
fid)crfditen,
wunbern, uber, to wonder
[hood [id)
mit, to get one's liveli- fid)
fid)ernd^rcn,
jutragen,impers.to occur
to
PEEPOSITIONS.
List of
sin, on,
with
Prepositions
an)latt,instead
auf, on,
dat.
ouper, except,
ki, by, near,
witli, dat.
this side,
on
bieffeit[^],
instead
Jlatt,
gen,
dat.
dat.
against, towards,
l^alkrtor
l^tnter,
behind,
in,in, dat.
iil6er,
over,
(Leas. 68).
e?a^.
around,
account
tZ"^.
into,
"
unter,
[to],dat.
^alber,on
or
ace.
or
ace.
aec.
far
from,
gen.
below,
under,
[of],gen.
unter:^alb,
below,
ttermoge, by dint
gen.
son,
ienfett[a],
on
"or,
before,
virtue
[of],gen.
"?r
dat.
sermittelft,
see
dat.*
toiber,against,
[of],^"}7".
nebcn,beside,
"?a^.
net"jl,
together with,
ob,
on
dat.
the
r,
dative
%xt^
[of],^e?i.
aee.
6?a".
[of],^"w.
consequence
"?r
dat.*
jumtber,contrary
jtoifc^en,
between,
to, "fa^.
dat.
or
ace.
(Less.68).
^ew.
and
Sanga, jufolge,
also govern
(Less. 68).
[of], (?a".
account
o^er^alb,above,
in
jufolge,
aee.
""r
gen.
account
pnad^fl,next,
dat.
near,
(Less.68).
narf),after,to, dat.
notc^fl,
next,
on
gen.
aec.
or
njd^renb,during,
jrcgen,
means
aec.
mitteljl.
mittelflf
by
or
[of],gen.
fraft,by
gen.
dat.
gen.
far from,
within,
inncr^alfe,
that
dat*
(Less. 68).
(Less. 68).
ace.
[of], ^e?i.
ungeac^tet,
notwithstanding,
dat.
conformable
oAic.
or
unfern, not
gegenuter,
opposite,
gema^,
t^.
urn,
fur,for, ace.
gegcn,
ungcad^tct*
fpnber,without,
ace.
entgegen, towards,
ace.
feit,
since, dat.
of, dat.
outside
burd), through,
they govern,
ace.
or
which
see
olngeoc^tet,
[of], dat.
out
au^,
[of],gen.
upon,
Oases
ace.
or
the
tro^,govern
generally the
genitive, but
they
cai
tttciner 9rufft(^t
(dative)nteincm
flarfcn"uc^cn
\"
(Schiller,''Maria
Stuart"),
VOCABULARY.
EXPLANATION
OF
ABBREVIATIONS.
ad^. adjective.
prep,
preposition.
adverb.
pron.
pronoun.
adv.
conj.conjunction.
/. 8.
V. a.
interj.interjection.
mod.
modified.
m.
masculine
8.
n.
neuter
8.
substantive.
the
ending
singularthe termination
to the
radical
vowels
a, o, u,
languages may
be found
m.
".,pi.-c,
in the
STbcnbd, adv.
evening.
evening.
see o^fd^rciten.
gefc^rieben,
^ngcn, v. ir. to depend on.
"
v.
reifen,
v. ir. to copy.
fd^reiben,
depart,set
ENGLISH.
s., pi.-n,
ape,
monkey.
/. 8. fear.
SfengflUc^feit,
allein,
adj.alone
out.
conj.but.
adj.all.
allntdc^ttg,
conj.omnipotent.
"xU, conj.than, as, when.
al^bann, adv. then.
alfOfadv.
"
conj.thus, so.
"bft(|tlicf),
adj.intentionally.-
an,
abwed^fclnb,
adj.changeable,
b J"cid^cn,
v. ir. to deviate
from.
prep.
on.
adv.
anberfcitig,
on
the other
oh 1
a^ \ irUerj.
anbcrn,v.
ad^ten,
v.
a.
regard,esteem,
attention, regards.
to
^d^tung/
/. 8.
that
refers
spelled alike in
of the vocabulary.
5lb|tc^t,
/. 8., pi.-en, intention.
"
modified
not
nouns
allcr,c, i^,
to
pluralfrom
"
word
3le^nlic^fett,
/. ".,pi.-en, similarity.
okr, conj.but.
a.
The
Slffc,
m.
".,pi.-it eel.
Slbcnb,m.
differs in the
AND
".
neuter.
refi.verb reflexive.
is
on
neuter.
irregular.
verb
given.
only. Proper
GERMAN
%oX,
ir. verb
of substantives
of the
the two
10.
active and
auxiliary.
impersonal.
verb
imp.
".
verb
n.
verb
XI.
V. n.
pi. plural.
Whenever
and
V. aux.
substantive.
active.
verb
V. a.
substantive.
feminine
a.
hand.
to change, alter.
refl.
Slncrbictcn,
n.
s.
offer.
*2P6
TOCABULARY.
ir. to
'^Itcn,
together.
n. 8.,pl.
SBeifpicl,
-c, example
".
; jum
"
ilmxxitn,
V.
to
lament, deplore;v.
to offend.
to
".
lo^Hcn,
a.
commodious,
tqnent,afZ;.
ttjeincn,
v.
convenient.
".
proof.
inhabitant.
to admire.
to
to be
pay.
conscious
fic^
"
of.
beer,
s.
v. ir.
Iberilen,
to burst.
aSiQet,n.
vocation.
calling,
93inben,v. ir^
hide, conceal.
celebrated,
bind, tie.
to
SBtrne,
/. "., pi.-n, pear.
tefc^ciben,
adj.discreet,modest.
SSefd^eiben^cit,
/. ". modesty.
V. ir.
bitten,
[c^mu"cn,".
"cfea,m.
8.
a.
to
soil,dirty,
8.,pi.-ct
blau,
t. ir.
frijeit,
". ir.
bleibcn,
to better, improve.
v. refl.
JefTcrn,
^. "2.
forgert,
to take care;
to
to visit,
f"d|en,
"". a.
leaf,
" mod.
to
remain, stay.
bleid^,
adj.pale.
"lei, 7i.
"efii^^ftc
dispatchbusiness.
m
S"cfut^,
"., ^?.-c, visit,
"
(sound).
adj.blue,
to possess.
beg, request,
broom,
to
fein,
to bend.
v. ir. " refl.
biegcn,
to
5erii^mt,
adj.renowned,
induce.
move,
a.
^j. a.
ia^len,
SBier,
n.
8.
to
place.
".,pi.~t,
D. ir.
IcTijejt,
m.
SScruf,
about
to we/ep.
a.
wunbern, v.
flcl^c n
"
be
to
conscious
bcwuft,a(Z;.
reward,
-en,
admiration.
a3ei"unbcrung,/.".,|)^.-en,
reward.
SBelo^ung,
/. "., pL,
S3erg/w.
take
or
SBewo^ner,w.
b
to press.
a.
v. a.
Itdcibigcn,
c
impend,
to
S3e"ci3,m.
to complain.
refl.
bag, purse.
a.
v. ir. to
betDcgen,
ir. to bite.
a.
iV.
occur
example.
v.
flagen^
judge, criticise.
" adJ?).before
be"or,conj.
5c!an"t,adj.acquainted.
I
cheat.
".
m.
aSeutel,
leg.
beifaramen,adv.
Id^iUt-D.
cheat.
to
ite utt'^eilcn,
v. n.
for
-". tV. to
triigcn,
Sett,n.
at.
Iclbe,adj.both.
93cin,71.
m.
aSetruger,
retain.
keep,
10.
"
ENGLISH.
AND
J"tgnf,
m,
I
GEBMAN
".
lead ;
jlif t ,
w,
".,i)^.-e,
pencil.
bitdfen,t". n. to gleam, look,
blind ; -e, m. ".,2"^.
-n, blind
blinb,adj.
lead
I)crson.
lightning.
t\ n.
lighten.
bUljer,
to behave.
I c tragcti,
i". ir. " r^;/?.
naked, bare ; adf).only
" a"Zj.
surprised.bIo",aw^'.
betroffen,
participle
htrubt, "M??.aflaicted;
fein, to Slumc, /. "., i??.-n, flower, -ntopf"
w.
S3It^,
"., pi.-e,
to
"
"
feel sad.
m.
mod.
flower-pot.
GEHMAN
VOOABULAEY."
Sluten,".
m.
aSobeitf
Sttrone,/.
"., pi.-n,
to bleed.
n.
ground,
s.
Soncert,ti.
bottom.
wickedness.
citron.
adj.malicious, wicked.
bo^^aftr
fQo"^dU f. 8., pi.-tn, maliciousness,
2).
!Da, ""?"".there,where
S3ote,m.
267
ENGLISH.
AND
corj.when,
becausa
messenger,
bratctt,
V. ir. to roast.
to use, need.
". a.
brauc^eiTf
it.
braun, adj.brown.
breitr
adj.broad, wide,
conj.therefore.
Dame, /. 8.,pi.-n, lady.
bamit, adv. therewith ; conj.that.
banfen,v.
ir. to break,
".
bred^en,
S3rief,
m,
".,p?. -n,
postman
tc
Srunnen,
m.
s.
well, spring.
for.
care
it,at it,
w.
ba"on, adv.
book;
bookstore; -flabe,
to
or
ba",conj.that.
bookseller; -labeiif
8.
about
to care
b i n*
fen,
-lie^*
after that.
brother.
n.
SSud^,
en
that
in
barauf,adv. thereupon,on
bridga
s., pi.mod.
to thank,
a.
w.
pi.-n, portfolio,
to bring.
"). ir.,
bringen,
aJruber,m.
thence
ba^er,adv.
m.
".
ir. to
away
run
sequently,
con-
s.
"., pi.-n,
benfen,v.
to think,
vr.
butter.
a3utter,/.".
cor^.
therefore,
be^wegen, adv.
conj. therefore,
on
that account.
o;.
bejlo,
c(mj.the
m.
8.,pi.-en,
comrade.
m.
!Dic^ter,
Sanbibat,m.
candidate.
t)ieb,m.
damcrabr
8., pi.-n,
Sapellc,
/
n.
Sapitol,
S^or, m.
n.
8.
bienen,v.
Diener,m.
capitol.
8.
8.,
chapel
pi.-e,
"
mod.
chorus
8.,
pi. -en,
Christian.
C^ronif,/.
".,jp^-en, chronicle,
ftigarre,/.
8., pi.-n, cigar.
the
,
more.
poet.
8.,pi.-e, thief.
n.
8.
to serve.
servant.
n. ".
2)ienflmabd^en,
v.
bingen,
choir.
m.
d^rifl,
8.
c^ r
; -m
maid-servant.
ir. to hire.
n.
8. ink; Dlntenfap,
T)\ntt,f.
[stand.
8.
ink-
268
VOCABULARY.
bonncrn,v. imp.
2)orf,
n.
"
GERMAN
to thunder.
village,
brudEen,
to
v.
com-
v. a.
pinch,press.
m.
X)uft,
s.
fragrant.
vapor,
mp
"
u r
impers.to
to tear,
v. ir.,
entret"en,
seem.
v. sep. to
d^reifen*
".
d^fe^cn,
m.
2)urfl,
8.
to
travel
through ;
"
blot,
a.
m.
Sntf(^lu",
8.
a.
image.
as
"
e^e,adv.
"
to
answer,
respond
cor-
v. ir.
rbleid^en,
pale,to
to grow
; -n
I eb
c n
n.
".
die.
life
the earth.
v. ir. to experience,learn.
fasten,
Srfrifd^ung,
/. ". refreshment
v. a. to fill,
erfutten,
satisfy.
v. ir. to
er^alten,
preserve,
erfennen,
v. ir.
perceive,recognize.
ceive.
obtain,re-
haste.
wenig,adv.
little.
erfiirett,
v. a.
another.
einanber,adj.one
to imagine.
v. refl.
cinbilben,
adv.
cinerfeit^,
the
on
cittfallen,
v. ir.
to
one
side.
occur.
to
to
choose, elect.
v.
eriangen,
a.
to
acquire.
erlauben,v.
n.
to
permit.
erlcrnen,
v. a. to
cinigf
adj.sole,only.
v. ir. to
crlofd^en,
einjigf
ad;,only,alone.
ermattcn,
n. s. iron;-b
(Sifen,
Slenb, n.
decide.
". experience.
"rfal^rung,/.
as.
e^rcrbietig,
adj.reverent.
cigcn,a^. own, proper.
ein
asleep,die.
to.
e r
ere, before.
"ilc,/. ".
away.
entweber-ober,
conj.either-cr.
dozen.
etcnfo Oi\^tadv.
from.
resolution.
v. ir. to
entfpred^en,
on
n.
run
v. ir.,to
fd^Iie"en,
8. earth
("rbe,/.
CbcnMlb,
snatch
t fc^Iafen,
v. ir. to fall
cwZ;.thirsty;
-en, v. a. to thirst.
n.
X-u^enb,
en
e n t
through.
carry
thirst ; -l g
ir. to
e n t rinnen,v.
".
"nt^altfamfeit,
/. 8. abstinence.
burd^,
jprep. through,by.
b
perceive,feel.
abstain.
bunfcl,adj.dark,
n.
ir. to
grandson.
v. a. to lay bare, uncover.
entblo"en,
"ntfcrnung,
/. 5., pi.-en, distance,
to
e nt l^alten,
v. ir. to contain
; v. refl.
bumm, adj.,
dull,stupid,
bunfeit/
".
ir. to receive.
ij.
ftnben,
Snfel,m.
print ;hxuitn,
to
a.
v.
fangen,
enblic^,
adj.finite ; odiJ. at last.
to threaten,
V. n.
bro^cttf
c m
receipt.
to thrash,
".. ir.
brcfc^cn,
ENGLISH.
m.s.
@m}5fang,
" mod.
8., pi.-tx,
AND
s.
go
n.
out,
extinguish.
to weary,
tigue.
tire,fa-
misery.
("ffc,
/. "., ^^.-n, yard
aittxn,pi.parents.
"
v. a.
learn, acquire.
'
eroBcrn,".
gain.
a.
a.
to murder.
to conquer,
to
take, to
VOCABULABY.
GERMAN
resotmd.
erfd^allen,
v. ir. to
AND
ENGLISH.
S^nfler,
n.
window.
8.
v. a. to terrify,
erfci^retfenf
frighten.
ferner,
adj."
at first,
erjl,adv. first,
adj.ready.
fcrtig,
v.
erflaunen,
to be astonished.
n.
".,pi.-c, "
m.
Crtrog,
fettf
adj.fat.
m""c?. produce,
profit.
v. ir.
crtragcn,
to bear.
crwartcn,
to mention,
a.
to
v. a.
emicbcrnf v.
v.
crjd^Ien,
reply.
/. s., pi.
Grja^Iung*
".
w.
("fel"
donkey, ass.
-en,
V
eJTcn,
ciicr" pron.
Piegen,
ga^ren,!".
drive,to
Salfc,m.
to
tr.
8., pi.-n,
fattd,"w^. in
v.
fangen,
^a"f
n.
in
V. a.
foltcrn,
adv.
fort,
(that).
" mod.
to
m.
Seller,
Seinb, m.
gelbf n.
ail,be
8.
to
err,
v. ir. to
; -mcf"" freJTen,
the matter
field ;
"
eat
(appliedto
mals).
ani-
with.
agriculture.
freedom.
^^rei^eit,
/. "., pi.-en,
fault,mistake.
8., pi.-er"
(diminutive of Frau),
fret,
adj.free.
fist.
fence.
imp.
8.
woman.
Miss.
away.
n.
i^raulein,
faut,adj-idle,lazy.
V. n.
fc^Ien,
torment" rack.
Srau, /. ".,j3^.
'^n,
almost.
fed^ten,
v. ir. to
to
Srage,
/. "., pi.-n, question.
v. a. to ask.
fragen,
color.
-n,
%avi^,f.8.,pi.-t,
morf. river.
adv.
fafl,
flow.
ground.
glu^,m. "., pi.-", "
ir. to catch.
%axU, f. "., ^.
fly.
fall.
case
fly.
-n,
v. n. to follow,obey.
carriage, folgen,
folglid^,
adj.subsequent ; ad/v. " conj.
falcon.
consequently.
go
carry.
fatten,
v. ir. to
pi.
5Io", m.
example.
s.
".,
ir. to
i). ir. to
fliepen,
something, somewhat.
n.
d. ir. to flee.
flie^en,
eternal.
ewtg, acfj.
(ixm^d,
gif^, m.
??.
your.
cttuad, pron.
ir. to find.
gliege,/.
narration.
to eat.
ir.
v.
ftnben,
figure.
jTei^ig,
adj.diligent.
to narrate.
a.
8., pi.-en,
glaf(^e,
/. ".,pi.-n, flask,bottle.
%Ux^, n. 8. flesh,meat.
expect,
to
a.
%mx,f.
thimbla
m.8.
%'mQix,
m.8.
finger;
-l^ut,
to consider,reflect upon.
trtod^tn,v.ir.
erwa^nen,v.
adv. further.
^au, m.
s.
fresh
"w?;.
frifd^,
freeze.
;
adv.
newly.
frj)'",
(c"?mp.fro^er),
adj.joyfoL
270
VOCABDLABY.
QEBMAJT
v. a.
fallen,
v. a.
fii^ren,
futtcn,
V.
a.
fiir,
prep.
Su", w.
on
prt, heard
V. n.
^ox^^txit
^mn,
v.
n.
to
belongs.
to obey.
belong.
8.,pi.-er,
ghost,spirit.
gelb,
adj.yellow.
fox.
"elb,
feel,perceive.
to
"eijl,m.
to lead,
n.
"elegen^eitf
/. "., pi.-en, occasion.
to fill.
m.
"ele:^rte,
"., pi.-n,
for.
^ux^t, f. 8.
m.
Sfurfl,
mod.
ENGLISH.
ge^orfam,
adj.obedient.
to breakfast.
a.
m.
%\x3)$,
fruit;
AND
v. ir.
gelingeit/
fear.
learned
to succeed.
v. ir. to cost, to
geltcn,
8.,pi.-en,
prince,duke.
"cmdibe,
"
foot.
n.
"emufCr n.
8.
man.
be valuable.
picture,painting.
vegetables.
gcmut^lid^,
adj.good-natured,kind,
".
hearted.
adj.precise.
General,m. ".,pi.-e, "
genau,
gd^ren,".
v. ir. to
gcncfcn,
*". to ferment.
mod.
general.
recover,
ganj,
bictcn,i". ir.
to
8.
v. ir. to
gcbct^cn,
"cbi(^t,
71.
g
to
ge
-c,
"
mod.
prosper.
poem.
please,
gefangen,
ac0.imprisoned.
m.
8. prisoner.
Oefangcne,
n. ".,pi.-e, prison.
Oefdngnip,
ti. " attendant.
"efoIge,
7i. ". feeling,
(?Jefu^l,
gcgcn, prep,
gage,
baggage, lug-
of mountains.
birth-day.
"., pi.-t,
". ir.
fattcitf
"cpd(f,n.
command.
towards, against.
QcgcKiiber,
prep, opposite.
use.
v.
ratten,
upon,
ir. to
come,
hit
or
fall
to thrive,
a^f;.
just.
gerec^t,
gem, adv. gladly,with pleasure.
m.
"cfanbte,
"., pi.-n,
ambassador.
"cfc^id^te,
/.8. history,narrative.
adj.clever, skillfuL
gcf(^i(ft,
see
f(^tc"en.
gcfc^opcn,
see
fpred)cn.
gcfprod^cn,
"eflaU,/. "., pi.-en, form.
adv. yesterday.
gejlern,
ENGLISH
VOCABULARY.
8.
adj.fevorable.
gitntlig,
"iite,/. s. kindness,
health.
"e"aUer,
271
GERMAN.
AND
8.,pi.-n,
m.
godfather.
adj.good, kind.
gutig,
"cn)inn,m.
v. a.
geiDDl^nen,
"ewo^n^eit,
/.
imp. to
".,
accustom.
pi. -en,
custom,
8.,
n.
adj.customary.
gcwo^nlid^f
adj.eager.
fiicrig/
[sonedcup
T. ir. to pour.
Qtc^cn,
w.
poison ; -bc(i^cr,
a.
v. a.
glcinjen,
to hail.
adv.
^anblung,/. ".
v. ir.
'(langcn,
v.
'^angen,
sparkle.
-n,
".,i??.
"Iocfe,/.
v.
laffen,
bell,
s.
n.
hang.
hang.
-n, hare.
".,j9^.
^a", m.
".
hate, hatred.
a.
to hate.
8.,
pi. -cr,
"
capital;
a.
-wort,
8.,
"
pi. -c,
"
"i im/pto
n.
8.,
pi. -cr,
l^altung,
/.
^ekn, V.
8.
"
mx)d.
man.
grave,
ir. to lift,
u.
^ei"en,
griin,
adj.green,
n.
to
become
green
flourish,
"ulbctt,7n
v.
^eilen,
n.
to heal.
8. home.
|)cimat^,/.
tomb.
v.
griincn,
8.
florin
(a coin).
9.
house;
household.
mod.
n.
adv. chiefly,
^aul)tfad^ll(^,
mainly.
head
mod.
substantive.
noun,
count.
; v. n.
ir. to strike.
-jlabt,
/.
^au5,
to
m.
|"afc,
^aupt, n.
abhor, fear,
"rcia, m.
action,
to
a.
^art,
adj.hard.
^auen,v.
catch.
horror
hammer.
^^\\^, adj.ugly,
adj.fortunate, happy.
glucflid),
"oIb, -en, adj.gold.
"ott, m. 8.,pi.-cr, " mod. God.
"rab, n. "., p?.-cr, " mod. grave,
u. ir. to dig.
graben,
8., pi.-en,
keep,cling ta
8.,
to resemble.
xi. ir.,
gleid)en,
gleic^ttJO^If
con;, nevertheless,
slide,
15. zV. to glide,
gleitciif
ir. to glimmer, glow,
v.
glitnmcn,
@raf, m.
8.
m.
neck.
equally.
". ir. to
gretfen,
" mod.
ir. to hold,
V.
^altcn,
^anb, /.
to believe,
like;
hair.
adj.half.
l^alb,
|"al^,m. 8., pi.-c,
poi- jammer,
".
shine, glitter,
to
glaukn,V.
gleic^,
adj. equal, even,
a.
"rauen,
pi.-c,
^ageln,". imp.
habit.
"ift,n.
^aax,
to
^clb, m.
ir. to call,command.
8., pi.-en,
hero,
V. ir. to help,
^clfcn,
^cll,
adj.clear,light.
272
VOCABULARY.
|"clm,m.s.,pl
^emb,
helmet,
-Cr
^enfer,m.
-bringen,v.
-en,
".,jpi.
m.
in, into.
out
ir. to
bring to light.
adv. after,afterwards,
^etna(^"
ptrr,
3. vVowel).
in,prep,
|)enHe,
/. ". hen.
adv.
Ijtxau^f
ENGLISH.
hangman.
s.
AND
sliirt.
"., pi.-en,
n.
GERMAN
"
master.
inbep,inbeiTen,conj. in
I time.
Sn^U,
Sir.
m.
as.
the
contents,
a.
innen,adv. inside,within.
^errlid),
adj.beautiful.
Snfeft,n.
|"erj,
intereffant,
adj.interesting.
n.
adv.
l^eute,
mean
to-day.
incn# V.
a.,pi.-en,
"
n.
refi.to
insect,
err.
^intmcl,w.
heaven.
s.
3. (Consonant)
adv.
; -gegen,
on
v. ir.
-fc^Ieidjen,
steal to
the
trary
con-
to sneak
or
adv. in,
l^incin,
into ;
-legen,v.
a.
l^inter,
prep,
^t^,
/. "., pi.-n,
V.
'^ofen,
n.
heat.
^oi-^flen),
ad^.high.
^od^(^o^er,am
|"b|c,
/. a.,pi.-n, hight.
^o^le,
/. s., pi.-n, cavern, pit.
a.
n.
$015",
s.,pi.-er, "
to fetch.
mod.
l^olitd)t,
adj.woodlike,
8.
a.
v.
fcungern,
a.
ever.
jcber,
c,
e^, pron.
ic^t,adv.
3ube, m.
lament.
every.
somebody.
now.
a.,pi.-n, Jew.
m.
Sungling,
a.,pi. -c,
a.
youth, young
dog.
hunger.
hunger.
pi. e,
" mod.
emperor
a.
t^um
n.
empire,
^alte,/. a.,pi. -n, cold,coldness,
^amm,
m.
^anind^en,
n.
^dfe,m.
hat.
coffee.
^aifer,m.
little chicken.
to
a.
^afig,m.
l^ungT'ig,
adj.hungry.
m.
to
je, adv.
^afee, m.
".,pi. -c,
m.
"hunger,
^utr
n.
wooden.
hen.
n.. 8.
NJulnd^en,
w.
jammern, v.
wood.
p^fii),ac?/.
pretty.
m.
8. hill.
.^ugcl,
^unb,
to hear.
V. a.
l^orcn,
Pu^n, n.
hunter.
a.
Semanb, pron.
^ijfli^,
adj.polite.
^olen,V.
to
chase.
to
a.
icbo(!^,
conj.yet, however.
hope.
to
v.
jagcn,
Sager,m.
place.
a.
a.
rabbit,
cheese,
^a^c,/. a.,pi,
-n,
v.
faufen,
buy.
a.
to
cat.
mod.
comb.
s.
274
VOCABULARY.
Setb,n.
8. sorrow
leiben,
v. ir.
-f e i n,
-t
|u
n, to
AND
ENGLISH.
SWaurer,m.
s. mason.
regret,
or
sorrow
cause
GERMAN
5D?ebaifle,
/. "., p?.-n, medal.
to suffer,
V. ir. to lend.
lei^cn,
SWeer,n.
IGeintDanb/
/. s. linen, linen-clotli.
Ccftton,
/. 8., pi.-e
Icrnenft.
"
a.
Ufcn,V. ir.
n,
9)?eUe,
/. "., ^?. -n, mile.
to read,
metnen,
le^t,adj.last.
m\%
10cute,pi.persons,
8. ocean.
lesson.
to learn.
n.
v.
".
melfeit/
^. t".
Iteben^ipurbig,
adj.lovely,amiable.
m.
Wltxi^ii,
"ieb, n.
merfen,?j. a.
v. ir.
liegcn,
care
to
lie,place; baran-
to
linfradj.left,
lotcn,V.
person.
measure.
-e, metaJ.
"., jp?.
butcher.
".
hire,rent.
to
". milk.
3"il(^,/.
loUnimxt^, adj.praiseworthy.
Sod^,n.
man,
mark, perceive.
to
t). a.
miet^en,
praise.
to
a.
left,
to milk.
8., pi.-en,
"i.
SWe^ger,
to the
tinf^,adv.
master.
v. ir. to
meffen,
SKetatt,
n.
about,
mean.
adv. most.
song,
intend,
to
n.
m.
SWeijler,
people,
s., pi.-cr,
mouBe.
hole.
mod.
mipbraud^en,
??. a.
to misuse.
s. evil-doer,
criminal.
m.
SWiJTet^ater,
" off
el,m.
8.
spoon.
m.
Sootfe,
8.
pilot.
CiJlDe,
m.
8., pi.-n,
lion.
tell
v. ir. to lie,
liigen,
2vL% f.
pi. -t,
8.,
V.
falsehood.
" mod.
pleasure
mind.
" wod
or
with; -gc='
with
-". i". to go along or
]|en,
one
v. communicate.
; -tl^eilen,
any
ntitl^tn,
therefore,
conj.
consequently.
9)?ittel,
n.
8.
to make.
bringalong
m.
8. noon,
SJiittag,
midday.
n. s. dinner.
SWittag^eJTen,
aw.
3)?ac^cn,
v. a.
ir. to
; -bringert/
means,
v. a.
mitt^eilen,
to
remedy.
cate.
imi)art,communi-
vant.
maid-ser-
5W6bel,pi.furniture.
5Wal,71.
8.
SKaler,m.
time
8.
(with numerals.)
painter.
SWan, iTM^e/.
pron.
they,people,see
one;
Less.
CWonat,m.
somebody, 5Wonb, m.
57, Obs. I.
ad'c. sometimes.
manci^mal,
"lantel,m.
SWatrofe,
m.
moglid^,
adj.possible.
Wloc^, n.
5Kor9en,m.
moss.
".
morning;
ad/9, tomorrow.
5Wauer,/.
-n,
".,p^.
sailor.
wall.
w.
". morning dew.
3)?or9ent^au,
miibc,^wZ?weary,
fatigued.
VOCABULARY.
fWiittcr,
m.
8.
^Xi[x\,f.
s.
GERMAN
miller.
music;
m.
-le^rcr,
s.
SKut^,
V.
Tluttn,/.
8.,pi." Tnod. mother.
" mod.
nut
-93aum,
nut-tree.
8.
9?u^en,m.
spirit,courage.
8.
m.
275
EIIGLISH.
fR\i^,
f. 8., pi.-e,
music-teacher.
m.
AND
8.
"n.
a.
nii^cn,
utility
;
use,
to make
use
of,to
be of
use.
nu^Iid^r
adj.usefuL
o.
Vta", prep.
"0. a.
"
adv.
to imitate
wards;
-bent, adv. after-
conj.after, when;
fen,V. ir. to reflect
adv. afterwards
; -\)cx,
although.
oben, adv. above.
Dh%
-IdlTig,
gent
adj.careless,negli-
;
;
-ben*
-fd^on, conj.-njo^l,
conj.though,
-mittag,m.
".
Dcean,
afternoon.
and
m.
8. ocean.
Dc^g, m.
by.
fruit.
n. 8.
" mod.
Del,
night.
n.
oil.
8.
'iRahd,
f. 8., pi.-n, needle.
Dfen, m.
^Rame, m.
offen,
adj.open
9?arr,m.
s.,pi.-n,
name.
mod.
ndrrifd^,
adj.foolish.
v. a.
ijffnen/
neben,prep.
oft,adv. often,oft.
near.
ne^men,v.
ir. to take.
D^eim,m.
nein,adv.
no.
o^ne,prep,
nennen,
v.
ir. to
n. 8., pi.-cr,
S'iefl,
neu,
Drt,
adj. new.
m.
uncle.
without
uncle.
8.
Dper, /. ".
nest.
officer,
to open.
s.
Dnfcl, m.
nama
stove, oven.
manifest
-bar, "(^".
m.
Dfftjier,
s., pi.-i,
pi.-en, fooL
8.,
opera.
-er,
5., _p^.
"
mod.
place.
nothing.
adv. nevertheless.
md^t^bellowentger,
9)aar,ti.
"., p? -e,
pair,couple.
m.
3)acf,
s., pi.-c,
" /""?"?.pack.
nie
m.
9)ala|l,
pron.
niemal^, adv.
or
S'ilen.anb,
pron.
nirgenb("),adv.
never.
nobody,
no
m.
3)antcffelf
one.
nowhere.
3)arf,m.
-einmal,once
nun,
"., pi.-n,
palace.
slipper.
park.
"., 2?^.-e, "
"?^.
stake,
adv. "
-ya, well
nur, adv.
s.
m.
5)fa^l,
more.
^t\%
conj.now,
then.
only,but
pfeifen,
v. ir.
need.
at
present
to
whistle.
9)fell,
m.8.,pl. -e,
m.
5"fcnnig,
arrow.
m.
8. horse-market
9)fcrbemaTft/
pile^
276
VOCABULARY
GERMAN
be
to
V. n.
to take
a.
care
ENGLISH.
of.
9leife,/.
8.,pl.-n, journey.
to do.
wont
AND
reifen,
v.
to travel.
n.
5)p[i"^t,/.
8.,pi.-en, duty.
3)^ilofo^^ic,
/. 8. philosophy.
n.
9)iano,3)i("iino,
rcnncn,
rci^cn,
v. ir. to
piano.
8.
tear.
ir. to
v.
horseback.
on
rxm.
9)ortlon,
/. 8.,pi.-en, portion.
reucn,
". post.
g)o|l,/.
ried"cn,
v. ir. to smell.
pi.-en, president.
*J)rci^,
m.
"., pi.-e, price,prize.
fRinc;,
m.
-c, ring.
".,j9?.
9)raf[bent,
m.
m.
3)rtnj,
".,
s.,
pi.-en,
prince;
pain,
torment,
grief.
Quelle,/. 8., pi.-n, spring,fountain,
m.
fftah,n. 8., pi.-er, " mod.
9tanb, m.
s.,
v. ir.
ratten,
pi.-er,
wheel.
" mod.
to guess,
-umt"cr, all
around.
to
flow.,
coat.
fRo^,n.
8.,pi.-e, horse.
rot|,a^/-J'sd.
return.
rufen,v. ir.
to call.
ru^en,v.
to rest.
n.
?Ru^m,m.
edge.
SRo^
rose.
lein)
fUMk^x, f. 8.
spring,gush.
to
around
ffto^i,/.
s., pi. -n, (diminutive
quack.
v. ir.
quetten,
9?orf,m.
D.
*.
imp. to rei)ent.
cfiln/
ringd, adv.
"
/. ". princess.
3"rofeffor,
m.
".,p?.-en, professor.
Quatffalber,
wi.
"
v. n.
8.
fame.
renown,
runb, {camp,runber),adj.round.
counsel.
to justify.
^. refl.
ref^tferttgen,
xi^ti,adv. to the right hand.
rcben,v.
a.
"
to
n.
SReben^art,/. s.,
"acf)c,
/. 8.,pi.-n, thing.
-o.
fagen,
speak, talk.
3al5, 71.
to say, tell.
a.
",
salt.
pression.
fammcln, v.
pi. -en, phrase,ex-
rebli-t,
adj.honest.
to
a.
sand
gather.
/f.desert
-wiitle,/
"Sanb,
m.
8.
"arg,
m.
?{eblicf)fett,
T. ir.
/. 8. honesty,uprightness. faufcn,
to drink
m.
iRegen,
to suck.
rain ;
s.
-bogen,m.
a.
raii)-
bow.
reiben,
v. ir.
to
(ofanimals).
to
fc^cibli^,
adj.injurious.
reign,govern.
rub.
S^dfer, m.
xz\^,adj.rich.
n.
3lett^,
8.
cofiln,
faucr,adj.sour.
regieren,
v. a.
m.
faugcn,v. ir.
m^d.
".
fitaffcn,
V. ir.
reign, kingdom
V. n.
-t^um, fcfwllen,
riches.
icif,
adj.ripe ;'-en, t.
s.
n.
to
ripen.
shepherd.
to
effect,created
to sound.
Sc^anbe,/. s. shame.
fd)dnbUd^,
adj.shamefoi.
VOCABULABY.
V. a.
fc^a^eti/
GERMAN
to value,
AND
2/7
ENGLISH.
v. a.
f($raubcn,
to
screw.
V. ir. to shear,
fi^ccrctt,
m.
"Sd)recf,
(en),
s.
V. ir. to separate.
f^cibcn,
id^xidtw,
V.
frighten,
"S^em, m.
".
shine ; appearance,
v. ir. to shine
fd^cmcn,
v. ir. to write.
fdjrciben,
fdbrctcn,
v. ir. to cry,
appear
to make
v. a.
fti^icfen,
to
send
rejl.to
v.
"". ir.
[c^reiten,
scream.
to stride.
I'djulbig,
adj.guilty.
present,
to
a.
terror.
be
suitable.
fc^ulblo^,
(wZ;.
guiltless.
"c^urff,7w.
"., ^^.-en,
knave.
v. ir. to push.
f(^ieben,
fc^wad),
adj.weak.
V. ir. to shoot.
f(^ic"cn"
7?i.
"(i^roager,
7W.
8. sailor.
"(i^iffcr,
t. ir. to fester.
fd^waren,
v. ir.
fc^inben,
v. ir.
[(^wetten,
m.
"(^tnfen,
flay,
to
ham.
*.
".
brother-in-law.
swell.
to
fd^tter,
heavy.
adj.difficult,
"Sc!)la(^t,
/. ". battle.
v. ir.
fc^roimmen,
v. ir.
fc^lafen,
v. ir. to disappear.
fc^njinbcn,
sleep.
fd^Iafeitb,
participle,
sleeping.
v. ir.
fdjiagen,
to
strike,beat.
to
v. ir. to swing.
fc^wingen,
v. ir. to
fc^njoren,
fc^lcd^t,
adj.bad, mean.
"egen,m.
v. ir.
fc^lei^cn,
v.
fcgncn,
to sneak.
to swim.
8.
swear.
blessing.
to bless.
a.
V. ir. to grind.
[(i^Icifen,
D. ir. to
fc|cn,
v. ir. to slit,
fc^lci"en,
split.
V. ir. to lock
f(^Uc"en,
v. ir.
fc^lingen,
"B^lo^,n.
8.
to
shut.
; to
"
feit,
prep.
sling.
see.
conj.since
aside.
lock ; castle.
m.
8. key.
"S(^IuffeI,
felbfl,
proTi. self;adv.
v. ir. to
fd}mei"en,
a"fi".seldom,
felten,
throw,
cast.
fenbcn,v. ir.
"d^merj,m.
v. ir. to
fe^en,
pain, ache.
"B6)Mt,m.
to snort
(ofhorses)
m.
"c^nciber,
8.
"". imp.
fd^ncien,
"teg, m.
send.
set.
"ilkr,
cut.
victory,
8.
v.
ftegfn,
8. snow*
n. ir. to
fci^nciben,
to
even,
v. ir. to seethe,boiL
fiieben,
[(i^mu^ig,
adj.dirty,
v. ir.
fd^naubcn,
; -ivdrt^,ado.
to
n.
n.
8.
conquer.
silver.
tailor,
v. ir. to sing,
fingcn,
to
ftnfen,
v. ir.
snow"
to sink,
fc^nett,
adj.quick.
v. ir. to think,
ftnnen,
ac?". already.
fd^on,
"c^on^eit,
/. "., p?.-en, beduty.
"flaue,m.
-n,
"., j?^.
slave.
"
wardrobe
b".
278
GERMAN
VOCABULABY.
m,
"ol^tt,
v. a.
fonbcrrt/
"onnc,
".
flerben,
m.
/.
to
8.
ENGLISH.
". a.
fletten,
son.
folc^,
pro?i. such.
"olbat,
AND
separate
to
*r.
die ;
jlcrknb,|)arti-
dying.
ciple,
fierblid^,
adj.mortal,
co7^.but.
m.
-{n)^d)im,
sun;
put, place.
to
"tern, m.
8.
adv. always.
jletd,
parasol,
adv. else,otherwise.
fonfl,
fiieben,
v. ir. to flyquickly; to
fpat,
a4?-" "^^^- 1*"-^"-
flitt,
adj.stUl,calm.
to walk.
v. n.
fpajicTcn
(gc^en),
"pctf,m.
flinfen,
v. ir. to stink.
bacon
8.
fpcienr
D. ir. to spit,
"time, /
". n.
fpcifcn,
to eat.
w.
"picgcl,
play-things
; -pla^,w.
5.
w.
".
"
fpiclen,
V. a.
?i.
to
v. a.
firafen,
looking-glass.
8.
start,
-jeug,
m.
"tral^I,
to
punish.
"trape,
ground,
play/. "., pi. -n, street,
"traud^,m. ".,2"^.
-e, " m^d.
shrub,
bush,
play,
v. ir. to spin.
fpinncn,
". ir.
fhcid^en,
-n, point.
"pi^c,/.".,^;.
v. ir. to split.
fpleipen,
"pott,m.
m.
"tul^l,
"tu(f, n.
mockery.
8.
to rub.
8., pi.-e,
piece.
mod.
chair.
"prac^e,
/, .'?.speech, language.
fpre(^en,
v. ir. to speak.
"turm,
v. ir. to sprout.
fpriepcn,
V.
fuc^en,
m.
to
a.
mod.
storm,
seek, search.
"pruc^, m.
s.,
"
pi. -c,
inod.
verb.
pro-
2;abcln,v.
"pur,
m.
m.
"tac^el,
8ta^t,m.
*3taII,w.
-en,
"., _p?.
s.
8.
track.
m.
-htdi^t,
Sag, m.
steel.
8.
to blame.
Slafel,
/. "., ^^.-n, blackboard.
sting.
a.
".,
^^.-e, day.
tagen,v. imp.
" morf. stable
tanjen,v.
n.
to dance.
tapfer,
adj.brave.
groom.
ftart,
imperfectof flc
to dawn.
c n.
Slapfcrfelt,
/. 8. bravery,valor.
Stcirfc,
/. 8. strength.
iTafd^c,
/. ".,p?. -n, pocket.
Safc^entuc^,
n. 8. handkerchief.
"tecfnabel,/.
8., pi.-n, pin.
Saffe,
/. ".,p?. -n, cup.
v. ir. to stand.
fie^en,
%Oi%t,
f
V. ir.
jli^Icn,
to steal.
3;dd^,m.
m.
3:cmpcl,
paw,
claw.
pond.
temple.
VOCABULARY.
n.
3;i^al,
pi.
s.y
-cr,
GERMAN
"
Trwd.
u.
dale,
valley.
%^it,m.
X^eil,m.
Uekl,
evil,ill.
a^Z;.
exercise,practise,
to
a.
ubcr,prep,
pi.-c, part.
8.,
evil ;
8.
n.
iiben,v.
tea.
s.
279
ENGLISH.
AND
over
adv. on,
yond.
be-
upon,
to divide.
v. a.
tlfieilen,
iib
adv. partly.
i\^z\U,
e r
bli(f
en,
".
to survey
a.
look.
; to over-
adj.dear.
t^eucr,
-i, animal.
"., jp?.
S^ier,71.
s., pi.-c,
Z^ox, n.
adv. moreover,
iibcrbie^,
iib
gate ; m. ".,pi.-tn,
fool.
e r
besides.
to
laufen,v. ir. (separable)
over
nm
to importune.
(inseparable)
t^oric^t,
adj.foolish.
Uebcrmap,ti.
e r
s. excess.
fc^cn,^.
to
n.
leap over
; v. a.
to translate.
Ueberfe^ung,
/. s.,pi.-en^ translation,
Itefc,
/
itb
pi. n, depth.
".
m.
Xifd^ler,
s.
Sob,
m.
tobten,^.
"
a.
adv.
ubrigen^,
Ufcr,n.
re/Z.to kill.
".,
^^.-e, "
mod.
8.
pot.
8.
tranfen,v.
umge^en,
m.
to water.
-c, "
s.,_p^.
mod.
around
dream.
traurig,
adj.sad.
treffen,
v. ir.
to drive ; to
trcten,v. ir. to
a.
practice
u m
tread,step.
trcu, adj.true,
to
go
to avoid,
; (insep.)
(sep.)to
to
(insep.)
turn
v. n.
fd)Iagcn,
return
; v.
up.
to overset
; to turn
menben, v. ir.
to turn
; to
invert,
drip,drop,
trinfen,
v. ir. to drink.
u n
trotfen,"^j.dry.
s.
to deceive.
Sugenb,/
virtue
s.
".,pi.-en,
te r
adj.interesting.
itnter^altenb,
drop,
triigen,
", ir.
m.
(separable)to
nngcad^tet,
prep, notwithstanding,
-0. ir.
triefotf
Sprann,
ir.
v.
over,
faithfe"s.
Sropfen,m.
; -matter,m.
ir. to surround,
v. n.
fe'^ren,
u m
to hit ; to meet.
treikn, v. ir.
bank, shore.
v.
geben,
u m
Sraum,
moreover.
watch-maker,
vict.
convince, con-
to
a.
Sopf,w.
to excel.
daughter.
death.
8.
treffen,
'". ir.
v.
ubcriicugen,
joiner,cabinet-maker.
Joc^ter,
/. 8., pi.mod.
e r
Untcr^altung,
/.
".,
pi. -en,
sation,
conver-
virtuous.
-^ft, am^*.
unterjoc^en,
v.
a.
Unterrtd)t,
m.
instruction.
to
subdue,
tyrant.
8.
jugate.
sub-
280
VOCABULARY.
ttn t e r
n. a.
fu(3^cn,
GERMAN
to examine.
"
m.
UttteTt^ait/
s., pi. -en,
or
ject,
adj.sub-
the way.
on
v. ir.
fle^cn,
i).
fuc^en,
to
a.
traucn, ti.
trust
t) e r
ti.
r a
hebcn,
to agree
a.
v.
bergen,
" cr
v.
beffern,
" e
to
" e r
cimgen,
unite, join;
v. a.
s.,
to darken.
sorig,
adj.former, last.
to hinder.
". a.
"er^tnbern,
UOlhrcid),
adj.populous.
i)or, prep.
v. ir. to forget.
Sjergeffcn,
n. ". pleasure,delight.
SJergniigen,
m.
S^erfauf,
adv. rather.
sielme^r,
full.
"oUer),"(^'.
refl."ott,((kw?^.
v.
to agree.
v. n.
"erf!nflern,
to wound.
a.
33oIf,n.
" er
cause.
to deserve.
a.
to
S?ctter,
m.
".,^i.-n, cousin.
improve.
"erbicncn,
v.
dry up.
to
upon.
ir. to conceal.
" e r
a.
" 0 r
fommcn,
v.
to occur;
(separable)
seem.
m.
S^ormittag,
mocf. sale.
ir.
y 0 r
8.
forenoon.
v. ir. to take
fe|en,
see.
care, to fore-
"erfe|rt,
ac?;.
perverted,perverse.
" c
laffen
,
ir.
v.
leave ; to
to
over,
past,
"ortrcffIic^,
adj.excellent.
upon.
verlaumben,v.
to calumniate.
a.
tr.
be
to
able;
n.
".
v. ir. to grow,
SGBaci^fen,
ability,
property.
v. a.
"erntut^en,
tier
to suppose,
presume,
n. ir. to betray.
ratten,
"erriitfen,
i). a.
to move.
wagen,
squander.
" crf(^tttnben,
t". "". to
disappeaif.
to venture.
v. a.
/. Si
9Ba^I,
v.
wal^Ien,
"erf(^teben,
adj.different.
vi. a. to
"erfc^tt)enben,
to
SJerwunberung,
/. s. astonishment.
cation.
BerttJunfc^ung,
/. "., j9^.-en, impre-
violet.
v.
njunben, v.
; v. n.
entrust.
to
V. a.
v. a.
"erurfad)en,
" e
attempt.
confidence
5.
"ertro(fnen, ".
2}eild)cn,
ti. ".
to understand.
v. a. to defend.
ijert^eibigen,
SJ e
untruthful-
misspeak.
to
" er
tktisorltc^ttgfeit,
/. ".,pi.-en, careless-
Unwa^r^cit,
/. "., pi.-en,
" er
" e
unterwcgg,adv. by
ENGLISH.
AND
choice.
a.
to choose,
wa^nfinnig,
adj.mad, crazy.
observe, improve
i\)a^rne^men,"?.t".to
Sa^r^eit,
/."., p^.-en, truth.
282
VOCABUIiAEY.
Qti^tn,
n.
v.
a.
jei^en,
v.
ir.
to
8.,
pi.
Beitung,
/.
".,
Belt,
8.,
pi.
breci^en,
jerlegen,
/.
jerrcipcn,
v.
er
jloren,
v.
/.
jte^cn,
ir.
v.
juerjl,
adv.
ir.
Bunge,
draw,
to
march;
to
J
adv.
moderate;
adj.
rably.
tole-
to
return
to
return
to
send
ju,
i u
to,
prep,
bringen,
away
8.
n.
".
room,
at,
in,
i".
to
(time).
jwar,
on.
bring
to
to
backwards;
(inseparable)
v.
-geben,
;
-fc^id
to
en,
-be^
pany
accom-
ir.
(separable)
"".
a.
(separable)
v.
a.
(separable)
v.
-fe^ren,
back,
v.
shut.
return.
ir.
(separable)
to
lock
up.
m.
juweilen,
chamber.
to
tongue.
-n,
back,
fct;liepen,
Bujlanb,
Bimmer,
procession,
(separable)
pi.
".,
back;
move.
jicmlici^,
"mod.
-e,
a.
adv.
gleiten,
destruction.
8.
v.
/.
juriicf,
dissect.
destroy.
to
pi.
8.,
first.
at
contented.
adj.
m.
tear.
to
sugar.
first,
J umactien,
dissection.
8.
a.
draught.
break.
disjoin,
to
a.
Berflorung,
to
m.
newspaper.
tent.
ir.
a.
v.
-en,
-en,
ENGLISH.
Butfcr,
Bug,
time.
pi.
Aim
jufrteben,
accuse.
-en,
v.
Berlegung,
show.
to
Beit,/.
n.
QEBMAN
sign.
s.
geigcn,
"
adv.
condition.
state,
at
times.
C(?^j. certainly,
jroingcn,
Bn"ifl#
s.
wi.
v.
ir.
to
indeed.
force,
".,jp/. -C/
constrain.
dissension,
strife.
VOCABULARY.
ENGLISH
GERMAN.
AND
A.
Abdicate,
Abhor,
aBbantcn.
v.
vermogen,
fonnen.
; adv.
ungefd^r.
About,
prep,
urn
Above,
prep,
itber,ohm,
of*),prep,
(on"
Account,
s.
Accuse,
Always,
ober^alb.
Acquire,
v.
8.
Admire,
Diec^nung.
v.
-wards,
ber9?a(!^mittag:
-noon,
s.
Against,
gcgen,
prep,
wibcr.
ft(^scrabrebeil.
s.
""?;.atlmad^tig.
Alone,
fl^v.
adv.
Already,
anfomnten.
ber 5JfeiI.
^iinflter*
ber
Ascend,
Ashes,
v.
flclgen,
^tnauffleigen*
bie
5.
ba.
Slfc^e.
fragen,bitten.
V.
IflJUtlbmt*
(to be), v, jld^
Astonished
At, prep,
rtng^ uml^cr.
Attempt,
i?.
beina'^c.
atlein.
adv.
s.
all-, ringdum^cr*
at
all around,
itid^t;
Almost,
Arrow,
"nt;
bie Sfnfunft.
8.
".
ber "c^ein.
$ccr.
prep.
v.
Artist,
s.
bad
8.
Arrive,
Ask,
bie 8uft.
Almighty,
5lfe,
anwenben, nac^fuc^cn.
".
Around,
ttU.
antwortcn*
bcr
8.
conj.m^i^" Arrival,
atZv. tt)icber.
Again,
tj.
Army,
nad^,nad^bem ;
prep,
Answer,
Apply,
Immhtxn,
"efanbte.
ba^ I^icr.
".
Appearance,
Afflicted,a(^. betrubt.
After,
adj.
Animal,
Ape,
bcr
untcr*
prep,
Ancient,
^anblung.
8.
adj. lieben^wurbig*
Among,
rocgcn*
crlangen.
bie
immer.
adv.
Amiable,
fic^gewij^ncn.
V.
conj.obgleid^,
oBfd^oiu
Ambassador,
jei^en.
V.
Accustom,
Action,
bie
anbern.
V.
Although,
"(???. aud^.
Alter,
"erabf{^cucn;fi(^grauen.
V.
(to be), v.
Able
Also,
fd^on.
\)erfud^cn.
Away,
V.
adv,
anjie'^en.
"eg, fort*
284
VOCABULABY.
"
ENGLISH
AND
GERMAN.
Boat, 8. \i(iiS3oot
Seib.
^ijrper,
Bad, adj.f"^Icd^t.
Body,
Boil, V. fod^en.
Bake,
Baker,
Bank,
ber S3a(fer.
8.
Ufcr.
bad
s.
Bough,
Box,
Sc^onl^eU.
8.
bad SBctt.
Before, prep.
"or,
ber Soben.
8.
ber
8.
bie
8.
S3ii(^fe.
Bravery,s.
bie lapferfeit.
brcc^en*
jerbred^en.
v.
Breakfast,
bc"or.
cl^c,
21)1.
Brave, ad;,tapfcr.
Break,
bad S3ier.
".
-seller,ber 33uc^
or
bie
-binder,ber "uc^-a5u(^;
Beauty, 8.
bad
".
binber ; -dealer
bacfcn.
v.
Book,
ber
8.
bad
s.
c. frii^
griibjhic!;
jliicfen.
Breath,
ber STt^em.
8.
Bridge,8. bieS3rurfe.
Bring,^. bringen;
-along,mitbringtn;
-forth,gebaren;-to light,'Kraud*
Brook,
Broom,
Belong,u gepren*
Below, adv.
braun.
Brown, ac?;.
Bench,
Bend,
".
unten.
bie S3anf"
biegen.
^.
bringen.
Brush,
8.
ber
SBad^.
ber
SSefcn.
s.
8.
bie
S3iirfle.
au"cr"au"erbe"t.Burdensome, adj.laflig.
Bum; T. brennen,"erbrenncn.
serraf^en.
Beside,besides,^"p.
Betray,v.
Burst,
??.
bcrjlen.
allcin,
But, conj.a\"tx,
fonbern.
Butcher,
By, prep,
8.
ber
an,
"We^er.
gleifd^er,
aud, bci/uon.
Bite, V. bei"en.
fc^warj*
Black, flMfj.
Blame,
v.
tabcln.
Blessing,s.
Blow,
".
ber
"egctt*
blafen.
blau.
Blue, a"^*.
ber
Calumniate,
v.
33eruf.
verlaumbcn.
VOCABULARY.
Cane,
"
ber ^amm.
*.
Come,
285
GERMAN.
AND
Comb,
bcr (Stocf.
s.
ENGLISH
fommen
[fommen*
again, wtcbcr"
Capital,s.
bic
^auptflabt.
Captain, s.
ber
Care, take
of, v. pflcgen
;
V.
about, Command,
befc^len,
gebicten.
v.
v.
kginnen.
anfangen"
v. mitt^eilen.
Carriage,8. pi.bie ^utfci^e. [fe^en. Communicate,
Carry, v. tragen; through, v. tuxd)" Compare, v. tjcrglcid)en.
-
Castle,8.
"(^lop.
bag
Compel,
jttjingcn.
V.
fceflagen.
jic^
Catch, V. fangen,
greifcn.
Complain,
Cause, V. "erurfad)en.
Conceal, v. Bergen,"erbcrgcn.
Cautious, adj.sorftc^tig.
Concert,
Cavern,
bic
".
^b^Ic.
v.
bag Soncert.
".
Condition,
8.
bcr
Confidence, 8.
Certainly,a(ii).gcroip
; jwar.
Conquer,
Chair,
bcr "Stu^l.
".
Suj^anb.
bag SDertraucn.
fctn.
bctt"u"t
ficgen. [|i(^
v.
Conscious, adj.UtOM^t ;
to
be
of,
mtt^tn.
Consequently,adv. folgltc^,
Contented, adj.jufriebcn.
Convince,
uberjcugcn.
v.
Cherry,
bie
8.
^'irfc^c.
Correct,v. uerbcffem.
Chiefly,adv. ^auptfdc^Iid^.
v. cntfprc(^cn.
Correspond (to),
Cost, V. foflcn;
-ly, adj.fojltar.
Childish, adj.finbifc^.
Counsel, v. ratten.
Choose,
c.
woolen.
Country,
Church,
8.
bie
Chicken,
bag
s.
^ii^nd^en.
^irc^c.
bag ^aax.
Couple, 8.
Courage, ".
rein.
Clean, "(Z/.
Cousin,
Cow,
Climb,
V.
Cloak,
8.
Clock, ".
fiimmen.
ber SKantcL
bic
U^r; SBanbu^r.
jumac^cn.
Close, ". fc^Ue^cn,
Coat, 8.
ber 9lptf.
Coffin,8.
bcr
"arg.
ac^.fait.
Collar,8 ber ^ragcn.
Collier,". bcr ^o^lcr.
Cold,
".
bie ^dUc
8.
8.
bag \?anb.
a.
ber
SWut^.
ber SJettcr.
bie
^tt^.
Crawl,
V.
fried^en.
Create,
v.
fc^affen,
crfi^affcn*
Creep, v. fricc^cn.
Criminal,
8.
ber
SWiffet^dtcr.
v.
Criticise,
beurt^cilen.
Cross,8.
bag
^reuj.
Cry, V. f^reicn.
Cup, 8. bic J^affc.
Customary,
adv.
gcwo^nlid^.
Cut, V. fc^ncibcn.
286
VOCABULARY.
"
ENGLISH
D.
Dance,
Daughter, s.
Dawn,
Day,
Dwell,
3;ag;to-day,^eute; after
ber
8.
During,prep, wa^rcnb.
Duty, ". bic SJfli^t.
tie %o6)ttx*
tagen.
V.
to-morrow,
GERMAN.
Dry, (w!;.
c. (-up) "crtro(fncru
troffcn;
tanjcn.
v.
AND
njo^ncn.
"".
bic
Dwelling,".
2Bo^nung"
ubermorgcn.
E.
Uett.
Dear, adj.t^euer,
Deceive,
triigen,
tetriigen.
v.
".
Defend,
ftert^eibigen.
Depart,v, abrcifen.
Deplore,v. beflagen.
Depth, 8. bic 3;iefc.
Deserve,
v.
Design, 8.
(ofanimals) frcffcn*
cflen;
8.
ber SRanb.
Emigrant, s.
Slbfic^t.
Detain, v. auf^alten.
ba^
t?.
Edge,
Destroy,v. jerjlijrcn.
Destruction,8. bic Scrfloruttfl.
Dictionary,8.
bic Srbc.
s.
Easy, adj.Iciest.
Eat,
"erbienen.
bic
frii^.
Early,acZj.
Earth,
bic %f)aU
v.
Eager,adj.gicrig.
2Bortcrbuci^.
Emperor,
Empire,
".
8.
ber Slu^n)anbcrcr"
ber
ba^
^aifer.
^aijert^um*
Difficult,
fd)Wcr.
ac^',
Dig,V. grabcn.
Entertainment,
Dine,
Entire,adv. ganj.
fpeifen.
v.
Dinner,
a.
hai
^JJittagcffen.
adv. fofort.
Directly,
".
bic Unter^altung.
Equal, adj.gleic^.
Err,
V.
irrcn.
ftc^
v. bef^mu"cn.
Dirty,adj.fc^mu^lg;
Esteem,
Disappear,v. ttcrfc^winben.
scrbricgen.
Displease,v. mipfaflcn,
Dissatisfied,
adj.unjufriebcn.
jcrlcgcn.
Divide, v. t^cilcn,
Door,
bic 2;prc.
8.
finab*
Down, adv. al, l^erab,
Dozen,
Draw,
ba^
".
1).
jic^cn.
Dream, v.
Dress, ".
Drink,
v.
!Du^cnb.
trdumcn.
8. ba3 ^teib.
anfletbcn;
Evil,
o(^tCtt.
ba"
8.
in
Examine,
v.
untcrfuc^cn.
Example,
8.
hai
"cifpiel*
the
-,
Oc*
t^ater.
trinfcn;
(ofanimals) faufen"Expect,
Drive, v. trcibcn,
jagen.
v.
erwarten.
VOCABULART.
"
ENGLISH
AND
287
GEBMAN.
Foresee,v. "Dr|erfc^ett.
Forest, 8. ber SBalb.
Forget,c. sergeffen.
Fork, 8. bie "a5el.
Form,
bie
8.
"eflalt.
[e|emal".
Faithful,adj.treu.
Fortunate, "w?;.
gliicfUc^,
Faithless,adj. trculo3.
Fall,'D. fatten.
False,adj.falfd^.
Fox,
Fame,
Free, adj.frei;
-dom,
ber
".
Farmer,
".
9lu^m.
ber S3auer,Canbmann.
8.
ber Suc^3.
".
bie ^rei^eit.
Fresh, adj.frifd).
Fast,adj.fc^nett.
Ferment,
ij.
ga^ren.
G.
". gewiimctt.
Gain, 8. ber "etoinn;
Fight,V. fec^ten,
jlreitcn.
Gardener,
"
Fill,v. fiitten.
ber "artner.
8.
ber "ingang.
Gate, 8. ba^ 3;:^or,
[au^fe^en.
Find, t. ftnben
fiault,Geography,
ieftnben
; ftc^
j
".
Finish,u. beenbigen.
First
acZij.crfl,
juerfl.
(at),
bie |)ecrbc.
bie
"eograp^ie.
Get
(up),". auffle^en.
Ghost, ". ber "ei{!.
Gift,". ba" "efc^enf.
Give,
V.
gebcn.
Gladly,adv.
gem.
Glide, u. gleiteit.
Glimmer,
xi.
glimmem*
Glitter,v. glanjen.
Flourish,V.
grunen.
V.
rinnen.
piegen,
Graveyard,".
ber ilird^^of.
Gray, adj,grau.
288
adj. griin;to
Green,
become
-,
Ground,
8.
History,8.
bcr Sobcn.
k|Tern.
better, v. ftc^
Grow
Guess,
^intern,
"cr^inbcrn.
bic
"cfc^id^tc.
Hit, v. trcffcn.
Hold,
ratten.
V.
v.
mict^cn*
Hire, ". bingcn,
fd^lctfcn.
v.
gritncn.
Grind,
v.
GERMAN.
AND
ENGLISH
VOCABULABY.
I^altcn.
v.
Guiltless,adj.fd^ulbb^.
Guilty,adj.fc^ulbig*
bc^ Oetoe^r*
Gun, 8. bic Sitd^fe,
Home,
bic
".
^cimat!^.
Honest, adj.c^rlid^*
I^offcn.
V.
Habit,8.
bte
Horsemarket,
@cwo^tt^"
8.
9)fcrbcmarft#
bcr
bic "tunbc*
Hour,
Half, adj.^alb.
-much,
How, adt). KDicj
Ham,
Hand,
Hunger,
bic |)anb.
8.
tt)ic
"icl"
icbo(^.
However, conj.inbcffcn,
bcr "d^ittfcn"
".
8.
s.
bcr
-5)ungcr.
Hardly, a"2tj.faum.
Hate
If,coTij.
mm,
8. bcr |"ag;
v. ^affcn.
(hatred),
Head,
Heal,
".
".
Health,
".
bic
"cfunb^cit.
Heart,
Heat,
^orcn.
".
8.
bad |)crj.
8.
bic
Heathen,
8.
Herd,
".
s.
Hero,
8.
Hide,
".
ieleibigcn.
Injure,v. scrle^en,
Instance,a. bcr SIugcnMid.
Instruct,V. untcrri(^tcn.
Instruction, 8. bcr Untcrrid^t*
bic ^cfrbc*
ijcrkrgcn.
Hight,". bic |"ij^e.
auf; a"t
bic ^cnnc.
bcr ^clb.
an,
Induce, v, bcn"cgcn.
bcr "^cibe*
in,
^incin.
^i^c.
f^wcr.
Heavy, ar?;.
Helmet, ". bcr ^clrn*
Help, "?. ^clfcn.
Hen,
Important,adj. "id("tig.
Imprisoned,participle,
gefangcn.
fortfc^rcitcn.
Improve, "". fid)bcrfern;
Healthy, adj.gcfunb.
Hear,
o6, "ofcm.
^iercttf*
*. bic S'Zac^rid^t.
Intelligence,
a^. untcr^altcnb^
Interesting,
Introduce, v. cinfii^rcn.[2)imcnfa".
Ink,
8.
bic Dintc ;
-stand,
#.
ba4
290
VOCABULARY.
ENGLISH
Milk, 8. melfen.
(tohave
Mistaken
ber
-),2u|!^aBeii.
Seller,
Srrt^um.
Misuse, 8. mi^Braud^en.
Mockery, ".
Moment, s. ber SlugenHitf
Money, s. ba" "elb.
Monkey, 8. ber 5lffe.
More,
SKittag.
[nit^r.
Now,
adv.
at
it^unun.
adv.
nirgenbwo,
nirgenb^.
O.
Obey,V. ge^or(i^en.
Obliged,adj.genot^igt.
ber !Konat.
ber 3Konb.
".
3la^t.
Moon,
ber
8.
Nowhere,
ber "pott.
s.
Noon,
!Ric^tc.
bie
irren.
(tobe),d. ftc^
Month,
bie
Night, 8.
GERMAN.
Niece, 8.
ber Soulier.
Miller,".
Mind
AND
ac^ij.me^r; -over,
ubcrbie^.
Observe, v. tt)a^rne^men.
Occasion,s. bie "elegen^eit
adv.
(to-),
morgcn;
33erg; (chain of
mountains), tai "et^irgc.
Mountain,
s.
Move,
V.
Much,
adv.
ber
much,
"ic ijtel.
N.
Name,
ber
".
Narrative,
Near, prep,
v.
9lantc;
nenitcn.
8.
od^.
aw,
auf.
nur.
of en.
a^f;.
Open, V. offnen;
Opposite,prep, gegeniiber.
"efd^id^te,
(grja^Iung.
Or, conj.ober.
na^t,mUn, an, ^ei.
s.
bie
ber ^aU,
Necessary,adv. not^tg.
Need, s. bie ^ot^;v. Brauc^en.
Needle, 8.
prep,
upon,
Only,
Nearly,adv. bcina^e.
Neck,
anbieten.
Often,adv. oft.
rii^rcn,
bewcgen.
how
"iel;
Offer,V. Uttm,
bie 9JabeI,
9?a^nabel.
Order,
befel^Ien.
v.
Orphan, 8.
bie
2Baife.
Out,
out
Owe,
V.
Ox,
Neglect,V. ijernac^Iaffigcn.
"ernoc^Iafjtgt.
Neglected,participle,
8.
of,prep.
au(3.
fi^ulben
(with Dat.)
ber Dd^^.
P.
Negligent,adj.na(^Iaffig.
Neighbor, ". ber ^Jac^kr.
Pack,
8.
ber 9)a(f.
Page,
8.
bie "5eite.
Nest, 8.
ba"
S^ejl
Painting,5.
bcfh)
aeniger.Pair, 8.
Nevertheless,adv. nic^td
neuUd^ffrifc^.
Newly, offj.
Newspaper, ". bie Settung.
anbere.
Next, adj.md)% folgenb;
fonfl
Palace,
ba^ "emalbe"
ba" ^aax.
".
ber
9)alafl.
Pale, adj.blap,blei^.
Paper, ".
bad
3)aHfr ; (news-),bie
VOCABULARY.
ENGLISH
291
GERMAN.
AND
"onnenf^trm.[Beitung.Prefer,v. sjoriie^en.
Parasol,s.
ber
Pardon,
ijerjci^en.
v.
"
s. baS "cfc^cn!.
Present, v. fc^enfen;
beflemmen.
Press, V. briicEen,
Pretty,adj.\)\ib\6^,
[*or'6ci9e^cn.
axtxQ,jiemlic^.
ber
Pass (through),
v. bur^rcifen;(by), Price,8.
9)rei"3.
Prince, s. ber 9)rinj,
%Vix\i.
Pay, V. hja^Ien.
Pea, s. btc "d^otc.
Prison,8. bad "efdngnii.
Park,
ber ^axt
s.
Penny, s.
bcr
9"fcnmg.
tenterfen.
v.
Physician,
Piano,
bcr
5lrjt.
Prophesy, v weiflagen.
Prospect,8. bie Sludfid^t.
Prosper,v. gebei^en.
Punish,
tejlrafen.
V.
Pupil,8.
[ctnlegen.
ber
bte
vcrfpred^en.
v.
Picture,s.
Probably, adv.
Promise,
ba" ^laijier.
8.
SBelc^mmgtoal^rfc^einUc^.
Perhaps, adj.uieHeii^t.
5.
ber 3)reid,
bie
Prize,8.
'SJflanje.
Purse, 8.
"dottier.
rein.
Please,
gefaUen.
t.
Pleasure,s.
baS
bie
SJergniigcn.
Pocket,
8.
Poet,
ber Dic^ter.
Point
8.
"
bie
Poison, ".
Pond,
8.
Quack,
bte eigenfd^aft,
Qualitdt
Quality,s.
"pi^e.
bad
ber STluacffalbcr,
btc
^rage.
Quick, ar^".
fd^ncU*
"ift.
Quite,adv.
gar.
ber 3:ei(!^.
R.
Populous, adj.\)olfreid^.
Rail-road,s.
Possess,V. bcfit^cn.
Rain, s.
Post, 8.
bie
9)ofl;
-man,
ber S5ricf6otc.
Ray,
8.
ber
ber
bte
Stfenk^n.
"tra^U
Possible; adj.moglid^.
Pour, V. giegen.
Read,
Poverty,s.
Reason,
bie
v.
[bogoiw
lefcn.
STrmut^.
Praiseworthy,adv. Iobend"ert^.
Pray, v. tctcn,bitten.
adv. gcnau.
Preci8e(ly),
Precious,adj.foflbar.
Recollect,v. {i^tefinnen,
jic^
crinncrn.
Receive,
".
v.
bte
"ernunft.
er^alten,
empfangcn,
292
VOCABULARY.
"
ENGLISH
AND
Recover, v. gcnefen.
Scream,
s. ta^ SRetc^.
Reign, v. rcgieren;
Screw,
Remain,
v.
Remedy,
".
Renown,
8.
v.
Resemble,
See, V. fe^en.
ber
JRu^m.
Seethe, v. fleben.
Send,
iidierbitteii
or audbitten.
(Srtrag.
v.
s.
abreifen.
Shine, v. f^einen,glanjen.
Short, adj.furj.
SRitcffe^r.
Riches,
(sun),unterf;e^en;
fe^en;
-out^
adv. fiirjlid^.
". bie Shortly,
umfe^rcn,
oiebergcben;
v.
Reward,
V.
Shoot, V. fd^ie"en.
Retain, v. be^attcn.
Return,
V.
V.
gleid^en,
audfc^en(rote).Shepherd, 8. ber "c^dfer.
v.
ber
".
fc^rauben.
V.
bad WitttU
8. bie 9lu^c.
Rest, V. audru("cn;
Result,
freifc^en,
fci^reien.
Repent, v. reuen.
Reply, V anitvortcn.
Request,
v.
bleiben.
"(Z;.
beru^mt.
Renowned,
GEEMAN.
Show,
belo'^nen
; ".
bie Selo^nung.Shudder,
Shut,
JReid^t^um.
ber
V.
jeigen.
v. f(!^aubertt.
jumad^en,fc^Ue^en*
V.
Ride, V. (carriage)
fa^ren;
(horseback)Sick, adj.franf,unwol^l.
Silent (to be),v.
reiten.
Silk
Ridiculous, adj.lac^erlid^.
to
Right, rec^t;
the
right,rec^td.
"r
fd^weigen.
silken, adj.feiben.
Ripen, v. reifen.
Rise, V. auffle^en;
(sun)aufge^en.
Since,prep, feit
; adv. ba.
Roast, V. braten.
Sink, V. jinfen,
unterge^eu.
Rock,
Room,
Sir,8. ^err.
wicgen.
V.
8.
Sit,V. ft^en.
-down, [\6)
nicbcrfett-n.
bag Btmmer.
Sleep,V. fc^lafen.
Round, adj.runb.
Rub,
V.
retben,f^rcici^en.
Run,
V.
lauferurennen; -away,
laufen;
-over,
Sing,v. ftngen.
Sleeping,participU,f(!^lafcitb.
bason*" Slide,v. gletten.
iiberlaufen.
Sling,7). fci)Iingen.
Slipper,8.
S.
ber 3""intcffel.
8. ber "erud^.
Smell, v. ried^en;
Sad, adj.traurtg.
Smelt, D. fcfimeljen.
"(^iffer.
Sailor,8. ber "WatTofe,
Sneak
Snort, V. fc^naubcn.
Sand,
8.
Snow,
ber "anb.
?j.
fagen;
adv.
Scarcely,
prayers,
V.
8. ber "d^nee*
fd^neten;
Say,
v. ^tnfc^Ieid^eit.
(to a place),
beten.
faum.
Soil,?). befd"mu^en,
befd^micrra.
adv.
manc^mal.
ENGLISH
VOCABULABY.
Soon,
Sun,
adv. 6alb.
Sorrow,
bie
s.
AND
bic "ottttc.
8.
Swim,
"orgc,^ai "cib.
293
GERMAN.
fci^njtmmcn.
V.
"^tvctji.
ba^
Swine,
".
bic "eelc.
Swing,
i?.
fc^wtngen.
Swear,
v.
fc^worcn.
Sweat,
".
Soul, ".
Sound,
blafen.
fd^affcn,
flingcit/
t.
Sparkle,v. Qlimmeu.
bcr
"d)tt)cig.
Swell, ^. fd^lDcIIcn.
Speak, V. fprcc()cn.
{- time)jubringcn.
Spend, V. au^gcbcn;
Spin,V. [pinnm.
s. bcr "ei|l.
Spirit,
Spit,y. fpcicn.
rcbcn.
Talk,
V,
Take,
Spite (in of),prep. trotJ,
un9ea(]^tct.
v.
Tea,
nc^mctt ; -(for),
^altcn(fur).
bcr
S^cc.
Teacher, ". bcr 2c"rcr"
Spoil,c. "erbcrben,^crtDo^nm.
8.
Tent,
Squander, v. t)crfc"WCttbett"
Stake, 8. bcr 9)fa$L
Stand,
Theme,
?j.
baa Belt.
".
Than, conj.aU.
jlc^cn.
bic
".
Slufgabc.
Stay,V. blctbcri.
Steal,V. flcttctt.
Thief, 8.
Star, 8.
bcr "tcrn.
Steamboat,
Steel, 8.
ba3
s.
bcr
!DamUf6oot*
"ta^l ; -pen,
bic
Still,a"i;.jltll
; adv. nod^.
Sting,8.
bcr
"tac^cl.
Stove, 8.
bcr
Dfcn.
Street,".
bic
"trape
Thing, ".
tj.
Through,
Stretch
Throw,
Strife,8.
auaflrctfeiu
^.
bic "a^c.
^ling,
baa
bcr (Btreit.
Thus,
gcbci^cn.
prep.
"wf". fo,alfo.
baa aSittct.
Ticket,
flarf.
Strong,a"^'.
Subdue,
V.
Subject,8.
ba^
^auptwort.
untcrjo^cn.
bcr
Untcrt^an.
b u r(i^
fc^cn.
Succeed, v. gelingen,
Suck,
D.
faugcn.
Suffer, V. Icibcn,bulbcn.
Time,
burd^.
TOcrfcn,
fdi^mctfcn.
V.
Strike,v. fd^lagcn,
l^aucn.
Substantive,".
[mit^ia.
bcr 2)icb
8.
8.
mean
-,
adv.
inbcffctt.
Tired, adj.mitbe.
To, prep. ju.
Too,
adv. ju.
Tomb,
8.
bic
3"al}in
"rufl.
the
234
Torment,
bie
",
Wait,
bic
Ueberfe^ung.
Want,
treu.
True, adj.roaf^x,
War,
traucn, ijcrtraucn.
Wash,
Truth,
bie SBa^r^eit.
Water,
Turn,
V.
tt)cnbcn;
over,
umf e^rcn.
v.
^Iciber^^Sd^ranf.
ber
8.
wafc^en,bcbiirfen.
V.
"alfcr;(to-animals),
bad
8.
tranfen.
Wave,
ber Ijjrann.
Tyrant, 8.
bic SSaU'
^rieg.
ber
8.
Trust, V.
s.
".
braud^cn,
bcbiirfen.
V.
Wardrobe,
buffer.
bcr
bie 2Kauer;-nut,
8.
ruj.
Troublesome, adj.lafitg.
s.
fpa5,ieren
(gc^n).
V.
Wall,
Travel, v. reifen.
Trunk,
V. wartcn.
Walk,
Translate,v. iiterfe^en.
Translation,s.
GERMAN.
Cual; v. foltern.
bie "pur.
Track, 8.
AND
ENGLISH
VOCABULAEY.
Way,
bie SBcfle.
8.
ber
".
SBeg.
fd)n)ad).
ttc?;.
Weak,
Weary, adj.miibe.
Ugly, adj.^dgli(^.
Weather,
XJndeT,prep.untcr; -take,
nc^men; -stand,
v.
v.
unttx^
"erjlcl"cn.
Undress, v. au^flciben.
Unite, V. ttereintgcn.
v.
Well,
ber
Wheel,
adv.
Where,
ac?r, ttjann,aid.
(tobe of-),nfljjcn;
gcbrauc^en;
Wine,
bcr 9?u^fn.
adv.
toc^tr.
fttoriikrj
tt)p; -upon,
worauf;-in, "crin;-of,too"on.
-on,
8.
bad fRab.
conj."
When,
Whence,
8.
SSrunnen;
a(f;.
tto^I.
bid.
Until, adv.
Use,
weben.
Weave,
8.
bad SBcttcr.
".
bcr SBcin,
Whether, conj.ob.
nii^Iidj.
Useful, a"?/.
V.
wd^renb.
pfcifen.
Whither, adj.iDo^in.
Venture,v.
8.
bie
Sludftc^t.
Will,
8.
ber StIIe.
Win,
V.
getoinnen.
S5eil(^cn.
Xugenb.
Virtuous, "wf;.tugenb^aft.
Wind,
Wish,
Virtue, 8.
Vocation,
Voice,
5.
Volume,
bic
8.
ber
S3cruf.
bie (Sttmmc.
8.
adj.breit.
Wide,
bad
Violet,8.
"Sicg.
bcr
Victory,".
View,
ttagcn.
adj.gan^.
Whole,
bcr 93anb.
8.
Window,
V.
bad
"itnfd^cn
With, prep.
mit.
Without,
prep.
Wood,
bad
8.
t^enflcr.
o^nc.
|"olj.
PEOPEB
Wool,
".
Word,
8.
Work,
8.
ber
NOUNS
AND
295
ADJECTIVES.
bie SBoIIc.
ba" 2Bcrt.
bad SBerf ; v. arbcitcn;-man,
s.
Yard,
".
ber
bie (Sffc;
Year,
s.
bag
W.
3a^r"
World,
8.
bie SBelt.
Worm,
8.
ber SBurm.
Worth, adj.n"ert^
; to be
Wrestle,
v.
-,
ringen.
jung;
geltcn. Young, "idj.
man,
bet Siing*
ling.
Wring, V. ringen.
National
Appellations,
ProperNouns
and
Sttbolf
Adolphus.
(3lboIp^),
3o^ann,John.
Egypt.
Sfeg^pten,
Sleg9pter#
Egyptian.
3talien,Italy.
Italian.
3taliencr,
Africa.
2Ifrtfa,
^axl, Charles,
STmcrifa,America.
lateintfd^,
adj.Latin.
American.
9lmerifattcr"
Cubwig,Louis.
Asia.
Slflcnf
Suifc,Louise.
S3atcrn,Bavaria.
^axit, Mary.
S3aicr,Bavarian.
Munich.
SWunc^cn,
("dfar"Caesar.
Austria.
Defireic^,
Soln,
Austrian.
Defireid^cr,
Cologne.
Adjectives.
German.
beutfc^#
Prussia.
9)reu"cn,
T)eutf(!^lanb,
Germany.
Prussian.
3Jreu^e,
a German.
T)eutfc^cr,
9?om, Rome.
Sbuarb, Edward.
JRomcr,Roman.
"milte,Emily.
Russia.
piu^Ianb,
Snfildnbcr,
Englishman,
Russian.
9luJTe"
cnglifc^,
English.
"(^webcn,Sweden.
Frankfort.
Sranffitrt,
"d^webe, Swede.
France.
t^ranfreic^,
"S^mii, Switzerland.
Frenchman.
^ranjofe*
Swiss.
(Sc^wctjer,
French.
franjoftfc^,
^ran^r Francis.
"Sop|ie,
Sophy.
(Spamen, Spain.
Frederic.
Srtcbric^,
(Spanter,Spaniard.
"corg,George,
Xurfet (ZvLxUx!),
Turkey.
Greece.
"ried^enlanb,
2Blen,Vienna.
^cinri^,Henry.
m^dm,
William.
296
TO
ADDENDA
AND
GEEMAN
departed,set
a'bgcrctjl,
partic.
Slrmec,/. "., pL
m.
Slrjt,
-w,
s.,pi.-c"
Slumenfranj,m.
VOCABULARY.
m.
fR^tin,
out.
Rhine.
(river)
scene.
"mod., physician."d^eere,
/. s.,pi.-n, shears, pair
".,
pi.-c,
"
S3ruflf
/. "., pi.-c,
fd^immern,v.
gleam,glimmer.
to
n.
fc^Juarj,
adj. black.
"
m.
"c^roeip,
wi"?d,bopom.
".
sweat,
"eele,/.".,j9?.
-n, soul.
8ta^Ifebcr,
/. "., ^^.-n, steel-pen.
Carthage.
Earf^ago,
bid, fl^-thick, big.
m.
!i)tebjla^t,
s., pi.-c,
"
Strenge,
/. ". severity,
to
crp^en,"?. ".
of
scissors,
mod.,
bloDd.
8.
the
s.
(Scene,
/. s., pi.-n,
army.
garland,wreath.
SBlut,n.
ENGLISH.
m.
I^aler,
raise,lift up.
s.
trdumen,
v.
German
a.
"
n.
dollar(72
cents),
to dream
also,
standard,
trdumen, to dream, to indulge
fid)
%a^nt,f. 8., pi.-n, flag,
colors,
[friend. in dreaming.
female
Itjrannei,
/. a., pi.-en, tyranny.
s., pi.grcunbinnen,
greunbin,/.
adv. fonnerly.
adj. undoubtedly.
unjtt)eifel^aft,
fru^er,
v. a. irr. to shed, spill.
ijergiepen,
gcfauft,
past partic.bought.
m.
s. undertaking,
2}or|aben,
gemad^tr
past partic.made.
design,
"Iag, n. s. glass.
ttortreten,v. n. irr. to step forth,
"ratnmatif,/. s.,pi.-en, grammar.
present one's self.
-
"ra^,
n.
s.
2Baffe,/.
grass.
^afer,m.
s.
V.
^aftcn,
n.
cling,stay,
fixed.
n.
^of, m.
i^ijln,
see
Itcbcitr
". a.
to
knife.
na^cn,"p. ti.
to draw
9)ferb,
pi.SBaffen,
armor.
truce.
m.
Saffenjlilljlanb,
s. armistice,
a.
mA)d.,yard,court-
n.
to
linger,
delay.
8.
love, like.
n.
".
SJleffcr,
n.
v.
arms,
in
-n,
^ugel,/.
".,j)Z.
n.
?)aptcr,
remain
[tomanage.
v.
^anbcln,
instrument, weapon
scarcelyused except
oats.
to
s.
near.
horse.
(see n)er).
(seewer).
wen
paper.
s., pi.-",
wem
n"er
[tion.
fence.
broken.
-n, fancy,iraagina-jerbrod)en,
9)^ntafte,/.
s.,pl.
past partic.
tec^t,
ac^." adv. right,correct ; very. j"i[d)en,
prep, between, among.
THE
NATIONAL
SERIES
MODERN
COURSE
H. Worman,
By James
Brooklyn, L. I.
A.M.,
IN
Professor
Worman's
First
Worman's
Second
Worman's
Elementary
Complete
Worman's
SCHOOL-BOOKS,
LANGUAGES,
COMPLETE
STANDARD
GF
of
German
GERMAN.
THE
Modern
in the
Languages
emy,
Adelphi Acad-
Book.
German
Book.
German
Grammar.
German
Grammar.
for intermediate
and
classes respectively.
are
designed
"
with
Otto
general method
following the same
(that of '' Gaspey "), our
is more
differs essentiallyin its application. He
practical,more
systematic
introduces
number
of invaluable
a
have
features which
accurate, and besides
These
volumes
advanced
"
Though
author
more
been
before
never
combined
in
German
grammar.
for Professor
be claimed
Worman
other
that
he has
been
the
things, it may
Among
text-book
tor learning German, a system of analogy and
firstto introduce, in an American
also enthusiastic
about
his
are
comparison with other languages. Our best teachers
methods
of inculcating the art of speaking, of understanding the spoken language, of
correct
originalclassification of nouns
pronunciation ; the sensible and convenient
(in
of irregularverbs, also deserves
much
four declensions),and
praise. We also note the
of heavy type to indicate
use
etymological changes in the paradigms and, in the exercises,
the parts which
speciallyillustrate preceding rules.
W^orman's
Elementary
Worman's
Collegiate
German
Reader.
German
Reader.
of classical
and standard
most
German
literature.
judicious compilation
from
the
embrace, progressively arranged, selections
masterpieces of
Goethe, Schiller,Korner, Seume, Uhland, Freiligrath,Heine, Schlegel, Holty, Lenau,
Wieland, Herder, Lessing, Kant, Fichte, Schelling, Winkelmann,
Humboldt,
Ranke,
Menzel, Gervinus, "c., and contain
complete Goethe's
Raumer,
Iphigenie," Schiller's
modern
in
conversational
also, for instruction
German, Benedix's
"Jungfrau;"
Eigensinn."
of each
author
There
contributing, notes, explanatory
are, besides, biographical sketches
to all leading grammars,
and
philological(afterthe text),grammatical reierences
and
well as the editor's own,
an
as
adequate Vocabulary.
finest and
The
works
These
"
**
Worman's
German
Worman's
On
Echo.
plan
progressive copies.
same
as
the
most
approved
By
of
and
the
the
natural
Learner's
These
or
Books
Pestalozzian
Vernacular.
with
James
German.
in
for
System,
By
Numbers.
English penmanship,
SERIES.
H.
teaching
German
The
the
A.
Worman,
books
for
are
Second
for
systems
CHAUTAUQUA
First
Copy-Books,
German
the
language without
the
help
M.
tended
in-
are
method
"
It teaches
referred
to, and
1.
the
language
does
not
allow
by direct
the
student
appeal
to
first hour
guess
to illustrations
He
is said.
what
of
the
speaks
objects
from
the
43
NATIONAL
THE
SERIES
MODERN
The
3.
rules
first the
4.
lower
sense
Everything
is
the
at
memory
The
5.
well
In
the
and
contrast
contains
that
Schele
their
within
My
dear
Worman.
of the
more
done
Your
the
me
honor
"
send
to
The
liberal publishers
very
no
notices
attention
have
Co.)
me
valuable
well
eminent
of
confreres
me,
la
the
cerely
sin-
was
at
large,as
litteraires dans
value
at
of
the
almost
thick
admit
of
in
Medes
the
Decrees
the
your
are
teaching
of
way
method
volumes.
The
here
when
decree.
by a stem
do, therefore, is to recommend
earnestly and
hundreds
economy,
of whom
time,
scatter
the
to
vast
boldly
their
of
fields of
their
to my
leave
the
us
seeds
prescribed
of
and
you
that
to
Messrs,
thank
you
they go alone.
little
have
All
your
and
to
shall
assist
be
you,
Schele
best
I
works
for
use
A. S. Barnf^
for the
"
ever
his
graduated
give
as
student
the
books
them.
Verb.
"
is
combined
just enough
to
fessor
Pro"
and
I have
of
the
natural
introduce
make
the
I shall
into my school this fall. We have
German
Worman's
using Professor
and
pleased with
are
vei-y much
lights
The
Echo," in particular,dement
advancemore
pupils. They make
"
one
vear
by the old
by this
manner
success
of
method
than
teaching
in
your
businessj
am
Yours
very
truly,
R.
44
sending
Book
French
practicable.
Wishing you
beautiful
in
examined
There
seen.
Pa.
Co.
I have
First
"
it the best
in
to
of Beaver,
kindness
Your
"
appreciated.
grammar
method
the work
profess
want
to
S. Barnes
Sirs,
I think
success,
hereafter
Co.," I
those
By this
them
makes
well
as
much
Worman's
copies of
do
mind, without
the
translation.
R. T. Taylor,
A.
books
{Mass.) Normal
Master, Boston
iScliooL
Mr.
Dear
remain, very
De
of
pupil soon
possession.
would
Messrs.
can
the confessions
able
before
volumes
dozen
From
found
two
Head
outset
very
would
the
been
heartily the
hoping
also modestly to
sincerely yours,
From
tedious-
extended
vocabulary. I trust Professor
his good work.
will continue
Worman
Yours
very truly,
L. DUNTON.
I fancied
teachers.
Wishing
the
of
an
harvest
every
broadcast
over
South,
adherence
A
these
urgently, in the
graduates,
young
most
their
as
victory, I
the
the
permanent
does
laws
irreversible
faced
point of
brains
dense
admirable
obtained
I had
most
the
intervention
means
Jefferson, and
as
of Mr.
myself
from
beginner
the
volumes.
and
crania
university
our
said
be
may
kept constantly
"
not
serving
ob-
of
trinsic
in-
Most
for how
I should
unfortunately
exquisitely shaped
delight to wield such
and
to make
sharpened instruments
niy
"
the
engage
your
in a
works
with
the different
of
and
you
into
and
of a new
learning the grammar
language, I think all will agree that the
great labor is mastering the vocabulary.
And
it is just at this point that
1 think
these books
of great use.
The exercises
are
are
so developed out of pictured objects nnd
well
actions, and are
so
graduated that
A
ce
Linguistique, have
great advantages
enabled
and
method,
way
the
departement de
length discerned
your
publications. But
glad that the public
as
call my
of these
to
merits
Whatever
ness
copy
nombres
sans
the
to
overtaxing
French
your
the
avoid
to
little books
ahmg
(Messrs. A. S. Barnes
employ
H.
to
its few
de
Sir,"
James
Prof.
association,
is easy,
mastery
Studies
Grammar,
being
reason.
Verb, author of a
in English, dc.
"c.. University of Virgiriia,Va.
Prof.
French
the purpose
examples;
mind.
the study
completion to enter upon
principles of the language.
From
Co/itimted.
"
much
practical varied information,
convey
the thinking faculties
of the
learner
s niiiid.
as
presented
so
by
tiie
of
the
of
taught
Grammar
after
faculty
expense
lessons
as
LANGUAGES
introduced
are
or
SCHOOL-BOOKS.
STANDARD
OF
T.
Taylop.
in
NATIONAL
THE
SERIES
OF
STANDARD
SCHOOL-BOOKS.
FRENCH.
Worman's
First
first book
The
Worraan's
French.
Series by the
companion series to the successful German
for those
The peculiar features of
wisliingto speak French.
method
new
are
same
fessor
Pro-
"
The
1.
It
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
appeals
to
Worman's
This
a
in
in the
intended
author, and
Book
is
French
not
Echo.
of
mass
meaningless
use, to bewilder
Echo
de Paris
is
tourist's
"
The
"
and
parrot-like phrases
thrown
together
of a Fienchman.
presence
book, beginning with
strictly
progressiveconversational
him
for
in the
wlien
ple
sim-
phrases
leading by frequent repetition to a mastery of the idioms and of Die
of
in
every-day language used
business, on travel, at a hotel, in the chit-chat
society.
It presupposes
an
elementary knowledge of the language, such as may be acqjiired
furnishes
and
Book
French
First
French
from the
a
running
by Professor
Worman,
of the words
to find the meannig
(in the appended
text, allowing the learner of course
in
of English in the text, to think
Vocabulary), and forcing him, by the absence
and
French.
Vous
toutes les circonstances
Worman,
me
possibles de la vie
I'immeiise
Echo
de
ordinaire.
opinion sur votre
Voyez
avantage
Paris"
il vous
et
j'en fais. Je ne
quel usage
; du
premier
transporte en France
saurais
mieux
vous
repondre qu'en repromot, je m'imagine, et mes eleves avec
moi,
duisant
lettre que
k Paris, dans la rue, sur
une
sonimes
j'ecrivaisderniereque nous
ment
a un
un
coUegue qui etait, me disait-il, une place, dans une
salon,
gare, dans
bien
voire
k la cuisine
dans une
meme
chambre,
fatigue de ces insipides livres de
des Frangais ;
avec
dialogues."
; je parle comme
Vous
connaissez
done
les eleves
de
ne
ne
pas," lui
songent pas a traduire
disais-je," 'I'Echo de Paris,' edite par le
I'anglaispour me repondre ; ils pensent
Professor
C'est
veritable
le
Worman?
un
en
franQais ; ils sont Frangais pour
moment
tresor,merveilleusement
adajtte au develpar I'oreille,par la
par les yeux,
de la conversation
familitre
et
oppement
Quel autre livre pourrait produire
pensee.
."
illusion ?
cette
pmtique, telle qu'on la veut aujourd'hui.
livre met
successivement
Cut excellent
Votre tout devou6,
en
vive
A. DE
et interessante.
BOUGEMONT.
sc^ne, d'uue maniere
Cher
demandez
Monsieur
"
"
mon
*'
"
Illustrated
The
and
of
names
Offers
in
lexicon.
best
French
one
in
illustrated
are
authors.
from
grammar,
Each
five
to
twelve
conversation,
branch
English.
and
arranged
in easy
lessons.
Class-Book.
French
and
English.
and
objects properly
common
series
Here
German
English.
Spanish
Pujol's Complete
embraced
Primers.
Language
French
is
coni))leteFrench
course
"
usually
expensive
from
the
the
student, having
thoroughly handled
; and
further
as
himself, without
prescribed, may consider
times.
politeand elegant language of modem
45